Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRESTROOM (ADA) RENOVATION/SENIOR CENTER/2007RESTROOM (ADA) RENOVATION/ SENIOR CENTER/ 2007 ~c 1~ ~ ~'F-~rQ oo ~t. ~1a ~.a-~r-t O~t7 S EN 142 C E.N~--,~2 ~ °~a ? ~A6~ ~ a~.~ -- a~G - v ? ~ ~ ~c r~S ! S~ ~c:~ ~: cA-~'~ trriS~ ~r v SUS 0. ~ ~ COr'Cf'`~`~~ . a, (- ~-i(.CG - o ~ ~-tSv ~1~~'+ oh O 7 - ~1t,35 ~ e-(-~-i nq 2 ~ t ~ C ~-ti.~t.v`- V~ t~ 1~1. D ~ tt S ~em ~bt~' "~, SOD 7 ati-~ P l ~ ns, ~e C;,~: c4-r-; O r~S -~c~r Y~ o~ cDr~~-r~.C't" ¢ ~2~t--,rr`4~d. cr~ CoS~ ~pr -~c Cows~-^H.~r,'oY~ or ~~ Se n ; o v~ ~'e rr~-~ev~ -AQA ~es-~- roo r~-. ~~o j ec~-~ d : v~ec-~-; n~ C~ ~ CI~r ~ -~a ~~b L~ ~ ~ ~ ~ spa h~~~~~ s 1~' n - C~'l. a re~. ,rtC~. ~";~r .~K~ ~ vt. e t Y ~o ~ ~~L~ 52i c~ ~ ! G.r~-S t3?y, -~. ~ ~ tt ~ V 2~-~-~ Serr,Q v~~' -~O r 1J r.ClS ~'"SEp - 0~ ~~esa ~ c.t~', trti a7- a? !? cep ~av ~ rtic~' /~ 1 Qn5 ~ SP~ec:.--~ i cc..-~-: aY,.si -~ r h, o-~ C o rr~ ra. c-~ ~ G15~- r-rtt~~ v~ CD~ ~ r' ~ 4~vt S~n.~c-t~ o~vt o~ ~~5+- ~vi.~' ~e~n-t2,~ +~.UQ ~e5~o0m. ~{2+np~':ons ~roec~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ec~c~ b;c~ al:,nac_~;v~~ C.-~~ ~e.~r 1 ~v ~~ 1~ s1~ ~~oo~ t~C~ t~'u. ~j ~ , ca_~:O+L - /~o~; cL ~ Pccb ~~ ~... -~-! ea.r, ~' .'t -- t.~-r- ~ ? ~ ~.,rr;~oh. O? -- a19 7 ~'' "~ cpn-~rac--~ cnd Qc.~~r='t.iw~ -~Fti~ 'r\ pr ~-o S,~}y~. ~~ ~t `'r~, ~~Q~'~ ~ip c~Qs~ ~ CDnTv~4C-~' V O l } -{~Or C_DIL~ G~r~h• d* ~Q J2-'1; Or ~~rrtpV' ~'1 D~ r'Do~'~. t' ~jrtt9 lkt,~ i pv~,. '~ ~,d' ~Q ~ " lief wtiatr~_ ~, ~ PR rn ~ v~.~ ~OY~ 7a' /~ MC~S '"fit (~ 2(, - Y~'1 A~~- Q b- -AP2- o~ ~-eso <<.c--~=~o ~ D~ - cJ7 cste~.; r,c,~ -~t,2~ c.JOr',~ -~o r ~"h~e 11.25--morn ~ ~2mvt~-.e l ~ •U y 'lvroJ 2 ~-C' Se~;o~ Cen-te r CITYOFIOWACITY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT FOR THE SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT IOWA CITY, IOWA O ~~ c.~ a ~ ~• C~ ~ _ ~._ ~ N ; ~ ~ ~ `~ ~. ~' ~,.J ~ W CI1 '"~'~~~5.., TO BIDDERS: 1. ALL BLANKS TO BE COMPLETED. 2. ONLY BIDS ON THESE FORMS WILL BE ACCEPTED. FORM OF PROPOSAL SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTOOM RENOVATION PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: ,_... ~: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 11:00 AM local time on September 25, 2007 ~- ~_'> C_ ` _ _ ~ _i TO: City Clerk j ,-i `"' ~ -" fi•3 City of Iowa City C =~ , -- ~;" ;~'; City Hall 410 East Washington Street -"~',t=' - `"f ~. ; Iowa City, Iowa 52240 ` ~ -" ~~ .~ y .~ In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and~Contracting Requirements, the undersigned .proposes to furnish all labor, .materials and equipment, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT in strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated August 21, 2008, including Addenda numbered , and ,inclusive, prepared by Neumann Monson Architects PC, for the Base Bid Lump Sum of BASE BID Dollars ($, The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of $ , ten percent (10%) of the Base Bid amount. BID ALTERNATES: (None) The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business R-1 address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before February 1, 2008. Firm: Signature: Printed Name: Title: Address: Phone: ~_ .~.,_ F 1 ~, Contact: ~ - ~ -f` c-.a IA(._ ~~ ~ t E .,.. v .. ti~'~. ~` .wr_" "~_~ ..._-- .~-- ''~~'~ 1 ..-'{ ;L~~~ R-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT Iowa City, Iowa ISSUE DATE: NM PROJECT NO August 21, 2007 06.096 AN IOWA STATE TAX EXEMPT PROJECT THIS PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDES PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 East College Street, Suite 303 Iowa City, IA 52240 END OF PROJECT TITLE PAGE C ! /-~ ^-~ ~ J 1~..` w V- t t_ .\ l~ ' :..) ~ , .c_ f . :Y 06.096 f_ .,J (.a,} i J l: l c~a vi i ~' ~~~~ r'--7 ~~ PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0101 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 PROJECT DIRECTORY PROJECT: SENIOR CENTER 28 South Linn Street, Iowa City, IA 52240 Contact person: Linda Kopping, Director OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 East Washington Street, Iowa City, IA 52240 Contact person: Kumi Morris, Architectural Services Coordinator Telephone: (319) 356-5044 Fax: (319) 356-5007 e-mail: kumi-morris@iowa-city:org ARCHITECT: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 East College Street Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Telephone: (319) 338-7878 Fax: (319) 338-7879 Principal-in-Charge: Kevin Monson ' Project Manager and Contract Administration: Stephen Somsky ~ ~~' ;~:..~ _,, e-mail: ssomsky@neumannmonson.com `-~ `-~ s~:w ~ `~ ~ T -~ ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS: _-:_~ _ "~~~~ Mech / Elec: GESSNER GROUP, INC. :.:~ '- ~ ° ~.._/ .~> 123 North Linn Street, Iowa City, IA 52245 71 cap Telephone: (319) 351-1349 c.: i Fax: (319) 351-1389 Project Engineer: Kevin Kurka email: kevin@gessnergroup.com END OF DIRECTORY PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 0103 - 1 .tRSi~~q~Ltlb FotdggS ~ FFyy .> ~. ~ _, ~~ P ` y...~ . ',{, .' r .~ S, `` `.tip r I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly registered Architect under the laws of the State of IOWO' KEVIN W. MONSON / Signature Date Registration expiros June 30, 2009 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: AD-101 THRU A-502, I-101 Dais issued: Auauet 21, 2007 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission descnbed heroin was propared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duy licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State f Iowa. K IN . KURKA Q ignature Date My license ronswal date is December 31, 2007 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: MD-101 THRU P-103 Date issued: Auauat 21, 2007 ~a ~-~ _ ~c- c~-a . /~~~~ l i .,, J ~, v i ~~ _ L ) T i ~" ` t\Wl / \ lij ' rv, 7 06.096 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00 0101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0103 PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 0107 SEALS PAGE 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0115 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 00 NP-1 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 00 AB-1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00 NB-1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS 00 IB-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2613 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 FP-1 FORM OF PROPOSAL 00 BB-1 BID BOND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS ._z ~, S='~ _.., ~_ ~ `,_Y. -~' - {_; .~~ r"; -' OO AG-1 FORM OF AGREEMENT ~ ~~ -,-~, ~-- 00 PB-1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND ~ ) ~~~ , ~ 00 CC-1 CONTRACT COMPLIANCE ~"~ '" (ANTI-DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) ~ c~~ 00 6513 CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 00 6515 CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 00 GC-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 SC-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 R-1 RESTRICTION ON NON-RESIDENT BIDDING ON NON-FEDERAL-AID PROJECTS SUMMARY 01 1000 SUMMARY .......................................... 2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES ..................... 3 01 2100 ALLOWANCES ....................................... 1 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ....................... 4 .~ q~- _.., ,~ ~ Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1 of 3 06.096 01 3300 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS ........ ................... 3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ........... ................... 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS .................. 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS .......... ................... 3 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ....... .................... 7 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ......... .................... 4 DIVISION 02 -EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 4100 DEMOLITION .................... .................... 3 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ........ .................... 5 03 5400 CAST UNDERLAYMENT ............ .................... 2 DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY .............. .................... 3 DIVISl~107 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ~ <- ~.07l FIRESTOPPING .................. .................... 2 ''~7 900~~r~ JOINT SEALERS ................. -" .................... 4 ( _ (.~ l,''`, DIW~ON~~ ~/~PENINGS S ~ '~ "~ l~ V, 'a r~ 08 1~~3 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES .......... .................... 3 081496 FLUSH WOOD DOORS ............. •••••••••••••••••••• 3 08 5113 ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS .................... 5 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE .............. ..................... '` 08 8000 GLAZING ...................... ..................... 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2 of 3 06.096 DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09 2116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES --------- - - - - - - - - - • • • • • - • • 6 09 3000 TILING ............................................. 5 095100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS -------------------••--•------~- 3 096500 RESILIENT BASE ......--~----•--•••••-••-~~~~~~~~--~- 2 097200 WALL COVERINGS -------------------•••••••••-~~--~- 3 099000 PAINTING AND COATING -----------------------------~- 6 DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 2113.13 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS . . ...................... 3 102800 TOILET ACCESSORIES .........-•------•••-•••-•••~~•~ 4 10 5100 LOCKERS ........... . .............................. 3 DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS 123600 COUNTERTOPS -------------------••-••-------------- 3 _ r.,, ~:. r C~ ~~~ ..._, =; ti~` _ (_: a _~~ r-. ._ ~ _.., , ,. `--- ,...` ~.» 7 ~..^I G,17 ~~ 1 r-- ~ °.~ ~.._,1' Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3 of 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS G-101 COVER SHEET G-102 RESTROOM LOCATION PLANS AD-101 EXISTING RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS A-101 REMODELED RESTROOM PLANS A-102 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A-401 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A~102 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-501 WALL TYPES, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS A-502 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE AND DETAILS I-101 INTERIOR FINISH PATTERNS MD-101 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANS M-101 MECHANICAL PLANS ED-101 RESTROOM ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANS E-101 RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLANS E-102 RESTROOM LIGHTING PLANS E-103 GROUND FLOOR SECURITY PLAN PD-101 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT DEMOLITION PLANS PD-102 PLUMBING SUPPLY DEMOLITION PLANS P-100 PLUMBING SCHEDULES, NOTES, AND DETAILS P-101 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT PLANS P-102 PLUMBING SUPPLY PLANS P-103 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS END OF LIST OF DRAWINGS C? ,~-, ~-Y C-, -~ r-- -__- _-: .__ ~ = ,_ ~. ~ , y 06.096 r..e :~ ~_ _..~ t--- r~J ~a ~., ~, -~~,~ e. I ~~ ~J LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 000115-1 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Project in said City at 7:00 p.m. on the 4~' day of September, 2007, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK Pweng/nph/srctrrestroom-nph.doc 8/07 ~ ~~ "" ~ ~ ~i ~, ~ ~~ ~~~ `~ ~7 (~ ' y .~ ~~ PH-1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, before 11:00 A.M. on the 25th day of September, 2007. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at its next regular meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, at 7:00 P.M. on the 2nd day of October, 2007, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. The Project will involve the following: The renovation and remodeling of nine public restrooms for handicap accessibility in accordance with A.D.A. guidelines, and two new additional shower and restroom facilities in Senior Center located at 28 S. Linn Street. A prebid meeting will be held at 9:00 a.m. on the 13"' of September, 2007, in Room G08 at the Senior Center located at 28 S. Linn Street. The prebid meeting is mandatory for prime bidders All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Neumann Monson P.C., of Iowa City, Iowa, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days until a contract is awarded, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tabula- tion of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) o>:#he con~_ ct price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council, and shall ~i~ranteq tlig prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from aN,~laims damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall r- -~ alsc~uarat~t~e the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year from and after its completion .t and formal ~~ ptance by the City. 1`-I" Th~ollowin~-fimitations shall apply to this Project: ~pecifiedyS.{~rt Date: October 3, 2007 ``~.` - Specifiedpletion Date: February 1, 2008 Thespdans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk aid at the office of Neumann Monson Architects PC located at 221 East College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, Iowa. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured by bona fide prime bidders from Technigraphics, Iowa City, located at 125 S. Dubuque St., Iowa City, IA 52244, (319-354-5950). A $10.00 non-refundable fee and $50 refundable fee is required for each set of bidding documents secured from Technigraphics. The fee shall be in the form of separate checks, made payable to Neumann Monson Architects PC. The refundable portion will be returned upon receipt of documents in good condition returned to Technigraphics. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to provide opportunities for minority contractors and subcontractors to perform work on City projects. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the Contractor shall furnish documentation of all reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit MBE's. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242-4721. AB-1 reference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced By virtue of statutory authority, p within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa dom {he ~n°a t w th espect to bidders who are notllowasesidents. e Iowa Reciprocal Preference Act applies to The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK Pweng~ad bids~sr dr restroom.dx _ r . a C~ _ [_'".:,1 ~ ' -.. e _ ('.~ _' . ... ._~-l _fi.,,, f ~-" i', to ~.' C,A~ s;71 AB-2 NOTICE TO BIDDERS The successful bidder and all subcontractors are required to submit at least 4 days prior to award three references involving similar projects, including at least one municipal reference. Award of the bid or use of specific subcontractors may be denied if sufficient favorable references are not verified or may be denied based on past experience on projects with the City of Iowa City. 2• References shall be addressed to the City Engineer and include the name, address and phone number of the contact person, for City verification. 3• Bid submittals are: Envelope 1: Bid Bond Envelope 2: Form of Proposal .-- `,, 4 -- ~~ -._y.:- (._ ~ ..- '~`" t ~-- -' .~ .--- ,; =, ~~; NB-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS 1.1 Bidding documents include the biddiertisement orlnvitat on to b'dnlnstructions to Biddehs, bidding requirements include the Ad the Bid Form, other sample bidding and contract forms, and the Contract Forms including addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 The contract documents for the work consist i mentaCwCond t ons)t the Drawings, the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supp rY Specifications and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 1.3 Definitions set forth in AIA docu her Conoract Documents arel applicableeto tthe b'dd ng Construction", 1997 edition, or in of documents. q. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deflection, clarifications or correction. g. A bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the ~ bidding documents. ~~~ ~~, The base bid is the sum stated in the bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the ~~ -...- work described in the bidding documents as the Base, to which work may be adde , ~ ~ ~" ; `^~ or from which work may be deducted for sums stated in alternate bids. '~ ~ ~~ c~ . p An alternate bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the bid to be added to or ~ -:> ~/~ - ~ ~~deducted from the amount of the base bid if the corresponding change in the wor , ~, as described in bidding documents, is accepted. £m~ E, A unit price is an amount stated in the bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the bidding documents or in the contract documents. F. A bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid. G. Asub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the work. ARTICLE 2 -BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The bidder by making a bid represents that the bidder has read and understands the bidding documents, and the bid is made in accordance with those documents. 2.2 The Bidder has read and understands the bidding documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted. IB-1 2.3 The bidder has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the contract documents. 2.4 The bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the bidding documents without exception. r-; ~_~ ~-~ ...~ -~ ~~ e° ARTICLE 3 -BIDDING DOCUMENTS ,=~,: ~_~ , , ~~ 3.1 Copies r`,` - ~ y _- ~-- A. Complete sets of the bidding documents may be obtained from the of~e ~~of the Architect for the deposit sum as indicated. The deposit will be refuncd'fo plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 30 ~t'ays after receipt of bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A bidder receiving a contract award may retain the bidding documents, and his deposit will be refunded. Successful sub-bidders, including material suppliers, may retain their bidding documents, and their deposit will be refunded if the Architect receives written notification within the 30 calendar day period following receipt of bids. B. Bidders shall use complete sets of bidding documents in preparing bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. No partial sets will be issued. C. In making copies of the bidding documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids for the work, and do nor confer license or grant permission for any other use of the bidding documents. D. Copies of the reports and drawings that are not included with the Bidding Documents may be examined at Engineering Division at City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa during regular business hours, or may be obtained from the Owner at Owner's reproduction cost, plus handling charge. These reports and drawings are not part of the contract documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which the bidder may rely as identified and established above, are incorporated therein by reference. 3.2 Interpretation or Correction of Bidding Documents `.-~-, __-- C"' ~;;1 ._..~ 'L..1 A. The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. B. Bidders and sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine days prior to the date for receipt of bids. C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documents will be made by addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidding documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shall not rely upon them. IB-2 3.3 Substitutions A. The materials, products and equipment described in the bidding documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. B. Make request for approval of substitute products to the Architect on "Substitution Request Form° included in the Project Manual. Vagueness of submittal, inadequate warranty, insufficient data and failure to meet project requirements may be cause for rejection of request. Requests must be received at least 10 days prior to date for receipt of bids to receive consideration. B. Approved substitutions will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.4 Addenda A. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have a complete set of bidding documents. B. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection wherever bidding documents are on file for that purpose. C. No addenda will be issued later than seven (7) days prior to the date for receipt of ~ bids, except for any one or more of the following reasons: n --, 1: An addendum withdrawing the request for bids. c ~ '=',", C? 2. An addendum which includes postponement of the date for receipt of bids. ~--,, -_~ ~; ~~,~_ ~ 3. An addendum issued after receipt of bids and prior to execution of the `"-~ ~ ~ contract. -.~ -"_ ~ N Cl ~ ~ Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a bid that he has received all ~-'-~ : _'- J -addenda issued, and the bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the proper r=~ ~`!'ocation on the bid form. ,~->> ;:-~ ARTICLE 4 -BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1 Form and Style of Bids A. Submit bids in duplicate on forms identical to the form bound into the project manual. Separate copies of the bid form are contained within the back cover of this document. B. Fiil in all blanks on the bid form by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words will govern. D. Intertineations, alterations or erasures shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. E. All requested alternates shall be bid. If no change in the base bid is required, enter IB-3 "No Change". F, Where two or more bids for designated portions of the work have been requested, the bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of bids stipulated by the bidder. The bidder shall make no additional stipulation on the bid form, nor qualify the bid in any other manner. G. Each copy of the bid shall include the legal name of the bidder and a statement that the bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. A bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the bidder. H. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the date of opernng. _ ~, ~~-, 4.2 Bid Security C~ ` `' ~-r.~ :_a q. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of t~ ~rceflt (10_..~ %) of the base bid and in the form of surety bond pledging that theff wil~;,enter.__' ~'. into a contract with the Owner on the items stated in his bid and wi , at of furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and fFi~ep~yme q.___, all obligations arising there under. Should the bidder refuse to ~t~er-'int~such,_ ~ contract or fail to furnish such bond if required, the amount of the bi~~ecurit~`~hall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidate a an accented bid bondenalt~!' A caer's check, cash or certified check will not b P B. Surety bond shall be written on enclosed "Bid Bond" form bound within the project manual and the and ae ertified and current copy of power of ttorney. f the surety shall affix to the b C. The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of bidders to whom an award is being considered until either: 1. The contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished. 2. The specified time has elapsed so that the bids may be withdrawn. 3. All bids have been rejected. 4.3 Submission of Bids A. All copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes as instructed in Section NB -Note to Bidders. Both envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City"), and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. g. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of bids. IB-4 1. Location: Office of City Clerk, City Hall, 410 East Washington Street, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 2. Time and Date: Before 11:00 AM local time on September 25, 2007. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened. C. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of bids. D. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4.4 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bidder after the stipulated time and date designated for the receipt of bids, and each bidder so agrees in submitting his bid. B. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of bids, a bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving bids at the place designated for receipt of bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the bidder or by telegram. If by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. C. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. D. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the bid as modified or resubmitted ARTICLE 5 -CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1 Opening of Bids A. The properly identified bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. 5.2 Rejection of Bids A. The Owner will have the right to reject any or all bids, and to reject a bid not accompanied by the required bid security or by another data required by the bidding documents, or to reject a bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. ~.. 5.3 ~~cceptance of Bid (Award) sP ~ ~~=~ . ~ ~.>>r ~' ~ It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder ~-, ~~ ~ provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the ~~"~ •~ ~ bidding documents, and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will have ~~"~~, ~~ r ~'~ the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a bid received, and to accept the bid '"%~ `=~~° ~~~~which, in his judgment, is in his own best interest. `~ The Owner will have the right to accept bid alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low bidder on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. IB-5 r-~ c ~' ~- 4 O ~ ~ N _ `~4 } Y ^~ ARTICLE 6 -POST-BID INFORMATION C? ~ -~ '~;"rt"1 3^, ,; _ _ -- '~- J ~, 6.1 Submittals ~ `-', '~:~-' A. The bidder shall, within four (4) days of notification of selection for the~;award ~.a contract for the work, submit the following information to the Architec 1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with the bidder's own forces. 2. The proprietary names and the suppliers or principal items or system of materials and equipment proposed for the project. 3. A list of names of the subcontractors or other persons or entities proposed for the principal portions of the work. B. The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the work described in the bidding documents. C. Prior to the award of the contract, the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. tf the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to such proposed person or entity, the bidder may, at the bidder's option: ~ . Withdraw the bid. 2. Submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. p. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or may disqualify the bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. ARTICLE 7 -PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR 8~ MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.1 Bond Requirements A. The bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may be secured through the bidder's usual sources. The cost of furnishing such bonds shall be included in the bid. B. If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the bidder's usual source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered. B. The bonds shall be written on the "Performance and Payment Bond" form bound IB-6 within the project manual, or a copy thereof. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the contract sum. C. The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the contract. D. The bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix a current and certified copy of power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 -PRE-BID CONFERENCE 8.1 Conference -Mandatory for Prime Bidders A. Prime Bidders are required to attend a pre-bid conference on Thursday, September 13, 2007, at 9:00 AM local time, in Room G08 in lower level of Senior Center, in the Senior Center Building, located at 28 South Linn Street. Prospective subcontractors are encouraged to attend; no other time is available for site examination. 8.2 Parking 1. Limited metered parking is available on neighboring site; otherwise, hourly-fee parking is available in Tower Place, located north of the Senior Center at 335 East Iowa Avenue, the entrance is on the Iowa Avenue side of the ramp. S:\Eng1ARCHITECTURE FILE1Projects\Senior Center ADA restroom remodeling 2007\Senior Center ADA Restroom Front End documents118 -Instructions to Bidders (2) Senior Center.doc \.; ~. ~ i-~ ' ~. J L,~ ` ~ •~- . - ~, 'T. , ) ~, •y ~.. ~,~f L/ .. / ~~ . ~L....) I B-7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PROJECT: SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT 06.096 MAKE SUBMITTAL DURING THE BIDDING PHASE TO: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS P.C., 221 E. College St„ Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 BID DATE: SEPTEMBER 25, 2007. REQUEST FROM: TE: 1_107. SPECIFICATION SECTION/TITLE: ___ Article/Paragraph: __ Description: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Model: Trade Name: ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND ATTACHMENTS In submitting this Request, the Undersigned acknowledges and represents that: Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. --' game warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. ~> licable, is available. ~.~~ ~_ Mme maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as app . _. '~F~Foposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay press schedule. ;...~ - Pressed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. ~. Payv~nt will be made for changes to building design, including design, detailing, and ,_ t construction costs caused by the substitution. Attachments: The following attachments are considered an integral part of this Request: Product Data, descriptions and specifications necessary for evaluation. Drawings necessary to indicate proper installation in the Work. Tests and Reports consistent with specified performance requirements. Samples: ,(Title SUBMITTED BY: Firm name: Fax: Telephone: ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ACTION Substitution approved -Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements. Substitution rejected -Use specified materials. Date: Reviewed by: END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 2613 - 1 TO BIDDERS: 1. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. 2. ALL BLANKS TO BE COMPLETED. 3. ONLY BIDS ON THESE FORMS WILL BE ACCEPTED. FORM OF PROPOSAL SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTOOM RENOVATION PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 11:00 AM local time on September 25, 2007 TO: City Clerk City of Iowa City City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to pertorm the work to complete SENIOR.-CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT in strict accordance with the F~rbject M;~ual and the Drawings dated August 21, 2008, including Addenda numbered `~~ anc~-~ ,inclusive, prepared by Neumann Monson Architects PC, for the Base Bid Lump Surx1 of :~ ~' -~ ;,.. ,.. ~ ,,~~ _':.~' BASIS BIQ , . - ~c`"- ~~. ~ ~YS --_1 Dollars ($ The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of $ ten percent (10%) of the Base Bid amount. BID ALTERNATES: (None) The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. R-1 In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before February 1, 2008. Firm: Signature: Printed Name: Title: Address: Phone: Contact: r..> c:., t, r (_) -.._~ -, •, r.~ _` ~ 1."i ~~ ~~ s r -~ r.~ _.._ --___ r---- cry R-2 BID BOND as Principal, and as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Dollars ($ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, for (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the amount of the obligation stated herein. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond, as provided in the Project specifications or as required by law. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this _~~Y /~ ~~' - '.ems: , A.D., 20_ ~~~ j ;r~ t,,.. , i . ;~. , ~ ~ W ess ~~ '' ~ r Principal `ra Witness Surety By _ Attach Power-of-Attorney day of (Seal) (Title) (Seal) (Attorney-in-fact) BB-1 FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("Contractor"). ("City"), and Whereas the City has prepared certain plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents da of 20_, for the dated the Y Project ("Project"), and Whereas, said plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents accurately and fully describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor is willing to perform the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. The City hereby accepts the attached proposal and bid documents of the Contractor for the Project, and for the sums listed therein. 2. This Agreement consists of the following component parts which are incorporated herein by reference: a. Addenda Numbers b. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-1997, as amended; c. Plans; ~~ r.~ ~~.~ `- - r,, d. Specifications and Supplementary Conditions; s= _=,, ~; --~ - e. ._ -_ Notice to Bidders; ~- ~~ ~ l T1 ~~ ---, ' ~s__ -- ~..J f. Note to Bidders; ~= %`~~ ~ Performance and Payment Bond; c~ ~' g, h. Restriction on Non-Resident Bidding on Non-Federal-Aid Projects; i. Contract Compliance Program (Anti-Discrimination Requirements); j. Proposal and Bid Documents; and k. This Instrument. The above components are deemed complementary and should be read together. In the event of a discrepancy or inconsistency, the more specific provision shall prevail. AG-1 3. The names of subcontractors approved by City, together with quantities, unit prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows (or shown on an attachment): 4. Payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. DATED this day of 20 City Contractor ~Y Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk '~~ !--9 j ',`~~ .., . __,~ r^' "e . ~'...~. ,; .~ . .-- _.~ . s `~~? - J i ~~ ~s By !Title) ATTEST: Title) (Company Official) Approved By: City Attorney's Office AG-2 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and (insert the legal title of the Surety) as Surety, hereinafter called the- Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, herpollarsr called the Owner, in the amount of for the payment for which Contractor and Surety ($ - ointl and hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, j Y C severally. ~,.,, ~..1 r~ - ;-~ ,entered into a~ =~ r, sr._.- WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of ~ -- (date) =-` r ; i;°; ~ Project; and _.- ,-, ~"= ... ~ - written Agreement with Owner for ~ ~• WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Pa~~~ Bd~i , to c. ,, ractor in accordance with plans and specificationsyprepar~' by be completed by Cont , which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are n of th shbond Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligatio shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. g, Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in dethetSuret r ay Y Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing ton determina- accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agree de~tarrange for a contract tion by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bid , between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph), sufficient PB-1 funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of (~, years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontrac- tors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS DAY OF 20 IN THE PRESENCE OF: (Principal) Witness (Title) .-- ~.. ,--. ~~ ~ - '.~' _ Witness '~ <:,~- '-~~;, ~' `, rf .'-" ~ 7 ~, '~,~~ ~ ::~, ~^ ~9 (Surety) (Title) (Street) (City, State, Zip) (Phone) PB-2 Contract Compliance Program C~ ~~~ r::~ _ C _..~ !) ~ ~ ~ _., , - - - - _ ~C~ 1 ~i ~- ~ 1 r '~.J ~ /' ~ ~.'~ .. ~" G,.? .J'- 1 -~~, ~__ CITY OF IOWA CITY SECTION I -GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Iowa City to require equal employment opportunity in all City contract work. This policy prohibits discrimination by the City's conmaand their employees a entdreated equally without regard to that applicants seeking employment with the race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, and age. It is the City's intention to assist employers, who are City contractors, vendors or consultants, in designing and implementing equal employment opportunity so that all citizens will be afforded equal accessibility and opportunity to gain and maintain employment. PROVISIONS: 1, All contractors, vendors, and consul efore theuexsec uion of theucontra~ nth the City must submit an Equal Opportunity Policy Statement b 2. All City contractors, vendors, and consup de b Ithe ~equ rements5ofgthe City's Contractf Comupl ante another governmental agency) must a Y Program. Emergency contracts may be lecontpactors, velndorsVland consultants are subject to the Regardless of the value of the contract, a City's Human Rights Ordinance, which is codified at Article 2 of the City Code. 3. Contracting departments are responsible for assuri Pgohaam report nrg`respons bil ties and rece vle the are made aware of the City s Contract Compliance g appropriate reporting forms. A notification of requirements will be included in any request for proposal and notice of bids. 4. Prior to execution of the contract, the a matleriaa must be rece ved and approved by the City. ated on pages CC-2 and CC-3) or other require 5. Contracting departments are responsible of the contra c w th the Citybout contractor, consultant and vendor compliance during the course g. ~ All contractors, vendors, and consultants whi h statefrMen Workngf oryFlagman Aheadat'and which are sexist in nature, such as those instead use gender neutral signs. 7. All contractors, vendors, and consultants m rotected classeshare Isted atraowoa CtylCity Code City's Human Rights Ordinance. The City's p section 2-3-1. C>> ~> - _, ~-- . - . ~ ~ ~f~l r, ~-~ ,' 1 S ~`., c7. CC-1 SECTION II -ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE The following sets forth the minimum requirements of a satisfactory Equal Employment Opportunity Program which will be reviewed for acceptability. PLEASE RETURN PAGES CC2 AND CC3 OF THIS SECTION TO THE CONTRACTING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT. With respect to the performance of this contract, the contractor, consultant or vendor agrees as follows: (For the purposes of these minimum requirements, "contractor" shall include consultants and vendors.) a• The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment and will take affirmative efforts to ensure applicants and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, and age. Such efforts shalt include, but not be limited to the following: employment, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. b. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that it is an equal opportunity employer. Note: Contracts that are federally funded are subject to Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, and the regulations (see generally 29 U.S.C. § 1608 et seg.) and relevant orders of the U.S. Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor, and not the City, enforces said regulations and orders. 3. Provide a copy of your written Equal Employment Opportunity policy statement. Where is this statement posted? 4. What is the name, telephone number and address of your business' Equal Employment Opportunity Officer? (Please print) Phone number Address 5. The undersigned agrees to display, in conspicuous places at the work site, all posters required by federal and state law for the duration of the contract. NOTE: The City can provide assistance in obtaining the necessary posters. LC- ,-- ., ~, ,.. ~ '~ _.<; ~~" - - ~ ~. ;.i Yd~. "L ~, `~,, ~;, CC-2 licants, employees, and recruitment sources (including g. How does your business currently inform aPP ortunity employer? unions) that you are an Equal Employment Opp The above responses to questions 1 through 6, are true and correctly reflect our Equal Employment Opportunity policies. Business Name Signature Print Name Phone Number Title Date r ~ _ C~ ~r.a r.~y> ° (-l --~-+ ~~r. ;j," -__ n ~1 C"~ N ~`.^ ~.~ - - , ,_,~ _, u _.._ `__J 4.3 C~ CC-3 SECTION III -SUGGESTED STEPS TO ASSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES COMPANY POLICY Determine your company's policy regarding equal employment opportunities. Document the policy and post it in a conspicuous place so that it is known to all your employees. Furthermore, disseminate the policy to all potential sources of employees and to your subcontractors asking their cooperation. The policy statement should recognize and accept your responsibility to provide equal employment opportunity in all your employment practices. In regard to dissemination of this policy, this can be done, for example, through the use of letters to all recruitment sources and subcontractors, personal contacts, employee meetings, web page postings, employee handbooks, and advertising. 2• EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY OFFICER Designate an equal employment opportunity officer or, at minimum, assign someone the responsibility of administering and promoting your company's Equal Employment Opportunity program. This person should have a position in your organization which emphasizes the importance of the program. 3. INSTRUCT STAFF Your staff should be aware of and be required to abide by your E ual Em to ment O employees authorized to hire, supervise, promote, or discharge employees or are inpolvednin such actions should be trained and required to comply with your policy and the current equal employment opportunity -laws. .~ .; -, 4• I~~CRl11-1'~IIENT . -~~ s .;~, `'.' (aZ_ ~~f•, potential employees know you are an equal opportunity employer. This can be done by ic~ent~fying yourself on all recruitment advertisin as "an a ual o g q pportunity employer". i~ s___ (b)`- `~ Use~r_~cruitment sources that are likely to yield diverse applicant pools. Word-of-mouth recruitment __ wily ~ perpetuate the current composition of your workforce. Send recruitment sources a letter ~`;` ~ annually which reaffirms your commitment to equal employment opportunity and requests their assistance in helping you reach diverse applicant pools. (c) Analyze and review your company's recruitment procedures to identify and eliminate discriminatory barriers. (d) Select and train persons involved in the employment process to use objective standards and to support equal employment opportunity goals. (e) Review periodically job descriptions to make sure they accurately reflect major job functions. Review education and experience requirements to make sure they accurately reflect the requirements for successful job performance. (fl Review the job application to insure that only job related questions are asked. Ask yourself "Is this information necessary to judge an applicant's ability to perform the job applied for?" Only use job-related tests which do not adversely affect any particular group of people. (g) Monitor interviews carefully. Prepare interview questions in advance to assure that they are only job related. Train your interviewers on discrimination laws. Biased and subjective judgments in personal interviews can be a major source of discrimination. (h) Improve hiring and selectign procedures and use non-biased promotion, transfer and training policies to increase and/or improve the diversity of your workforce representation. Comps-Hies must make sure procedures for selecting candidates for promotion, transfer and training are based upon a fair assessment of an employee's ability and work record. Furthermore, all companies should post and otherwise publicize all job promotional opportunities and encourage all qualified employees to bid on them. CC-4 ~~~.®~t ~III~~~ ~ ~®~~~ .r~~_ ~0 City of ~~ ~` Attached for your information is a copy of Section 2 - 3 - 1 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances which prohibits certain discriminatory practices in employment. Please note that the protected characteristics include some not mandated for protection by Federal or State law. As a contractor, consultant or vendor doing business with the City of Iowa City you are required to abide by the provisions of the local ordinance in conjunction with your performance under a contract with the City. ~. G ,.a :_ .~ ~-r s ..~ : , ~ ... + 1 c~ ~ ~ ... ;_ T , ;:_ -~ y ~a . ~, CC-5 2-3-t CHAPTER 3 2-3-1 DISCRIMINATORY PRACTICES SECTION: 2-3-1: Employment; Exceptions 2-3-2: Public Accommodation; Exceptions 2-3-3: Credit Transactions; Exceptions 2-3-4: Education 2-3-5: Aiding Or Abetting; aetaliation; Intimidation 2-3-1: EMPLOYMENT; EXCEPTIONS: A. It shall be unlawful for any employer to refuse to hire, accept, register, classify, upgrade or refer for employ- ment, or to othewise discriminate in employment against any other person or to discharge any employee be- cause of age, color, creed, disability, gender Identity, marital status, nation- al origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. B. It shall be unlawful for any labor orga- nization to refuse to admit to member- ship, apprenticeship or training an applicant, to expel any member, or to otherwise discriminate against any applicant for membership, apprentice- ship or training or any member in the privileges, rights or benefits of such membership, apprenticeship or train- ing because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation of such ap- plicant or member. ~, -~" ;~ .~ ,`` vt ~~,.., ~ > ,_> --~ ,~-'. .~~~ ~. ~,.. -' `j `~~ C. It shall be unlawful for any employer, employment agency, labor organiza- tion or the employees or members thereof. to directly or indirectly adver- tise or in any other manner indicate or publicize that individuals are unwel- come, objectionable or not- solicited for employment o~ membership be- cause of age, .color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, nation- al origin, race, religion,. sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7-1995) D. Employment policies relating to preg- nancy and ~hlldbirth shall be governed by the following: 1. A written or unwritten employment policy or practice which excludes from employment applicants or employees because of the employee's pregnancy is a prima facie violation of this Titie. 2. Disabilities caused or contributed to by the employee's pregnancy, miscar- riage, childbirth and recovery there- from are, for all job-related purposes, temporary disabilities and shall be treated as such under any health or temporary disability insurance or sick leave plan available in connection with employment or any written or unwrit- ten employment policies and practices Involving terms and conditions of employment as applied to other tem- porary disabilities. E. It shall be unlawful for any person to solicit or require as a condition of employment of any employee or pro- Iowa City CC-6 897 2-3-1 spective employee a test for the pres- ence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus. An agree- ment between an employer, employ- ment agency, labor organization or their employees, agents or members and an employee or prospective em- ployee concerning employment, pay or benefits to an employee or pro- spective employee in return for taking a test for the presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus, is prohibited. The prohibitions of this subsection do not apply if the State epidemiologist determines and the Director of Public health declares through the utilization of guidelines established by the Center for Disease Control of the United States Depart- ment of Health and Human Services, that a person with a condition related to acquired Immune deficiency syn- drome poses a significant risk of transmission of the human immunode- ficiency virus to other persons in a specific occupation. F. The following are exempted from the provisions of this Section: i. Any bona fide religious institution or its educational facility, association, corporation- or society with respect to any qualifications for employment based on religion when such qualifica- tions are related to a bona fide reli- gious purpose. A religious qualifica- tion for instructional personnel or an administrative officer, serving in a supervisory capacity of a bona fide religious educational facility or reli- gious institution shalt be presumed to be a bona fide occupational qualifica- tion. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 887 Iowa City 2-3-1 2. An employer or employment agency which chooses to offer employment or advertise for employment to only the disabled or elderly. Any such employ- ment or offer of employment shall not discriminate among the disabled or elderly on the basis of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, mari- tal status, national origin, race, reli- gion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7-1995) 3. The employment of individuals for work within the home of the employer if the employer or members of the family reside therein during such em- ployment. 4. The employment of individuals to render personal service to the person of the employer or members of the employer's famgy. 5. To employ on the basis of sex in those certain instances where sex is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted nar- rowly. 6. A State or Federal program de- signed to benefit a specific age classi- fication which serves a bona fide pub- lic purpose. 7. To employ on the basis of disability in those certain instances where pres- ence of disability is a bona fide occu- pational qualification reasonably nec- essary to the normal operation of, a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrov~tq. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) ~_~ `~' `, .~=r ~. ~ -~.: r-. - L r.~~ _ - ; i .. -r ~ ,-.~ - : FF_ ~ ' ~'' ~~ CC-7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT PROJECT: OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY Representative: Kumi Morris. TO (ARCHITECT): NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS, PC ~ 221 East College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 C? r K:, _~~ Attn: Stephen Somsky. -=~' ~^? ~:~ ---~°'~ FROM : (CONTRACTOR) n ~` ~' r- __,~_. (Address) _- ~ ,,-~- x~ t ~ _ '~_ l - Representative: ~"~ ='', , ~=~ COMPLETION DATE: , 2008 ,~,; ;~ ~'' DECLARATION AND REQUEST FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: As of the above date, the construction of the Work of the above Project has progressed sufficiently that the Project (or designated part thereof) can be occupied by the Owner and utilized for its intended purpose. We understand that occupancy and use of the Work designated as substantially complete shall not constitute Owner acceptance of the Work or portions thereof. The Work to which this Declaration of Substantial Completion applies includes the following: CONTRACTOR'S PRE-INSPECTION AND INITIAL PUNCH LIST: In accordance with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract, We have conducted an inspection of the designated Work for conformance with the Contract Documents. A comprehensive list of incomplete work and items needing correction includes the following: CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 00 6513 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation We understand that failure to include an item on the above list does not alter Our responsibility to complete all Work in conformance with the Contract Documents. The above items will be completed or corrected within days of the date of this Notice. Please schedule and conduct the Architect's inspection as required to verify the status of the Work. ATTACHMENTS: We have attached evidence of Inspection and Acceptance of the following Authorities having Jurisdiction: Building Inspector: _Y _N Fire Marshal Y N SUBMITTED BY: (Contractor's Name) BY. (Authorized Representative) (Title) END OF DOCUMENT L 1.._ 'I ,~ ~^ _ r,/ ~ ~_ ~- / ~, _ - ~-; "r } .> ~ i ~j,•- , ... ~~ c' ~`' c Date CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 00 6513 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 06.096 PROJECT: SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY Representative: Kumi Morris. TO (ARCHITECT): NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS, PC 221 E. College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 w~~ ~j ~' s_. ~,. ~ Attn: Stephen Somsky ~- ~-~~' SUBMITTED BY: (CONTRACTOR) ~ ~_ (Address) `~ ~~ ~ ~~ Representative: ~~~, ~~ CONTRACT FOR: General Construction _ c..~ ~' ~~' CONTRACT DATE: , 2007 CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION: We, the undersigned, do hereby certify that: The Work provided pursuant to the Contract Documents for the above Project has been inspected and determined to be complete and in compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents. The following Supporting Documents have been fully executed (in duplicate) and are included with this Statement: FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS (AIA Doc. G706) AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS (AIA Doc. G706A) CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT (AIA Doc. G707) INSURANCE CERTIFICATE FOR COMPLETED OPERATIONS (ACORD Form 25-S) (Contractor's Name) BY. (Authorized Representative) (Title) ARCHITECT'S RECOMMENDATION FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK: Date The undersigned, Architect of the above designated Project, hereby states that: The Work performed by (Contractor) under this Contract has been reviewed and found, to the Architect's best knowledge, information and belief, to be in substantial compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents. The Certificate for Final Payment is a complete and accurate summary of the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all changes and modifications thereto. The total cost of the Work as completed is $ I recommend, under the provisions of the Contract Documents, that the Work be accepted and that i ..-~ i ~'._.~ j CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 00 6515 - 1 06.096 final payment be made. Neumann Monson Architects P.C. By Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Date (Authorized Representative) (Title) OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK: The undersigned, on behalf of ,hereby affirms that the Work performed by pursuant to the above referenced Contract is accepted and final payment has been authorized in accordance with provisions of the Contract. By Date (Authorized Representative) (Title) END OF DOCUMENT Q "_ °~ (mil '~ 1 ~. `~} / . ` } ~ CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 00 6515 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation GENERAL CONDITIONS FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 06.096 AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 1997 Edition, attached, is the General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor. Refer to Document 00 SC-1 -Supplementary Conditions, for amendments to these General Conditions. The General Conditions may also be supplemented elsewhere in the Contract Documents by provisions located in, but not necessarily limited to, Sections in Division 1 of the Specifications. .v ~- .~ f-. ~ _ ., .._a ~ ~ --,,. - - ~~- , ~ '`'~ ~-< rte- ~.J ~r ~- { __ _ .. , ~., i~ ,-~. r _,:: i_ J ~? y CrJ O, GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 7200 - 1 DOCUMENT 00800 ~ C`. ~~~~ ~~~~ SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS f~ -'; ~ ~ PART 1 -GENERAL '<._~~~,-, y ~ ---1 ,; ., 1.1 INTRODUCTION '~ !' ~~ '< ~ c~~ A. The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Constru~fion", AI`A, Document A201-1997. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. B. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. C. Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as ~+~~-~t and additions to the AIA A201 are indicated as "bold italic". D. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. E. Delete all references to mediation and arbitration in their entirety. 1.2 ARTICLE 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Add the following paragraph 1.1.1.1 Contract Documents to read as follows: 1.1.1 Any reference within the Contract Documents of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor should be substituted with of the Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement). The Form of Agreement is listed as AG in the project manual. B. Change paragraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, tools, materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance and all other services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all work and materials which any part of the Contract Documents require him to provide. C. Add the following paragraph 1.2.4: 1.2.4 Sections of Division 1-General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the specifications. 1.3 ARTICLE 2 -OWNER A. Change paragraph 2.4.1 to read as follows: 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within aseven-day period after feseipt-e# written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may r~etise-te without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-1 In such case the Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the entire cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses and heating, engineering, accounting, consulting services and attorneys' fees and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. . If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The Owner's actions pursuant to this Subparagraph shall not operate as a release of any obligation of a surety. 1.4 ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACTOR A. Change paragraphs 3.2.1 through 3.2.2 to read as follows: 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and kaew+agly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity involving a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appr~r~ate responsibility for such pertormance and shall bear an costs for correction. The Contractor shall pertorm no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. c:~ rf_ B? Ch~ge paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: Gs~ 3:~3i~i The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the ,,~ --, Cp~itractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, materia/men and suppliers ~' and,~aeir agents and employees, and other persons pertorming portions of the Work under a ! - `-~~'. 4 contra with the Contractor. 1..1_.- C. ~`~ Char~r,paragraph 3.4.1 to read as follows: .:-.-3.4.1 less otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and `~~~ a for labor, materials, a ui ment tools construction a ui ment and machine water, heat ,~ Y q p q P ry, , utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract Documents require work to be performed after regular working hours or should the Contractor elect to perform work after regular hours, the additional cost of such work shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Add the following paragraphs 3.4.4 through 3.4.6: 3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade association, unions or councils, which regulate what work shall be included in the work of particular trades, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile any such conflict without delay or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. 3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in Section 01 60 00 -Post Bid Substitutions. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-2 3.4.6 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.4 above, the Contractor: .1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified. .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as maybe required for the Work to be complete in all respects. E. Change paragraphs 3.5.1 to read as follows: 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects ^^+ inhoren+ ;., +hc and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear a~ tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish ~isfactot~; evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. ~' ~ `? ~:;'= ~:3 __-, _--I---~ ---; c F. Change paragraph 3.7.2 to read as follows: ~~ ~~, ~'' 3.7.2 The Contractor shall y perform the Work in compliance with and~i~rs'. notices '_~°1 required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authonttes be~'I'fng orr-1 performance of the Work. ~ ~ ~,:; „~ "~~ ~' . G. Change paragraph 3.7.4 to read as follows: ~' ~ 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs and expenses of correcting or replacing such Work. H. Change paragraph 3.11.1 to read as follows: 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner, one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition all approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. Change paragraph 3.13.1 to read as follows: 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. The Contractor acknowledges that the property on which the Project and Work are located will be occupied and in use by the Owner during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall perform and coordinate its work in such a manner that the portions of the property occupied and in use will not be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted. Change paragraph 3.17.1 to read as follows: 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-3 loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect and the Owner in writing. K. Change paragraph 3.18.1 to read as follows: 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property including loss of use resulting there from, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or ~ obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in -, ~ `~ this Paragraph 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Paragraph 3.18.1 is intended or shall - ~'~ ~~='- be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the -- -'- ~ '~-~=~ negligence of any of the parties to be otherwise indemnified pursuant to ~ -`~'; .~. ~ 1''--~ Paragraph 3.18.1. `~~~~,_ - ~' 3'F~8.~~ontractor is not, and shall not be deemed to be, an agent or employee of the City of r, .~., - ~ C~Iowa City, Iowa. -, ~; s=a L. ``~' Change 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES paragraph 3.3.4 to read as follows: Contractor shall maintain a qualified and responsible- person available 24 hours per day, seven days per week to respond to emergencies which may occur after hours. CONTRACTOR shall provide to Owner and Architect the phone number and/or paging service of this individual. M. Change TAXES 3.6 paragraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certificate to purchase building materials, supplies, or equipment in the performance of the contract The Contractor shall submit the information necessary for the certificates to be issued. 1.5 ARTICLE 4 -ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Change paragraph 4.1.2 to read as follows: 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Ca~aster and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. B. Change paragraph 4.2.1 to read as follows: 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-4 Documents, and will be the Owner's representative as provided herein (1) during construction, and (2) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Docum nts, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of ~.~ Contract. O " ~? ~ ~d'. l C. Change paragraph 4.2.3 to read as follows: ``^l '- N ?""~~ 4.2.3 The Architect and the Ownerwill not be responsible for the Contractor's gyre to -' ~;-~"~ perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documerrt~'~he ~. :-°~`l Architect and the Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be resgbn~ible~or ``-` acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees;~r r~hy ot{~r persons or entities performing portions of the Work. ~ J D. Change paragraphs 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows: 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and se#+#y recommend to the Owner the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to recommend to the Owner to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise. to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. E. Change paragraphs 4.2.10 through 4.2.12 to read as follows: 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist ih carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. ie~ 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner regarding decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which recommendations +~ter~cetataer~s required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then dela~r-skta44-+aet-be . The Architect shall furnish such recommendations within such reasonable time after the request is made that allow sufficient time in the professional judgment of the Architect for review. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendations desisier~s of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawing. When making such interpretations and recommendations desisier~s, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or recommendations desisier~s so rendered in good faith. F. Change paragraphs 4.3.1 through 4.3.5 to read as follows: 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the Parties seeking, as a matter SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-5 of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other similar relief with respect to the administration terms of the Contract during the performance of the Work. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. Nothing in this Article is intended to limit claims by the Owner related to the performance of or quality of the Work. 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim relating to the same subject matter made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered and is deemed waived by the Contractor . 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim +esludiag afbitFatier-, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments for sums not in dispute in accordance with the Contract Documents. G. Delete paragraph 4.6 ARBITRATION in its entirety (paragraphs 4.6.1 thru 4.6.6). H. The Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. 1.6 ARTICLE 5 -SUBCONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 5.2.1 and add the following: 5.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, within 24 hours of the bid opening, a list those persons, firms, companies or other parties to whom it proposes/intends to enter into a subcontract regarding this project as required on the Bid Form and the Agreement. . 1. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish documentation of all efforts to recruit MBE's. B. Change paragraph 5.3.1 to read as follows: 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be pertormed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and ~?, ~ rotect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the `~., ~'=. ork to be pertormed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such "~, rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the -y sglb-.contract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor `;`"- `~. ~- , tfa~t'the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the ~£-orctor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with "' `Yr,~, S~bbcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior - _Y to the~xecution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the ~'<; Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-6 variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. All warranties provided by the Subcontractors, including all express and implied warranties in the Contract Documents and the agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors and all warranties provided bylaw, shall run to and be for the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shall have a direct right of action against the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties. ~= ~ =' 1.7 ARTICLE 6 -CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS ~ ~ -, -`':: y _r... A. Delete paragraph 6.1.4 in its entirety. r~;~` ~`' A ~,, . -~- `~:...~..1 B. Change paragraph 6.2.4 to read as follows: = `' ~' -~` ~`~~ _~9 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage ~ caused by the Victor ~ , ~ J completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or sepe ~contr tors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. ~'' ---~ 1.8 ARTICLE 7 -CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Change paragraph 7.2.1 to read as follows: 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Contractor and approved by the Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: B. Add paragraph 7.2.3 as follows: 7.2.3 A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments in Contract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work and related parts of the Work. C. Add paragraph 7.2.4 as follows: 7.2.4 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowance for Overhead and profit to be included in the total cost to the Owner shall not exceed the following amounts: .1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed by the Contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by his Subcontractor, ten percent (10%) of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by his Sub-subcontractors, five percent (5%) of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor. .5 /n order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over $200.00 be approved without such itemization. .6 Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are to be applied shall be those costs listed in Subparagraph 7.3.6. , 1.9 ARTICLE 8 -TIME A. Change paragraph 8.2.3 to read as follows: 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all costs for overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve Substantial SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-7 Completion within the Contract Time. B. Add paragraph 8.2.4 to read as follows: 8.2.4 If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at times during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractor or subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any point and shall transfer his men to such points and execute such portion of his work as may be required to enable others to properly engage in and carry on their work. C. Change paragraph 8.3.1 to read as follows: 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an actor neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, , unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, dela~~ then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole remedy for such delay. D. Delete paragraph 8.3.3 in its entirety. 1.10 A. "'.? B. ', ~.. ~... :.r ARTICLE 9 -PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Add the following paragraph 9.3.1.3. .3 The first payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial waiver of lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly payment application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by the partial waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the immediately preceding payment application to the extent of that payment Application for final payment shall be accompanied by final waivers of lien from the Contractor, Subcontractor and Suppliers who have not previously furnished such final waivers. ::L _ ~ nge paragraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: :_ :4".1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for `_~iment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for sl.tamount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in yvri ing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in `' Sragraph 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Architect to -- r~dt~ the retainage to be applied to payment applications. All certifications and `.-= ~. payments, including those pursuant to a pending claim, shall be tentative and conditional ;~ and it shall not be necessary for the Architect to make any statement to this effect. C. Add paragraph 9.4.2.1 as follows: 9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor, Surety, or any other person. D. Change paragraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on or about the 15th day of each month. To insure proper performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each payment amount or such larger amount as will insure that there always remains a sufficient balance to complete the work, such retainage to be held until Final Acceptance of Work and shall so notify the Architect SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-8 E. Change paragraph 9.10.3 to read as follows: »3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion there of is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. T#e c. c~• _, F. Add paragraph 9.10.5 to read as follows: ~ ~_ ~' ti..A. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Contract, final payrtb'rk~f th~~ ~ 1 1 retainage due the Contractor will be made not earlier than 31 days from tl+l~~tinal rv ~-_ ~_ acceptance of the work by the Owner, subject to the conditions and in aceoNplance with ,; .a the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa, 2005, as amended '~' ~~~, ~ "1 ~ ` ~. 1.11 ARTICLE 10 -PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ~ ~^l~ ~'~ c.~~ A. Add paragraph 10.1.1.2.: . The Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous chemicals or materials that will be at the job site. The Material Safety Data Sheets will be submitted to the Owner prior to the start of construction and supplemented as necessary throughout the project. This data is being provided for informational purposes only and does not relieve the contractor of any obligations for compliance with applicable OSHA and State laws regarding hazardous chemicals and right-to-know. B. Add paragraph 10.2.4.1: . When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice. C. Add paragraph 10.2.8: 10.2.8 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining•landowners or other parties. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 -INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change paragraph 11.1.1.5 to read as follows: .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and loss of use resulting therefrom; B. Change paragraph 11.1.2 to read as follows: 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-9 liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverage v+~hether shall be written on an occurrence basis and shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. C. Change paragraph 11.1.3 to read as follows: 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work, and to be in effect for the full contract period. The name, address and phone number of the insurance company and agent must accompany the cert~cate. The liability limits required hereunder must apply to this Project only. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverage afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment a+~d-ate an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in D. Add the following paragraphs 11.1.4 through 11.1.12: 11.1.4 Any policy or policies of insurance purchased by the Contractor to satisfy his/her responsibilities under this contract shall include contractual liability coverage, and shall be in the following type and minimum amounts: Type of Coverage Comprehensive General Liability Each Occurrence 2.Aggregate Bodily Injury & Property Damage* $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Automobile Liability Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury & Property Damage $1,000,000 Excess Liability $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Worker's Compensation Insurance as required by Chapter 85, Code of Iowa. "Property Damage liability insurance must provide explosion, collapse and underground coverage when determined by City to be applicable. ..~% ~~ .~~ f~ y.. ~_ L_- c,"' 11.1.5 The City requires that the Contractor's Insurance carrier be A rated or better by ~.M. Best. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to comply with the following ~kovisions with respect to insurance coverage: '..~~r'1.6 The entire amount of Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits, tl~~ified in the policy and in the Certificate of Insurance, must, under the policy, be ~'; ava~l~b/e to pay damages for which the insured Contractor becomes liable, or for which f_n the,sured assumes liability under the indemnity agreement herein contained, and such `;, coGe~~re amount shall not be subject to reduction or set off by virtue of investigation or y°=, defense costs incurred by Contractor's insurer. ~`.==~ 11.1.7 The entire amount of the Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shall be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the City. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible orself-insured retention. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-10 11.1.8 If Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance. 11.1.9 The Contractor shall include the City as additional insured on all policies except workers compensation. 11.1.10 The City prefers that Contractor provide it with "occurrence form" liability insurance coverage. If Contractor can only provide "claims-made" insurance coverage, then the Contractor must comply with the following requirements: A. If the Contractor changes insurance carriers, or if Contractor's insurance- coverage is canceled, during the contract period or within fwoY~ rs afteity's acceptance of the work, Contractor agrees to immediately notifj~e-City ~'such~ event. ~.,. = ~~' _..~ ~ ~..~ 8. If Contractor's insurance is canceled or is allowed to lapse dut7i~g _sai~eriod,(~l Contractor shall be required to obtain replacement insurance cabEjrage ~fulfl(f"; its obligation hereunder. ,=-~ ~'' ., ~~, ~.. C. If, during said period, Contractor voluntarily changes insurance`ycarriers~..~'c r is required to obtain replacement coverage from another carrier, Contractor shall either (1) purchase "tail" coverage from its first carrier effective for a minimum of two years after City Council acceptance of the work, or (2) purchase "prior acts" insurance coverage from its new carrier, covering prior acts during the period of this Contract from and after its inception. D. "Tail" or "prior acts" coverage so provided shall have the same coverage, with the same limits, as the insurance specified in this Contract, and shall not be subject to any further limitations or exclusions, or have a higher deductible or self-insured retention than the insurance which it replaces 11.1.10 The City reserves the right to waive any of the insurance requirements herein provided. The City also reserves the right to reject Contractor's insurance if not in compliance with the requirements herein provided, and on that basis to either award the contract to the next low bidder, or declare a default and seek specific performance or termination, as the case maybe. 11.1.11 In the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, or in the event that Contractor incurs liability losses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and such losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.111n the event that any of the policies or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.12 Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible amounts; including but not SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-11 limited to the owner's deductible on the owner's builder's risk. E. Delete paragraphs 11.4.1 through 11.4.12; add paragraphs 11.4.1 through 11.4.5 as follows: 11.4.1 OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as maybe provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall; 1, include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Owner's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by, enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. include $ 500,000 for materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by OWNER; 5, allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7, be maintained in effect until final payment is made. 8. Such coverage shall not include coverage for loses or damage caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors, or for damage to material or equipment while under the control of or stored by Contractor prior to installation or prior to inclusion of such material or equipment in construction. Contractor shall maintain ~propriate insurance for such risks or occurrences "` =~~:4.2 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance which ;~ Shall specifically cover such insured objects or additional property insurance as maybe re+gttired by Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, :~~ ~'; ~....~ ~_~ ~. ;'~~ ~ ~ CQ{VTRACTOR, Subcontractors, OWNER's Engineering Consultants, and any other i -glia~dua/s or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is de~rg~d to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional ~, insuhe~d 11.4.3 All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions. 11.4.5 /f CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-12 insurance has been procured by OWNER. F. Change paragraph 11.5.1 to read as follows: 11.5.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Pertormance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond from a surety using the form included in the Contract Documents, each in ~p amount equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in these bid. Each alternative bid shall include the additional Bond cost. ContraEtbr shal -deliver . the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement. ~p:_,~ ''. `~~ _~~` v~ r - {v G. Delete paragraph 11.5.2 in its entirety. `a ~ ~ ~ ` __~ .. ?;" .~ H. Add the following paragraphs 11.5.1.1 through 11.5.1.6: .--~.i, "~} .1 The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in confOr~i~i*y wi~t'the American Institute of Architect's Document A-312 (1984 Edition), with covera~ prov-bl~pl by a surety having a policy holder's rating of "A" and a minimum class of 15 financing rating in the Best Insurance Guide, latest edition. .2 Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full payment to the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined in the Owner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's default and in protecting the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor to remedy the Contractor's default or honor the terms of the Pertormance Bond. .3 These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force and effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Contractor agrees and will cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the Contract Documents. .4 The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) days after receipt of a declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the work promptly or to pay to Owner the penal sum of the bond, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall indicate the date on which the remedy or pertormance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately upon completion of (a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correction of each omitted item of work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted item of work, and (d) the pertormance of the work. The Surety shall not assert solvency of its Principal or its Principal's denial of default as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or pertorm the work. .5 The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to pertorm and complete the Work including, but not limited to, all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error, architectural and engineering costs and fees, all consultant fees, all testing and laboratory fees, and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the Owner. .6 The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond it may not demand of the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (b) give any notice, (c) furnish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furnish any papers or documents, or (fl take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents. Add the following paragraph 11.5.3: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-13 11.5.3 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized to do business in the state of Iowa. ~, ,[ 1 ~. ,v_... 1.13 ARTICLE 13 -MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Change paragraph 13.3.1 to read as follows: 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered-a~ef sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. B. Change paragraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. Copies of all reports, data and other documents related to tests, inspections and approvals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as practicable. C. Delete paragraphs 13.7.1 through 13.7.1.3: D. Add the following to Article 13: 13.8.1 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: .1 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as maybe required by local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, olor, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as maybe required by local or mate ordinance. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: `~, `_ ~p/oyment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; ', `;r~Iayoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for '. -.- ~'-~%ning, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, ~.. ` ~~fab/e to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies c~ ;b~ non-discrimination. ` `~` 2~ ~y~ The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or -- adv~'sements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified ~e~ applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, ~`' color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as maybe required by local or state ordinance 13.9.1 The Contractor shall maintain CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI DISCRIMINATION REQU/RENTS) as follows: 1. For all contracts of $25,000 or more, the Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program, which is included with these Spec cations beginning on page CC-1. ;`- ,_~u 1.14 ARTICLE 14 -TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-14 A. Change paragraph 14.2.1.4 to read as follows: .4 Otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents; or B. Add the following paragraph 14.2.1.5: .5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 14.2.4 to read as follows: 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a result of termination of the Contract. END OF DOCUMENT 00800 r -= c-~ C7 r.:-, ._J J r . - ~. ~,, e---- ..~i,,- _..,_~ ~~ ~'~ ..~ .; ~_ .. ~' ~ ; SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-15 RESTRICTION ON NON-RESIDENT BIDDING ON NON-FEDERAL-AID PROJECTS PROJECT NAME: TYPE OF WORK: DATE OF LETTING: A resident bidder shall be allowed a preference as against anon-resident bidder from a state or foreign country which gives or requires a preference to bidders from that state or foreign country. That preference is equal to the preference given or required by the state or foreign country in which the non-resident bidder is a resident. "Resident bidder" is defined as a person authorized to transact business in this state and having a place of business within the state, and has conducted business for at least six months prior to the first advertisement for the public improvement. In the case of a corporation, the above requirements apply as well as the requirement that the corporation have at least fifty percent of its common stock owned by residents of this state. This qualification as resident bidder shall be maintained by the bidder and his/her contractors and subcontractors at the work site until the project is completed. I hereby certify that the undersigned is a resident bidder as defined above and will remain such from the start of the project until its completion. COMPANY NAME: CORPORATE OFFICER: TITLE: DATE: 8/07 data on citynVEngRulasterSpecsHrontend.doc Y", ~•~~ s ~:-s lJ c;.a, _ Wi t` ~ ' r- C~'? -f ,- -.._ __._ J ~:-. ~~ ~ } .. - c,v a R-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 r~ SECTION 011000 -SUMMARY O ~-j -~~1 PART 1 GENERAL -y' f`. cv 'j 1.01 PROJECT ~~,~ ~. c`'~ j ~-- ~ , ~~ A. Pro ect Name: SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION. j ~ . ~ ~> B. Owner's Name: CITY OF IOWA CITY. ~p ~ C. Architect's Name: Neumann Monson Architects P.C., Iowa City, Iowa. y D. The Project consists of the renovation and remodeling of nine public restrooms in the Senior Center facility for handicap accessibility in accordance with A.D.A. Guidelines, interior finish replacement as noted on drawings, and the addition of two (2) shower/restroom facilities. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 5215 -Agreement Form with General Conditions. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. Scope of demolition and removal work is shown on drawings and specified in Section 02 4100. B. Refinish surface areas as specified. C. Plumbing: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation. D. HVAC: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation. E. Electrical Power and Lighting: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation. F. Fire Suppression Sprinklers: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation. G. Fire Alarm: Alter existing system and add new construction, keeping existing in operation. 1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. City of Iowa Ciry intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the existing building during the entire construction period. B. City of Iowa City intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. C. Cooperate with City of Iowa City to minimize conflict and to facilitate City of Iowa City's operations. D. Schedule the Work to accommodate City of Iowa City occupancy. 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Parking for Construction Vehicles: Limited metered parking is available; obtain meter hoods from the Parking Department. C. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. City of Iowa City occupancy. 2. Use of site and premises by the public. D. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by City of Iowa City: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. E. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage. F. Time Restrictions: 1. Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior work to times(as scheduled with owner]. 2. Limit conduct of especially noisy interior work to schedules with the Owner. G. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire sprinklers and fire alarm system, without 7 days notice and approval to City of Iowa City and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. Schedule First Floor and Ground Floor Restrooms a priority. B. Four (4) public restrooms (two men and two women) are to be open at all times. C. Provide signage to direct the public to usable restrooms. D. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with City of Iowa City. E. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION © a.~, ~; v, .11'~i ~~,.• , ~ 7 ~~ <,... ~' SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 012000 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES r-? ~_ ~ PART 1 GENERAL .,- 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ~ ~, ~=, ~~~ ~ "i A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. ~ `' ~ ~> _ `,~ B. Change procedures. - ~,, ~_ ~~ 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ~ 1 ~ ~:~ f: A. Section 00 5215 -Agreement with General conditions: Contract Sum, payment perio ~ ~''~ B. Section 00 7315- Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a printed schedule on AIA Form G703 -Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 7 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. C. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds and insurance, and Contractor's overhead and profit. D. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Make applications for progress payments in amounts equal to ninety-five percent of the value of Work completed, including cost of materials and equipment properly stored at the jobsite, less the amount of previous payments. B. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. C. Present required information in typewritten form. D. Form: AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 -Continuation Sheet including continuation sheets when required. E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored Products. G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. H. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. I. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements. 2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. J. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 1 06.096 ~_;-~ ~~~_, _~~"~ ~_~ ..1 L1_ Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's form. C. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a document, signed by City of Iowa City, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change in Work. D. Proposal Request: Architect may issue a document which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, achange in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 15 days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be ~ determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for ;~ Time and Material work. r~ S~Sa`~stantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. '~'h:'-~On request, provide following data: '=.'~ `-= Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. F `~ ~G .-- Taxes, insurance, and bonds. ` ~~_~-~ Overhead and profit. Justification for any change in Contract Time. ~~ e' Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. ~~-' 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. H. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract on AIA G701. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Final Payment shall be the remaining balance of five percent of the final contract sum (contract retainage). B. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7300 -Execution Requirements and Section 01 7700 Closeout Procedures. 2. Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. D. Final Payment shall become due following the Owner's final acceptance of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION ~~ ~~ ~~ r~ ~ ~~ ; T ~- ~> N _ ~ __ i-:- ~- , j _4,_ ,...__~ '"~ GJ V PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 012100 -ALLOWANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Contingency allowance. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 2000 -Price and Payment Procedures: Additional payment and modification procedures. 1.03 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE A. Contractor's costs for products, delivery, installation, labor, insurance, payroll, bonding, equipment rental, overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Contingency Allowance. B. Funds will be drawn from the Contingency Allowance only by Change Order. C. At closeout of Contract, funds remaining in Contingency Allowance will be credited to Owner by Change Order. 1.04 ALLOWANCES SCHEDULE A. Contingency Allowance: Include the stipulated sum/price of $15,000 for use upon Owner's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION C~ =moo ('.,y -` ?`, i._7 ~ ~ ~ ~.~ . , ~ { ~, ` ~~_ . G,~ v ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Progress meetings. C. Construction progress schedule. D. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. E. Number of copies of submittals. F. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 5215 -General Conditions with General Conditions. 06.096 ca -.-- ~, C~ --~ _ ~ -' __ N ,=,-~ -~ `.~ f"`'~ ~,~~ tiD v --~ B. Section 01 7300 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. C. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Project record documents. 1.03 ARCHITECT'S DIGITAL DRAWINGS ~~ A. Digital files of "Background Drawings are available from the Architect for the expressed use by the Contractor, and designated subcontractors and suppliers, in the construction of the Work and the preparation of shop drawings. 1. Upon receipt of request for specific files from a prospective "User", Architect will forward a copy of the form "Digital Media Agreement" (a copy of this form is included at the end of this section) for acceptance and signature of "User". 2. Upon return of signed form together with fee of $50 per original drawing, the Architect will prepare and transmit requested files to the "User". 1.04 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Project Coordinator: Owner's designated contact person. B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site; for field offices, for construction access, traffic, and parking facilities. C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator. D. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Architect will schedule a meeting after Owner's "Notice to Proceed". B. Attendance Required: 1. City of Iowa City. 2. Architect. 3. Contractor. 4. Major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Distribution of Contract Documents. 3. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 4. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, the Owner's jobsite representative, the Contractor's key administrative and field personnel, and Architect. 5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 6. Scheduling. D. Architect will record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to City of Iowa City, Contractor participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, City of Iowa City, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. p 5~ Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. ij' ¢5 Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. =~~ ~"~~ Maintenance of progress schedule. !- ~'~,, ~. ° 8? r-Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. `"""~ ,~~. ~;9;t--Manned progress during succeeding work period. ~ ~"' "` 10,x-fiAaintenance of quality and work standards. ", e~s -~ '(~-. -_#tffect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. ~-~-- , ,_: 14~ i~her business relating to Work. ~:~ ~ Reco~r-dJminutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A_ Within 7 days after date established in Notice to Proceed, submit preliminary schedule.. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 7 days. C. Within 7 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. D. Within 7 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. E. Incorporate the following schedule for contract closeout: 1. Closeout Meeting: Schedule at least 15 days prior to anticipated date of Substantial Completion. Submit initial copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals for review. 2. Demonstration and Instruction: Schedule at least 15 days prior to Substantial Completion. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3. Contractor's Punchlist and Notification of Substantial Completion: Submit at least 10 days prior to anticipated date of Substantial Completion. a. Architect will schedule verification inspection of Work within 5 days of receipt of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. 4. Architect will issue "Certificate of Substantial Completion" in accordance with provisions in the Conditions of the Contract. 5. Closeout Submittals: See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures. Submit within 7 days following Substantial Completion. 6. Final Change Order: Architect will prepare and issue within 5 days after Substantial Completion. 7. Contractor's Notification of Final Completion: Architect will schedule Final- Inspection of the Work within 5 days of receipt of Contractor's Notice. 8. Architect will issue Final Certificate for Payment upon Owner's Final Acceptance of the Work. F. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.04 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Bar Charts: Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number. U --~ C. Sheet Size: Multiples of 8-1/2 x 11 inches. •~" -=j ~ t 1 D. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions. _ -- _ 1 ~~ 1 ~ '^~ } ~- '`' _~ 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW ~ t ~ ! ' = `i ~~ A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: ~ T~ ~ 1. Product data. y w -..~ 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with Submittal Procedures article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for City of Iowa City. No action will be taken. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 3 06.096 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation B. Submit for City of Iowa City's benefit during and after project completion. 3.08 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review: 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Architect. 2. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 24 x 36 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Architect. B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies. C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make three reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. ' D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.09 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with approved form. B. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and ecification section number, as appropriate on each copy. .i-~ ~~~` D:.?= ~Sply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of r- ~~ fp `-ducts required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. ~` ~, C r ~, ~~. ~liarer submittals to Architect at business address. < <~ ~~ f :.~, :~~~`". S~~'d~te submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. ~;, .- ~; For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 013300 -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction Submittals for Review and Information. `'~, B. Preparation of Construction Submittals. G1 ~` ~" . , '"~ C. Review of Construction Submittals. ~ ~ . , _~, !-~ ,~,a r 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ~ `,.~! ~::. .- A Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Processing submittals. ~ ~ ~-„. ~` ~~:; . B. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittals. "' ~ `f~'7 Y 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Submittals for Review: Submittals required by individual specification sections relating to a portion of the work which must be acted upon by the Architect before work on that portion begins. 1. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, and schedules specifically prepared by the Contractor to illustrate and depict some portion of the work more clearly and in greater detail. 2. Coordination Drawings: Drawings prepared by the Contractor to show how multiple-system and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated to avoid conflicts resulting from available space requirements. 3. Product Data: Illustrations, standard schedules, diagrams, performance charts, instructions and brochures that illustrate physical appearance, size, and other characteristics of materials and equipment for some portion of work 4. Samples: Physical examples of materials and workmanship which illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of a material and establish the standards by which the work will be judged. B. Construction Phase Submittals for Information: Submittals required by individual specification sections; submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for OWNER. No action will be taken. 1. Design data: Performance requirements and material characteristics providing the basis for portions of the Work designed by the Contractor. 2. Certificates: 3. Test reports: 4. Inspection reports: 5. Manufacturer's instructions: 6. Manufacturer's field reports: 7. Other types. indicated. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTICIPANTS A. Contractor: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Establish a realistic submittal schedule that allows for resubmittal. 3. Coordinate submittals. 4. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents, site conditions, dimensions and construction means and methods; indicate any part of the submittal that does not conform to the contract requirements. 5. Approve submittals prior to transmitting them to Architect. Use the Construction Submittal form provided by Architect. CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 6. Distribute approved submittals to subcontractors and others. 7. Maintain copies of approved submittals at the jobsite for reference, and retain copy of approved submittals for the Owner's record. 8. Maintain transmittal log and track progress. B. Subcontractors and Suppliers: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Properly prepare complete and accurate submittals with extraneous information deleted. 3. Submit in a timely manner based on construction schedule and allowing adequate time for Contractor and Architect reviews. 4. Maintain records and current status. C. Architect: 1. Specify reasonable requirements. 2. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 3. Verify that the Contractor has reviewed, stamped and approved submittals. 4. Review submittals for conformance with design intent. 5. Approve submittals in a timely manner, or take other appropriate action. 6. Forward submittals to consultants. 7. Maintain a copy of approved submittals, and forward a copy to the Owner upon request. 8. Maintain a submittal log and track progress. D. Owner: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Coordinate work to be completed under a separate contract. 3. Follow project requirements. P~tT 2 P~DUCTS (NOT USED) .• y . PkR~T 3 ~~UTION (" ~-',~ 3.0'~~'PRO~~&SING SUBMITTALS . , ._. ~- .. Cwi a ~. Refer~o Section 01 3000 for additional requirements. 4..~-~- i~}" Afta'c~~ copy of the Project Construction Submittal Form to all submittals. ~z Group submittals related to building elements or systems together for transmittal in accordance `y' with submittal schedule. D. Only specified submittals will be processed by the Architect. 3.02 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION A. To aid in tracking and filing, each submittal shall contain the following information: 1. Project name and project number, 2. Date submitted, 3. Description of the item submitted, 4. The specification section reference number, and 5. A consecutive submittal number. B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. The purpose of the submittal shall be one of the following: 1. For approval, 2. For information only, 3. Resubmittal. C. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation D. Provide space for Architect's submittal stamp. 3.03 SUBMITTAL REVIEW 06.096 A. Only submittals stamped by the Contractor shall be forwarded to the Architect. When the Contractor determines that submittals do not meet contract requirements, they should be returned to the originator for correction or modification as appropriate. B. The purpose of the Architect's review is to check submittals for conformance with the information and design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. C. Upon review by the Architect, the submittal shall be stamped with the status of the review as: 1. Approved, 2. Approved as noted, 3. Approved as noted /resubmit, or 4. Rejected /resubmit. D. Submittals which require no action or are not subject to review, will not be returned. END OF SECTION ~..a t _: .._ _-~~ ,. ,_. r- i l r-~ ~ _~ , .._. ~ __ ..J - ~ ~.`, ~^ ~..~ CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 014000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance submittals. B. Control of installation. C. Tolerances. D. Testing and inspection services. E. Manufacturers' field services. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 06.096 r:? , .a ~C~ !` ° -~~' - \• ',i ' - ~ ~ ,, ~~ ~ _ - '` ~ ~~ ~ << c:,~ y A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 1021 -Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants; 2001. B. ASTM E 329 -Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged Construction Inspection and/or Testing; 2005b. C. ASTM E543 -Standard Practice for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: After each test inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect and to Contractor. 1. Include: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of test/inspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Results of test/inspection. j. Conformance with Contract Documents. k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results. 2. Test reports are submitted for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the City of Iowa City, for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. B. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the City of Iowa City's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. D. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for City of Iowa City. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. Contractor Employed Agency: 1. Testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E 329, ASTM E 543, ASTM C 1021, ASTM C 1077, and ASTM C 1093. 2. Inspection agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329. 3. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in Iowa. 4. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality assurance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. O B. C'ply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. :.~ ~ C. =~~~uld manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from ,--~,, -~r~hitect before proceeding. 1. a ~. `~~i~ply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent __ a c~ totera~ces, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise .4 ~ _, vlfacl~ixanship. E.; Have`~lork performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. x -., F.`' Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 performance of services. 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or products. 5. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. Payment for re testing will be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Price. 3.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION ~~_~ a f:. -- . ~~) ~ . (~ --- ,:. ~ iyl _. r,~ __-~ - __ - ~- .. J"'~ G3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 015000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telephone service. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 06.096 r,?, ..a ~~ ~ ; L~ ~~ _,v; ~ -y, ~. A. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, heating and cooling, and ventilation required for construction purposes. B. Existing facilities may not be used. C. New permanent facilities may not be used. 1.03 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. 1.04 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Protect stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.05 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as required to separate work areas from City of Iowa City-occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into City of Iowa City-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces: 1.06 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and City of Iowa City's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Coordinate with City of Iowa City's security program. 1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and City of Iowa City. B. Provide off-site parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. 1.08 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site daily. C. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.09 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION o ~~ ~~. ~; ~', -. ,_. ~ ^a ~,...... `i ~. ~'~ ~.:, ~~ TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 016000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 06.096 r- '' .. ~' ~J ,- ' . .. . d:, `-~~ r~ A. Section 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures prior to bid date. B. Section 00 2613 -Substitution Request Form: Must accompany all requests. C. Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1. Submit within 7 days after date of Notice to Proceed. 2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. E. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Do not use products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.03 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Substitution Request Form (00 2613) must accompany all requests ~. Dodiment each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution witt~ontract Documents. r -' ""_~. tl'-_~. ~~r-r~quest for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.-~, .'ktas investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality S.. E a._ ,, ~~'! ; ~ ~ Itwel of the specified product. ~~ - ., 2,'` Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. ~- jT_ ; ~' 3 _ ~ dill coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the ~- t~brk to be complete with no additional cost to City of Iowa City. <- , `~ 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse City of Iowa City and Architect for review or redesign services associated with acceptance of substitutions and re-approval by authorities. F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 disfigurement, or damage. F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. Onsite storage is limited, provide offsite storage as required. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. G. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. H. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. 1. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. J. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION r_y ...--~ ~: - ~ ~ r. tia~~i -...,l ._~ ,__.,. _ ~ ; '__ t ~ ~..~ ~--. -,i __~. ~7 ~'' K •) t~ PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 017300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES r -~~ r - _a A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. t~' O -~, B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal,-Ef~s~-dsal, <-=, '_~ and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. -T~` "~' C. Pre-installation meetings. l ~ "' _~ ~ ,J D. Cutting and patching. __ ~. ~` ~ ~ -; E. Laying out the work. `~~~ ~ •' -~,- c~ F. Cleaning and protection. G. Starting of systems and equipment. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy; work sequence; identification of salvaged and relocated equipment and materials. B. Section 01 5000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary interior partitions and facilities. C. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Closeout procedures related to achieving Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the Work. D. Section 02 4100 -Demolition: Selected demolition. E. Individual Product Specification Sections: 1. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project, licensed in Iowa. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. C. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. D. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. 1.06 COORDINATION A. See Section 01 1000 -Summary, for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. H. After City of Iowa City occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of City of Iowa City's activities. P,.AcRT 2 P~DUCTS 2.`0~ PI4-NG MATERIALS 1P --' `~'`A. ; New-Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching ~-~F,\ -- '~anfl~xtending work. c.~ ~~ ~~~"`~ F.$. TyRe~nd Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where ~.;__ c_~ --~ • - nec~ary, referring to existing work as a standard. ... _; ~:'., Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. ~- E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participanffi,~with two-' copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, participants, and those affected by decision~~frta,~e. ~; -, 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK « ~ ~= ""~+ f_-~ A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. t __ , B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. '~~~ -;; ~,;~ `-`" C. Contractor shall locate and protect reference points. ~'~ Y ~a D. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: E. Periodically verify layouts by same means. F. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS _;.' _.i..~ ~J A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation B. Separate areas in which alterations are being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 5000 in locations indicated on drawings or required to maintain safety and quality control. C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. 1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make exterior enclosure weatherproof. D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. 2. Relocate items indicated on drawings. 3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. 4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible. E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove, relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to ~' ~tequipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or `;provide access panel. ~; , , r,,.~, ~:_L-#Vhere existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require ~_._~-~ •~ ~-J, ;deactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment ~_.4_-~; _ ~ 71=a`s required. _ `~ ~: 3<-- `Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new ~± ~ ~` ' a __ ~srvices, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready `~ -' f ~ ,service. '~ ~; Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize r-`~' duration of outages. b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service. 4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. 5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction. F. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. G. Adapt existing work to fit new work: 1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect. 2. Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads. 3. H. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. 2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to match. .-~ 3. Patch as specified for patching new work. ~^- Cf ~ -s :. .-"i~ I. Clean existing systems and equipment. a - ~ _ J. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispos~'of a~fF-site?; ~. ~.: ~ C 1 r ~ i ~'„ 4' do not burn or bury. _ } , '' ,...' K. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete. "~~ ,''~, =~~ ,- ; .. .., L. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section. d-~.' ;~;~ ~% ~; 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit products together to integrate with other work. B. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. F. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400 - Firestopping, to full thickness of the penetrated element. G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. H. Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. I. Patch or replace surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 3.08 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 5 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.09 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.10 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Architect and owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. ~,C. Veri that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rot _ n, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. ~~ `-'d. Ve(y~t tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by ?~ _~`: ,__ the ~iluipment or system manufacturer. 1 ~_~ " ~ t- ~~ ~ -E: ~eri~hat wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. .. _ c~a 'F', ~ start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's re~p~e~~ntative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C.; When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products, equipment and systems to City of Iowa City's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. B. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of designated items of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location. C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Provide a qualified manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. 3.12 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.13 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. 1. Clean areas to be occupied by City of Iowa City prior to final completion before Ciry of Iowa City occupancy. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E. Clean filters of operating equipment. F. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.14 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Refer to Section 01 7700. B. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Architect and City of Iowa City. C. City of Iowa City will occupy all of the building as specified in Section 01 1000 -Summary. 3.15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections for 1 year from date of Substantial Completion. B. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. D. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of the City of Iowa City. END OF SECTION ~ .il (-l ~_ --, , ~_.~ - ~~ a . ~ j - ~ r., ._-_ - ~~,, , .. C,t_ ` 1 r ~ j _ y ~.. K 1 -J~ l~ ~ ~ ~ t....:~) ~j ~ I ~'~ ~+ EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 017700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Contract closeout procedures related to: 1. Substantial Completion of the Work and 2. Final inspection and Owner's acceptance of the Work. B. Closeout submittals including: 1. Substantial Completion documents. 2. Final Application for Payment with supporting documents. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Warranties and Bonds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 06.096 ,-' ~= '~+' '~ ~ 1'~ ~.) f. , :.~~ C ~ A. Section 00 5215 -Agreement with General Conditions: Performance and Payment Bonds, warranty, and correction of work. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures for shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Individual product sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. D. Individual product sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion: Submit three copies of required forms and related documentation certifying that status of Work is consistent with "Substantial Completion". B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide three sets of revised documents in final form for use by Owner's personnel. Submit at least 15 days prior to date of Declaration of Substantial Completion. C. Material and Product Warranties: Submit fully executed manufacturers' warranties within seven days following Date of Substantial Completion except as follows: 1. For equipment and component parts of equipment put into service during construction with OWNER"S permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance; list date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period . 2. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance; list date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. D. Contractor's Statement of Final Completion: Submit two copies of required forms certifying that Work has been fully completed; make submittal within 15 days after Date of Substantial Completion. E. Claim for Final Payment: Submit two copies of required final Application for Payment forms together with supporting documents. F. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: Submit two copies of required forms with claim for Final Payment. G. Project Record Documents: Submit required Record Documents with claim for Final Payment. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and inspection of the work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly closeout procedure, with provision for CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation accommodating items installed later. B. Final Utility Connections: Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements for final connections. 1.05 PRE- SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION MEETING A. Convene 15 before submitting Declaration of Substantial Completion for purpose of reviewing required closeout procedures with representatives of Owner and Architect. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate completion and ensure clean-up of work of separate sections of the Project Manual. B. The Owner intends to occupy the entire project area at Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Include operating instructions and maintenance data prepared by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described equipment and systems. 2. Use Operating and Maintenance Manuals as reference for instruction of Owner's personnel. B. Demonstration and Training: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, perform demonstration and train Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of equipment and systems designated in individual ~^ 2sections of the Project Manual. ~> ~~£. ~I~~it inary Inspection for Substantial Completion: r-~. ~~ ~+~chedule and conduct preliminary inspection of the Work accompanied by Owner's Project 3°-- ; `y` : ' `-:Representative. ~~'-~~ - `~~ ~~ Determine and identify items to be listed for correction and completion (punchlist) on -- ~`~ `. _ Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion. ~- .` Verify that surface finish materials are properly installed in accordance with manufacturer's '` ~- r+'e 3ommendations and exposed surfaces are clean and free from damage. <: ~ 3. Verify final adjustment of operating items, equipment and system components to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 4. Verify specific operating and performance requirements described in individual specification sections. a. Secure certification by TAB contractor that testing, adjusting and balancing work has been completed, and respective systems are performing in accordance with specified design requirements. b. Replace filters of operating equipment. 5. Verify that utility services are properly connected and of the correct characteristics. 6. Verify inspection and acceptance of the respective portions of the Work by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 3.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DOCUMENTS A. Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion: 1. Provide the necessary assurance that the progress of the Work is consistent with Substantial Completion as defined by the Contract Documents. 2. Upon receipt of the required forms the Architect will schedule and conduct a Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Certificate of Substantial Completion: Upon verification of Contractor's Punchlist, and CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 subsequent determination by Architect that status of Work is suitable for occupancy by the Owner, the Architect will prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA Doc G704-2000). C. Complete and correct respective items of work listed and attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion within 14 days following Date of Substantial Completion. 3.03 FINAL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Contractor's Statement of Final Completion: Certify that the Work is complete and has been inspected and found to be in compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Claim for Final Payment: 1. Prepare application for payment on approved forms. 2. Amount of final payment shall be the Contractor's retainage (5% of the contract amount). C. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: Prepare the following: 1. "Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" (AIA Doc G706). 2. Contractor s Affidavit of Release of Liens" (AIA Doc G706A). a. Include separate waivers of lien from subcontractors, suppliers, and others with lien rights against property of the Owner. 3. Obtain "Consent of Surety to Final Payment" (AIA Doc G707). D. Project Record Documents: 1. Submit one set of the following Record Documents; record actual revisions tQ_the Wd'rk: a. Drawings ~-} ~~ ~~ b. Specifications =`- - ~ _ - 1 ~' -~ ~~ ~~ c. Addenda - - 'r = (_,, d. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract ~~~'- ~-3 _A~ ~., e. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. ~ ~ t 2. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by the Oxvrae~. - ~J 3. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description ~..~~ual ~ products installed, including the following: Y c~~ a. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. °~ b. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. c. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. 4. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: a. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. b. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. c. Field changes of dimension and detail. d. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Material and Product Warranties: 1. Obtain required warranties executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with OWNER'S permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial Completion is determined. 2. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 3. Co-execute warranty documents when required. 4. Retain warranties until time specified for submittal. 5. Include photocopies of each in operation and maintenance manuals; indicate on Table of Contents. 3.04 FINAL INSPECTION OF THE WORK CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Following submittal of required closeout documents, the Architect will conduct a Final Inspection of the Work. B. Accompany Owner's Project Representative and Architect on final inspection of the Work. C. Complete items of work determined and identified during final inspection. 3.05 OWNER'S FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK A. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, the Architect will recommend acceptance of the completed Work by the Owner and final payment to the Contractor. B. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of the effective date of their acceptance of the Work. END OF SECTION c~ _w; .,=-; ' ~ . .....: 1 ~" .sJt,. . `~ ~ i-- ~"1- ... _ C~~ r ' J f , ,.~ _ _ __ `,~ °- ~~ r ~: , c°-~ CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 024100 -DEMOLITION r:- ..-- ~°:: PART 1 GENERAL ~; _ - ,~~~ -i _ - 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ~~~ =- ~`f` ~ '=% A. Selective demolition of building elements for alterations purposes. ~.: ~~_ ~'~" ~s,~`~ ~ ~, ~ _, B. Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures. ~~ = `~ ; , _ ,`~-J . ~_ c,, 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS =~ ' A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. ~'' ~~ B. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Sequencing and staging requirements. C. Section 01 5000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. D. Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. E. Section 01 7000 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities. 1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. 2. Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications. 3. Include a summary of safety procedures. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; or other pollution. B. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 7000 -Execution and Closeout Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. Remove portions of existing buildings as indicated on Drawings. B. Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, recycling, and C. Fill excavations, open pits, and holes in ground areas generated as result of removals, using specified fill; compact fill as required so that required rough grade elevations do not subside within one year after completion. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. DEMOLITION 02 4100 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 4. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public. 5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from City .of Iowa City. C. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. D. If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Architect and City of Iowa City; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. 3.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. ~B. Pri~ct existing utilities to remain from damage. ---:. .,~ `'~. Do~Adt disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. '`~' i ~- ° `'D. Do° ~i9f close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 t-l-~. - day~ior written notification to City of Iowa City. C.t ' ~:~ w ~; ~, Dtsr~ot~~lose, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without at le~st'~.=Lays prior written notification to City of Iowa City. F~ : Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. C. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new DEMOLITION 02 4100 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, othen~vise cap stub and tag with identification. D. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION f._ C` ~' ;.:., - ', _ ~_.~ _ ~ r.~ ...^._... ~_. ~ ( ' r=- ~- r...l..~ ~.. _ --~ -> . __ i._..J - tiro y' W C~ DEMOLITION 024100-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Floors and slabs on grade. C. Concrete reinforcement. D. Concrete curing. 1.02 REFERENCES 06.096 ~- ~ , ~., ~;;_a ' `:: ,- / T-.a " ~ \ . ~' . '- ~ --~ ~ ~ , c>> .y ~N A. ACI 302.1 R -Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. B. ACI 304R -Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. C. ACI 308R -Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001. D. ASTM A 185/A 185M -Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete; 2006. E. ASTM A 615/A 615M -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2006. F. ASTM C 33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2003. G. ASTM C 94/C 94M -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2005. H. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005. I. ASTM C 1059 -Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 1999. J. ASTM E 1745 -Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 1997 (Reapproved 2004). 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The project design is based on the following minimum compressive strengths for various cast-in-place concrete components: 1. Interior Slabs-on-grade: 4000 psi. B. Do not permit superimposed loads to be applied to concrete components until at least 75 percent of minimum design compressive strength has been achieved. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements. C. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. D. Proposed Mix Design(s): Material proportions for each class of concrete; indicate compressive strength development at 7, 28, and 90 days; indicate alkalinity (pH) of hardened concrete sample at 90 days. E. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 2. Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches of concrete surface. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 40 (280). 1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. 2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type. 1. Form: Coiled Rolls. 2. Mesh Size: 6 x 12. 3. Wire Gage: W4xW4. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I -Normal Portland type. ~ B. .,line and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. ':~~__ C: %~~{y Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. ~,---,, V., r D. ~. `-ter: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. l°~ ~µ,~~, 2.04_ CFrE111ftQ4L ADMIXTURES .~ '_>- ,~ A. Erc~ use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight ~~ -. = ' B.~, Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder match existing: Multi-layer, fabric-, cord-, grid-, or aluminum-reinforced polyethylene or equivalent, complying with ASTM E 1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. Single ply polyethylene is prohibited. B. Chemical Hardener: Fluosilicate solution designed for densification of cured concrete slabs. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-dispersible acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C 1059 Type II. B. Sealant and Primer: As specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN 06.096 A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Cementitious Materials Content: Minimum 525 Ib per cubic yard. a. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of Cementitious materials by weight. 2. Ratio of Water to Cementitious Materials (percent by weight): a. Footings and Foundation Walls (air-entrained): Maximum 50 percent. b. Interior Floor Slabs (non-air-entrained) (water reducing admixture): Maximum 40 percent. 3. Total Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M. 4. Maximum Aggregate Size -Floor Slabs: 3/4 inch. 5. Maximum Aggregate Size -Floor Toppings with depth less than 2-1/2 inches: 1/2 inch. 2.08 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M; 1-1/2 hour maximum mixing and delivery time. 1. When air temperature is above 90 degrees F, reduce maximum mixing and delivery time to _., 60 minutes. - ' .:~ PART 3 EXECUTION ~_' ~:~ ' ~ _. -j -- - l _; ... _. 3.01 EXAMINATION ~,-,-`~- ~._ , _" A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. =1'-? ~..~~-1 B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into coFlC~&fe arei-= ~~---~ accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placem~t,~'~`~-`'. y c~ 3.02 PREPARATION A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. C. Install self-adhering bond break material on interior vertical wall surfaces to separate perimeter of interior slabs on grade from vertical surfaces. Extend bond break material horizontally under slab at least 6 inches and tape seal to sheet vapor retarder. D. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. E. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. F. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. G. Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and seal CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation watertight by taping edges and ends. Cover with sand to depth shown on drawings; repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not Less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R; comply with requirements for "flat" floors. C. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. E. Repair underslab vapor retarder damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor retarder material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. F. Separate exterior slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler. G. Apply sealants in joint devices in accordance with Section 07 9005 H. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. J. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. 3.05 CONCRETE FINISHING o..~ A. ,repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. ". B...,._l.xposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in `' ~ ~ _;-height. •-- ~ `C. ~GbJ~rete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R, and as follows: `-~ -°, ...-a _'(~,'~teel trowel surfaces that will receive carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, thin ~- <~set quarry tile, and thin set ceramic tile. ~,w- ~ ~ 2: ' °eel trowel surfaces that will be left exposed. ,- ..; Chemical Hardener: After slab has cured, apply water-diluted hardener in three coats t~~: per manufacturer's instructions, allowing 24 hours between coats. D. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces within 2 ft radius of drains uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 A. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. C. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. END OF SECTION r.-, ~) rte:; ~_i (~_ ~t ~~ i ~.,aa~...7. i ~. Cam.) l.'~ CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 035400 -CAST UNDERLAYMENT 06.096 ~} r r _ PART 1 GENERAL ~~ 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES `~~ ~'~- ~~ r~' ° " ~- r ``~ r', ~ _. , A. Liquid applied, cementitious trowel grade floor underlayment. =%;~~ ~° - ~ ~ ~ ~._. B. Existing concrete repair and patching. -~ "-` ' ~ `~' ;~~' . ~ ,~ 1.02 REFERENCES '-y, ~ A. ASTM C 109/C 109M -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2005. B. ASTM C 348 -Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars; 2002. C. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2005. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data sheets documenting physical characteristics and product limitations of underlayment materials. Include information on surface preparation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Transport and store in unopened containers protected from moisture and dampness in a cool, clean, dry area between 45 and 90 degrees F. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install underlayment until floor penetrations and peripheral work are complete. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperatures of 50 degrees F 24 hours before, during and 72 hours after installation of underlayment. C. During the curing process, ventilate spaces to remove excess moisture. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. cementitious Underlayment: 1. Degussa Building Systems; Product'Thoro' trowel grade underlayment: www.degussabuildingsystems.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. cementitious Underlayment: Blended cement mix, which when mixed with water in accordance with manufacturer's directions will produce trowel grade underlayment with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: Minimum 4000 psi after 28 days, tested per ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2. Flexural Strength: Minimum 1000 psi after 28 days, tested per ASTM C 348. CAST UNDERLAYMENT 03 5400 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3. Density: Maximum 125 Ib/cu ft. 4. Final Set Time: 2 to 4 hours, maximum. 5. Thickness: Feather edge to maximum 5/8 inch. 6. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 0/0 in accordance with ASTM E 84. B. Water: Potable and not detrimental to underlayment mix materials. C. Primer: Manufacturer's recommended type. D. Joint and Crack Filler: Latex based filler, as recommended by manufacturer. 2.03 MIXING A. Site mix materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are clean, dry, unfrozen, do not contain petroleum bi-products, or other compounds detrimental to underlayment material bond to substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Concrete: Mechanically prepare steel troweled concrete to create a textured surface necessary to achieve the best bond; acceptable methods include bead blasting and scarifying. Do not use acid etching. ~ B. R~(nove substrate surface irregularities. Fill voids and deck joints with filler. Finish smooth. -==r ,~-, C. ~ -'S/a~um clean surfaces. f~`` ~D. '-~rir~-2 substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Allow to dry. ti..e.-. - -: c_- ~ `=~ --E. `Clo:~floor openings. ~ _ ,~ ,~ ~ .._.r .., __ A;~~, InstaN underlayment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B: ' Place to thickness and slope indicated. C. If a fine, feathered edge is desired, steel trowel the edge after initial set, but before it is completely hard. 3.04 CURING A. Once underlayment starts to set, prohibit foot traffic until final set has been reached. B. Air cure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect against direct sunlight, heat, and wind; prevent rapid drying to avoid shrinkage and cracking. B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor underlayment surfaces. END OF SECTION CAST UNDERLAYMENT 03 5400 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-structural dimension lumber framing. B. Rough opening framing for doors and windows. C. Wall sheathing. D. Concealed wood blocking, Hailers, and supports. E. Miscellaneous wood Hailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 REFERENCES 06.096 e '; ~~;^ `~ ! O ,-, , ~ ; .Q ~' A. AFPA T10 -Wood Frame Construction Manual; American Forest and Paper Association; 2001. B. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. C. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2006. D. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpentry meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, storage, or installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 1 06.096 C. Stud Framing (2 x 2 through 2 x 6 ): 1. Species: Douglas Fir-Larch. 2. Grade: No. 1. Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation D. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. 2.04 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U 1 -Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Interior Type A: AWPA Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H (Treatment C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood), low temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically r"' ~ treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of _,'~,=~25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, with no evidence of significant combustion _ ~ ~~:-'when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. l,. `' ; _.~ ,'-`-', -7.a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber ._ _; _. ~ „~!~= and 15 percent for plywood. .~ - ._. ~. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . --`~~_" ~ ? ~ :- _ Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may ~-~'° ~ `~-' become wet. ,.- ~ Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A (Treatment C2) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Ib/cu ft retention. 1. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Treat lumber in other locations as indicated. 4. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC2 and UC36, Commodity Specification F (Treatment C9) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Ib/cu ft retention. a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. b. Treat plywood in contact with masonry or concrete. c. Treat plywood in other locations as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. C. Specifically, provide the following non-structural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Handrails. 4. Grab bars. 5. Towel and bath accessories. 6. Wall-mounted door stops. 7. Wall paneling and trim. 8. Joints of rigid wall coverings that occur between studs. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. END OF SECTION .__~ -, O t~: { - ~-; _ . _ ~~ ~ -- ~ } i ._.,« ~~ f_,~ t:a ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Of.096 ~K~.~:~ .,, ~ 1. SECTION 078400 - FIRESTOPPING '~..~ '., ^w' '°°' PART 1 GENERAL to ;, _ ;,`\i 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ~/--`~r,,'~, r , . ._ c,~ A. Firestopping materials. ~~~~~~ ~, ~ B. Firestopping of all penetrations and interruptions to fire rated assemblies, whether indicatei~~n drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 7000 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Cutting and patching. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 814 -Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops; 2002. B. UL (FRD) -Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration, fire rating of the penetrated assembly, and firestopping test or design number. C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions. E. Certificate from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which provide the specified fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and: 1. Able to show at least 5 satisfactorily completed projects of comparable size and type. 2. Approved by firestopping manufacturer. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. 1. Fire Ratings: Use any system listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 that has F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and that meets all other specified requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Elastomeric Silicone Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming to the following: FIRESTOPPING 07 8400 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. 2. Color: Dark grey. 3. Manufacturers: a. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc: www.adfire.com. b. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop. c. Specified Technologies, Inc: www.stifirestop.com. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Fiber Firestopping: Mineral fiber insulation used in conjunction with elastomeric surface sealer forming airtight bond to opening; conforming to the following: 1. Density: 4.0 Ib/cu ft. 2. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. 3. Manufacturers: a. USG; Product "Thermafiber": www.usg.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. C. Intumescent Putty: Compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain; conforming to the following: 1. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. 2.{.~ Color: Dark grey. - 3.~~Manufacturers: -~~` '~~- tea. Grace Construction Products: www.na.graceconstruction.com. . _~ r""'~ ~ b. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop. t . i ~~ _', ~~ -e. Specified Technologies, Inc: www.stifirestop.com. ~ "~`'. j _ ice. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. Ly_ O ~i e Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for °_ tes~e~=~ssembly design. -: _ - PART`~} EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials which may affect bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest firestopping material leakage. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authority having jurisdiction. C. Install labelling required by code. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION FIRESTOPPING 07 8400 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 079005 -JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 8400 -Firestopping: Firestopping sealants. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 834 -Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2005. B. ASTM C 920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. C. ASTM C 1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. 06.096 t ~".~, F t,C ~`_ ,l ~., ,: c,~~ -_y~ ~S D. ASTM D 1667 -Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Poly(Vinyl Chloride) Foam (Closed-Cell); 2005. E. BAAQMD 8-51 -Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51, Adhesive and Sealant Products; www.baagmd.gov; current edition. F. SCAQMD 1168 -South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www. agmd. gov. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product List: Provide schedule of proposed sealants recommended by the manufacturer as being acceptable for use in the intended application and with the substrates with which it will come into contact. C. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability. D. Samples: Submit two samples, 1/4x2 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for selection. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate materials and products which were tested by sealant manufacturer for compatibility and adhesion with sealants. Include interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance, and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation necessary for adhesion. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and surface preparation. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 1 06.096 1.08 WARRANTY Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. See Section 01 7700.- Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers -General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by the more stringent of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; multi- component. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Acceptable products: a. Product: "NP 2" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. b. Product: "DYmeric" 511 manufactured by Tremco Incorporated. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. b. Joints between concrete and other materials. c. Joints between metal frames and other materials. d. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated. ~, C. ~gneral Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF -- sftu~le component, paintable. .. ...~ -- ~~ ~ ,1',_, Color. Standard colors matching finished surfaces. ~r ~ ~ `, ~~._„-:Acceptable products: ~~ '~` 'y '~'~:_a. Product: "Sonolac" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. .._ ~-~. Product: "Tremflex" 834 manufactured by Tremco Incorporated. .~ ~~ °°=~ `~ ::;c, Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~.~~-~- 3,-% °plications: Use for: ,-; Interior wall and ceiling control joints. L- t~ b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. D. Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C 920, Uses I, M and A; single component, mildew resistant. 1. Acceptable products: a. Product: "Dow Corning 786" Mildew-resistant silicone sealant manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation. b. Product: "OmniPlus" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. b. Joints between kitchen and bath countertops and wall surfaces. E. Interior Floor Joint Filler: Semi-flexible epoxy; ASTM D 638; multi-component. 1. Color: Gray. 2. Shore A hardness: 80-85. 3. Acceptable products: a. Product: "Joint-Loc 80" manufactured by Polytite Manufacturing Corporation. JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 b. Product: "Epolith - P" manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. 4. Applications: Use for: a. Saw-cut contraction joints in floors. Glazing Sealant: Silicone, ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single or multi-component, neutral curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding. 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. 2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent. 3. Service Temperature Range: -65 to 180 degrees F. 4. Shore A Hardness Range: 15 to 35. 5. Applications: Use for: a. Structural and nonstructural glazing of glass, metal and plastic.. b. Weatherproofing perimeter joints around metal frames. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. _ ~1' B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant `- r--, ~- m ~' ._._~ ~ 7 ---f 3.02 PREPARATION r--~ _v,. ~a -__-~ A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant: j '~ _? `- --;--~ B. Clean and rime oints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. - ~ r ~ -a- - ~`~ ~~ C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C ~~3. •• c.~ D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. "~ 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Minimum Joint Width: 1/4 inch. 2. Maximum Joint Depth: 112 inch. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 3 06.096 G. Tool joints concave. Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation H. Precompressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION c~ + .~f =r=: -_~_. r.a~ J a. t, ~; 7' f..__;~ . ~.. ~ ;.~ ~ ~--:+ JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 081213 -HOLLOW METAL FRAMES r-' PART 1 GENERAL ~~,"; 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES " - ~~l\ A. Non-fire-rated steel frames. -,;;- rte, '`~ ;-~ 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS %-~~- ^'": '~-.1 -, A. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware: Hardware and weatherstripping. _' ~ , ' B. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Field painting. `'~~~ ~;~ ~' 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. B. ANSI A250.8 -SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003. C. ANSI A250.10 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2004). D. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. E. DHI A115 Series -Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware; Door and Hardware Institute; 2000 (ANSI/DHI A115 Series). F. NAAMM HMMA 840 -Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 1999. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced grade standard. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Maintain at the project site a copy of all reference standards dealing with installation: PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Frames: 1. Assa Abloy Ceco, Curries, or Fleming: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Steelcraft: www.steelcraft.com. 2.02 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Requirements for All Frames: 1. Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/ICC A117.1. 2. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with DHI A115 Series, with reinforcement welded in place, in addition to other requirements specified in door grade standard. 3. Galvanizing for Units in Wet Areas: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213-1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation (galvannealed) per ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 4. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. 5. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut-outs in frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted. B. Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire-Rated: Knock-down type. 1. Grade: Comply with frame requirements specified in ANSf A250.8 for Level 1, 18 gage 2. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. C. Frames for Interior Glazing or Borrowed Lights: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. B. Grout for Frames: Portland cement grout of maximum 4-inch slump for hand troweling; thinner pumpable grout is prohibited. 2.04 FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high-build, water-resistant, resilient coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.02 PREPARATION ~,, A. Comet inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior toq~stallation. 3.b3 IN~I',~LtATION ,t- '~ ""' A. my{a~i in accordance with the requirements of the specified door grade standard and NAAMM ~-~~`°°-• ~~' HMS 840. a'., c..~ -,- ~~ ~ '_E~. C~o~6r~d_~ate frame anchor placement with wall construction. ~~, Grout<~mes in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so that t~~ pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames. D. Coordinate installation of hardware. E. Coordinate installation of electrical connections to electrical hardware items. F. Touch up damaged factory finishes. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: As specified in ANSI A250.8. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edges, crossed corner to corner. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation END OF SECTION 06.096 F_. . ~, ~w) -, _. ', > % ~_ ~ _~ - r.a ~~ ~ "-~ _ ~-Tl ~~ . ~l W HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 rte:', , SECTION 081416 -FLUSH WOOD DOORS C~ _~ ~~'~ -~ C~ '~ !- PART 1 GENERAL ~` ~ ~ ~ i , '~~ ,^,~ ~, 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES - ~"'• ~'~-~~ A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; fire rated and non-rated. r ~: ti~~ ~~ ~r" ~ ,. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ~ ~-~ ~" A. Section 08 1213 -Hollow Metal Frames. B. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWt/AWMAC (QSf) -Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2006, 8th Ed., Version 2.0. B. WDMA I.S.1-A -Architectural Wood Flush Doors; Window and Door Manufacturers Association; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Specimen warranty. D. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts required, special beveling, special blocking for hardware, factory machining criteria, factory finishing criteria, identify cutouts for glazing. E. Samples: Submit two samples of door veneer, 8 x 10 inch in size illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. G. Warranty, executed in City of Iowa City's name. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with door opening construction, door frame and door hardware installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. C. Provide warranty for the following term: 1. Interior Doors: Life of installation. D. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 1. Assa Abloy Graham: www.grahamdoors.com. 2. Marshfield Door Systems: www.marshfielddoors.com. 3. VT Industries, Inc: www.vtindustries.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 600.0 -Product Requirements. 2.02 DOORS A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Standard: WDMA I.S. 1-A, Premium Grade. 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at all locations. 2. Wood veneer facing with factory transparent finish; stain color to match existing doors. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type structural composite lumber core (SCLC), plies and faces as indicated above. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. Wood Veneer Facing for Transparent -finish to match existing, verify: Red oak, veneer grade as specified by quality standard, rift cut, slip veneer match, running assembly match; unless Q+ oth~lnrise indicated. --' 1. ~dertical Edges: Compatible hardwood. ~~ . ~-!. G .B: g Adhesive: Type I -waterproof. `~Yj2.05 DOOR_a~STRUCTION ~.'. A ~ Fal~lice doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B."==Core ~structed with Stiles and Rails: C. provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement. D. Fit door edge trim to edge of stiles after applying veneer facing. E. Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles -Veneer Faces: one copy. F. Fit door edge trim to edge of stiles after applying veneer facing. G. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. H. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. Provide edge clearances in accordance with AWI Quality Standards Illustrated Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2.06 FACTORY FINISING -WOOD VENEER DOORS A. Factory finish doors in accordance with specified quality standard: 1. Transparent Finish: Transparent catalyzed polyurethane, Premium quality, satin sheen. B. Seal door top edge with color sealer to match door facing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. B. Trim door height by cutting bottom edges to a maximum of 3/4 inch (19 mm). C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Install door louvers plumb and level. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for maximum diagonal distortion. 3.04 SCHEDULE -See Drawings END OF SECTION C:. % ~-:; _ - ._, ~ ~: .. ..---~ c.' _ rv ..~." y~ _: ~ r ~~~ _ ~' c ~ . FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 085113 -ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extruded aluminum windows with fixed sash. B. Factory glazing. C. Sill starters and head and jamb receptors. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 06.096 _'~ c=, ~.,., L'~; ~~:: .., ,~ r ; .,... , " ~ `W~ ;y~ =s, , . ~,,, .ry 4--~ y' A. Section 02 4100 -Demolition: Removal of existing windows and preparation of masonry opening to receive work of this section. B. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Rough openings. C. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back-up materials. D. Section 08 8000 -Glazing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 -Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1997 with revisions contained in "reprinting" of 12/99. B. AAMA 1503.1 -Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1998. C. AAMA 2604 -Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels; 2002. D. AAMA 2605 -Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels; 2002. E. AAMA CW-10 -Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1997. F. ASCE 7 -Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; American Society of Civil Engineers; 2002. G. ASTM A 123/A 123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2002. H. ASTM B 221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2002. I. ASTM B 221 M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2002. J. ASTM E 283 -Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 1991 (Reapproved 1999). K. ASTM E 330 -Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2002. L. ASTM E 331 -Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000. ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS 08 5113 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation M. ASTM F 588 -Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Window Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact; 1997. N. SSPC-Paint 20 -Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and size windows to withstand the following load requirements, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 using test loads equal to 1.5 times the design wind loads with 10 second duration of maximum load: 1. Design Wind Loads: Comply with requirements of ASCE 7. 2. Positive Design Wind Load: 25 Ibf/sq ft. 3. Negative Design Wind Load: 25 Ibf/sq ft. 4. Member Deflection: Limit member deflection to 1/175 in any direction, with full recovery of glazing materials. B. Movement: Accommodate movement between window and perimeter framing and deflection of lintel, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. C. Air Infiltration: Limit air infiltration through assembly to 0.1 cu ft/min/sq ft of wall area, measured. at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 6.24 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E 283. D. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E 331 with a test pressure difference of 12.0 Ibf/sq ft. E. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly. F. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, or migrating moisture occurring within system. G. Forced Entry Resistance: Conform to ASTM F 588 requirements for performance level 10 for window type A. 1.0~ SUBMITLTALS '~A. S~~ection 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ~; .. ~-~-~. -:~. P~gdu~t Data: Provide component dimensions, internal drainage details, and descriptions of '~--~'• °~~" haare and accessories. ~.~_ G,~ Shyap~rawings: Indicate opening dimensions, elevations of different types, framed opening ~ j ~~', toes, method for achieving air and vapor barrier seal to adjacent construction, anchorage '~ .~L loca i„ and installation requirements. '"- t-~ - D~ ;Certificates: Certify that windows meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include complete preparation, installation, and cleaning requirements. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of AAMA 101 Designation C-AW60. B. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in fabrication of commercial aluminum windows of types required, with not fewer than five years of experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of AAMA CW-10. ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS 085113-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Protect finished surfaces with wrapping paper or strippable coating during installation. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to substrate when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 24 hours after installation of sealants. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a ten year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide ten year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units, including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units. D. Provide twenty year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish. Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Basis of Design: Wausau Window and Wall Systems; Product "Advantage, 3250 Series" L=~> A ~ . ~; Architectural Windows: www.wausauwindow.com. Cy -' -_~; . B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: ;~ ~ "= -' \~ ~ ~ ~- ~ ~ ~ 1. EFCO Corporation: www.efcocorp.com. ~--~ "` ~-= ,;_ :' ' i ~ + 2. TRACO Architectural Systems, Inc.: www.traco.com. - < 3. Moduline Window Systems: www.vistawall.com. ~= `~ ~ ~ - , ~, -~~ ,~_ ~ C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~~ ;> , `~.' ~ ~ 2.02 REPLACEMENT WINDOWS A. Windows: Single thickness aluminum frame sections, factory fabricated, factory finished, thermally broken, vision glass, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Performance Requirements: AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 AW60. B. Fixed, Non-Operable Type: 1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Glazing: as specified in Section 088000 -Glazing[] 3. Exterior Finish: Superior performance organic coating, color match existing. 4. Interior Finish: High performance organic coating, color match existing. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Frames: 3-1 /2 inch deep profile, of 0.125 inch thicksection; thermally broken with interior portion of frame insulated from exterior portion; flush glass stops of snap-on type. B. Sill Receptor: 0.125 inch thick, extruded aluminum, thermally broken; sloped for positive wash; fit under sash leg to 1/4 inch beyond wall face; one piece full width of opening. C. Head and Jamb Receptors: 0.125 inch thick, extruded aluminum, thermally broken; two piece style for inside installation of window units. D. Fasteners: Stainless steel. E. Glass and Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08 8000. F. Sealant and Backing Materials: Silicone type as specified in Section 07 9005. ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS 085113-3 06.096 2.04 MATERIALS Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B. Concealed Steel Items: Profiled to suit mullion sections; galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123/A 123M. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components with smallest possible clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly that will enable window installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. B. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. D. Arrange fasteners and attachments to ensure concealment from view. E. Provide steel internal reinforcement in mullions as required to meet loading requirements. F. Provide internal drainage of glazing spaces to exterior through weep holes. G. Factory glaze window units. 2.06 FINISHES A. Superior Performance Organic Coating System: AAMA 2605 multiple coat, thermally cured polyvinylidene fluoride system; color as scheduled to match existing. B. High Performance Organic Finish: AAMA 2604; multiple coats, thermally cured fluoropolymer system; color as scheduled to match existing. C. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Steel Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, zinc rich. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive aluminum windows. 3.02 INSTALLATION ~ 4 -~ A. Ine~all windows in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. P~, ~~rB. ;a~~ch sill starter, head and jamb receptors, and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate ~__-~ ~~-- cOr`astruction tolerances and other irregularities. ~"'~~~ ~ AI,t¢~nrindow plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and ~' j ,, ai+ig~ent with adjacent work. ~~_ Provi@~ thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. E. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air barrier and vapor retarder materials. F. Install glass in accordance with requirements specified in Section 08 8000. G. Install perimeter sealant in accordance with requirements specified in Section,07 9005. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 1/16 inches every 3 ftnon-cumulative or 1/8 inches per 10 ft, whichever is less. ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS 08 5113 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 06.096 A. Remove protective material from factory finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer. END OF SECTION ~~ C^• _ C.~ t::": , -, ':= ` ~ ~ ~ . l- ~.~ "' r''~7 f.......... ^~ , `~ ~~ ~ -~ -^1 `_-.J t-.` ~- .; ~~ , ::-- __ ~' - ~' c .a v7 ALUMINUM REPLACEMENT WINDOWS 085113-5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for wood doors. B. Electrically operated and controlled hardware. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 1213 -Hollow Metal Frames. B. Section 08 1416 -Flush Wood Doors. 1.03 REFERENCES 06.096 .-.,, t~ t Cam, ~ , rra ' ~/ ~'~' ..J ;- `., `' ~ ,J.y r J =~;. .. ~_ ~~ ~' A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. B. DHI (LOGS) -Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; Door and Hardware Institute; 2004. C. DHI WDHS.3 -Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Flush Wood Doors; Door and Hardware Institute; 1996. D. NFPA 80 -Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association; 2007. E. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures; National Fire Protection Association; 2006. F. UL (BMD) -Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data sheets for each product listed. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware, catalog cuts, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Prepare schedule of "Hardware Sets" coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure coordination of size, function, hand, finish and operation of each hardware item required for each opening. 3. Submit manufacturer's parts lists, templates, and special tools. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in City of Iowa City's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with five years of documented experience. B. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to assist in DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware. B. Furnish templates for door and frame preparation. C. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. D. Coordinate City of Iowa City's keying requirements during the course of the Work. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. 1.10 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS p ~~' .MOB. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPLIERS the work of this section. Employ installers with a minimum of three years of experience and who are trained in the proper installation of door hardware provided for this project. B. Require attendance of supplier, installer and manufacturer's representatives for locks, panic hardware and closers. B. Provide "Life of the Building" warranty against defects in hinges. C. Provide 10 year warranty against defects in mechanical operation for door closers. D. Provide 3 year warranty against defects in mechanical operation for exit devices and locksets. A. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. A. Freeman Lock & Alarm Inc., Phone (319) 354-4588. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS A. Butt Hinges -Steel, Ball Bearing: 5 knuckle, standard weight, full mortise type, match existing <,`. ~~1--~' ~- 1~1e and finish. r ~ McKinney Products Company: www.mckinneyhinge.com. " -' Stanley Hardware: www.stanleyworks.com. ~~.~ L~p~and Latch Sets: ANSI 1000 Series, Grade 1; lever handle. -- _1_~r-~Aedeco: www.medeco.com. (no substitute) ~ - ~_~. Match existin st les and finish. ,.~ 9 Y ,h C~ ~ Function: As scheduled. Cylinders: Standard mortise type. ~`~` 1. Medeco Systems: www.medeco.com. (no substitute) a. Match existing style and finish. DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation D. Push/Pulls: Match Existing style and finish. 1. Hiawatha, Inc: www.hiawathainc.com. 2. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcobbw.com. 3. Rockwood Manufacturing Co: www.rockwoodmfg.com. 06.096 E. Closers: ANSI Grade 1, heavy duty, double lever arm, adjustable closing force. 1. LCN: www.lcnclosers.com. a. Interior Doors: 1) Series 4041, Adjustable Closing Force. b. Finish: Match existing. F. Power Operator system: ANSI/BHMA standard A156.19, heavy duty 1. LCN : www.lcnclosers.com. a. Auto-Equalizer b. 2 Actuators. c. Finish: Match existing. G. Wall and Floor Stops: 1. Assa Abloy McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Hiawatha, Inc: www.hiawathainc.com. 3. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcobbw.com. 4. Ives: professional.iveshardware.com 5. Match existing style and finish. H. Gasketing: 1. National Guard Products, Inc: www.ngpinc.com. 2. Pemko Manufacturing Co: www.pemko.com. 3. Reese: www.reeseusa.com. 4. Zero International, Inc: www.zerointernational.com. Protection Plates: Metal Door Protection Plates, 0.050 inch thick 1. Assa Abloy McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcobbw.com. 3. Rockwood Manufacturing Co: www.rockwoodmfg.com. 4. Match existing style and finish. 2.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS r-' _ ~~ C:~ _~., ~~~- f..~•,.. _. f` ~- . - ~~; :~ ~::. v _.~~ __-- ~.. ,,~ .~ t. _J rJ ~^~ ~? A. Provide products that comply with the following: 1. Applicable provisions of Federal, State, and local codes. 2. ANSI/ICC A117.1, American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 3. Applicable provisions of NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. 4. Fire-Rated Doors: NFPA 80. 5. All Hardware on Fire-Rated Doors: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 6. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. B. Style and finish to match existing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 3 06.096 characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, ADA guidelines and applicable codes. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Install hardware on fire-rated doors and frames in accordance with code and NFPA 80. D. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item: 1. For steel doors and frames: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Steel Doors and Frames." 2. For wood doors: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing necessary to ensure proper operation of hardware. B. Provide an Architectural Hardware Consultant to inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified. C. Conduct inspection and make necessary adjustments three weeks prior to requesting Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish. 3.06 SCHEDULE -Hardware Sets HARDWARE SET - 01: Existing wood Single Door and existing hardware relocated to new framed opening ind icated below: p Openings: 001A, 002A y Q~t r ~ . ,. Hardware Item _ ~ _ ~~ ~ .._ -~-- 3 Hinges -existing _ ~,_`~ ~ `-`~';r= 1-set Push /Pulls -existing ~, ~_~ _ •._:% r=- 1 ~ ~ Metal kickplate -existing 1 c~ ~~ ~ Wall bumper _` 4.''. /` `~ 1 ~ C ~ ADA power door operator system with remote actuators -existing r = :~ ---- , HARL4I~ARE SET - 02: New 3x7 wood Single Door and existing hardware relocated in new ~:.; framed opening indicated below: Opening: 004 Q~t rr Hardware Item 3 Hinges -existing 1 Privacy latchset -existing 1 Metal kickplate -existing 1 Wall bumper HARDWARE SET - 03: New 3x7 wood Single Door and hardware in opening indicated below: Openings: 007, 008 Q~t ii Hardware Item 3 Hinges DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1 Privacy latchset 1 Closer 1 Metal kickplate 1 Wall bumper HARDWARE SET - 04: Existing wood Single Door and existing hardware reclaimed in existing opening indicated below: Openings: 101A, 102A Hardware Item 3 Hinges -existing 1-set Push /Pulls -existing 1 Metal kickplate -existing 1 Wall bumper 1 ADA power door operating system with remote actuators -existing HARDWARE SET - 05: New 3x7 wood Single Door and hardware, as listed, in existing opening indicated below: Openings: 151, 152 Q~t rr Hardware Item 3 Hinges -existing 1 Privacy latchset 1 Metal kickplate -existing 1 Wall bumper -existing 1 ADA power door operating system with remote actuators -electric strike HARDWARE SET - 06: Existing wood Single Door and hardware located in new frame opening indicated below: Opening: 201 Hardware Item 3 Hinges -existing 1-set Push /Pulls -existing 1 Metal kickplate -existing 1 Wall bumper 1 ADA power door operating system with remote operators HARDWARE SET - 07: Existing wood Single Door and hardware reclaimed in place in existing opening indicated below: Opening: 202 Oft rr Hardware Item 3 Hinges -existing 1-set Push /Pulls -existing 1 Metal kickplate -existing 1 Wall bumper 1 ADA power door operating system with remote operators _.. C ~ ~ v ~, END OF SECTION .. =~~ {~, ~ ~ , "-'' -_.l _ _ _.,.1_.,j ~l . _ ._, t - .. ._. r - ~ i... ,,.a i-f ~', ., ~' ~,~ C..,3 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 088000 -GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 06.096 ~_~ A. Glass. ~; B. Glazing compounds and accessories. C.~ ~-,, `c~-: ~,~% 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS - ~. - '~. ''~~~, r.., .. ~,.,, A. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Sealant and back-up material. --~~`., ~ ~p ~.~. ~' B. Section 08 5113 -Aluminum Replacement Windows: Glazed windows. -~~ C ` !~- -J:~. -'~ 1.03 REFERENCES ~•S' ~' A. 16 CFR 1201 -Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. ASTM C 864 -Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005. C. ASTM C 1036 -Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2001. D. ASTM C 1048 -Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass; 2004. E. ASTM C 1172 -Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass; 2003. F. ASTM C 1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. G. ASTM E 2190 -Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2002. H. GANA (GM) -GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2004. I. GANA (SM) -FGMA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 1990. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C. Product Data on Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. D. Samples: Submit one sample 6x6 inch in size of glass units, showing coloration and design. E. Certificates: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual and FGMA Sealant Manual for glazing installation methods. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide a ten (10) year warranty to include coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, GLAZING 08 8000 - 1 06.096 interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Safety Glass: Clear; fully tempered with horizontal tempering. 1. Laminated with 0.030 inch thick plastic interlayer; comply with ASTM C 1172 2. Comply with ASTM C 1036, Type I, transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 (glazing select) and ASTM C 1048. 3. Comply with 16 CFR 1201 test requirements for Category II. 4. 6 mm minimum thick. 5. Provide this type of glazing in the locations indicated on the drawings. a. Ground level shower room glazed view window. B. Safety Glass: Translucent; fully tempered with horizontal tempering. 1. Laminated with 0.030 inch thick plastic interlayer; comply with ASTM C 1172 2. Comply with 16 CFR 1201 test requirements for Category II. 3. 6 mm minimum thick. 4. Provide this type of glazing in the locations indicated on the drawings. a. Glazed sidelights to doors. C. Tinted Glass: Float type, heat strengthened in color to match existing windows. 1. Comply with ASTM C 1048. 2. 6 mm minimum thick. 2.02 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. o] --J' B. sulated Glass Units: Double pane with glass to elastomer edge seal. ~~ '~f; ~%? Outer pane of tinted glass, and inner pane of translucent laminated safety glass. r°~ ~:.: '; , j ~. _ Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E 2190. .. ,. `~-"` "`~` -`: 3;_ Purge interpane space with dry hermetic air. L..l. _,.,, ~ ~ -- 4. -~ Total unit thickness of one inch minimum. c J ...1 _ 2`D3 Gl~2t(!G ACCESSORIES . ~ ~ _. -- ~-- A. S~it--'hg Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C 864 Option I. ~~:~; Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 10 to 15 Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. C. Glazing Gaskets: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; ASTM C 864 Option I; black color. D. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing. 3.02 PREPARATION GLAZING 08 8000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Install sealants in accordance with ASTM C 1193 and FGMA Sealant Manual. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's glazing recommendations. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure on glazing materials to attain full weathertight contact. D. Cut glazing tape to length; install on glazing pane. Seal corners by butting tape and sealing junctions with butyl sealant. E. Apply cap bead of silicone type sealant along void between the stop and the glazing, to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B. Remove labels after Work is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION r~ . c- C? . ~~ `°`' ~_. _. ..... ... . - r L, - ~ 1 l , -' , r- f 1 . ~ ' ,, ,, c ,_ "/~ > ' `~ ~ .. _,> C..) ll~ GLAZING 08 8000 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 092116 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal stud wall and soffit framing. B. Metal channel ceiling framing. C. Gypsum wallboard. D. Level 5 finish system. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry. B. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCES 06.096 A. AISI SG02-1 -North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2001 with 2004 supplement. (replaced SG-971) B. AISI SG-971 -Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; 1996, with 2000 Supplement. C. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. D. ASTM C 36/C 36M -Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard; 2001. --~. AS C 475/C 475M -Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing <~•~' ~~CF~m Board; 2002. ~--~~ ~=~. Ada-EAA' C 645 -Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2004a. ~.~- y-1 -. ~'- ~s AS1~UC 754 -Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive "'~ < ~ Scre~Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2004. ~1~; A~fl~f"-~ 840 -Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2005. -:, -- 1 c~ ASTM C 1047 -Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2005. J. ASTM C 1178/C 1178M -Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel; 2004. K. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M -Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2004. L. GA-214 -Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish; Gypsum Association; 1996. M. GA-216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate special details. C. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. D. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116-1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation E. Test Reports: For all stud framing products that do not comply with ASTM C 645 or C 754, provide independent laboratory reports showing maximum stud heights at required spacings and deflections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform in accordance with ASTM C 840. Comply with requirements of GA-G00 for fire-rated assemblies. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board application and finishing, with minimum five years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS r-'' ~: --- A. Manufacturers -Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: C7 _ ~,. 1. Clark Western Building Systems: www.clarkwestern.com. ~ ~-= ~; =, J~ ~ 2. Dietrich Metal Framing: www.dietrichindustries.com. "`"_ r~ `" 3. Marino-Ware: www.marinoware.com. '~ `` ~; ~ ^~t ~ -: 4. The Steel Network Inc: www.SteelNetwork.com. _ ! ~_.~. ~_;~ ~ "r~ i ~. ... B. Metal Framing Connectors and Accessories: r'~` = ~ ~-^ .~.. 1. Same manufacturer as framing. ~~ C. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C 754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of U240 at 5 psf. 1. Exception: The minimum metal thickness and section properties requirements of ASTM C 645 are waived provided steel of 40 ksi minimum yield strength is used, the metal is continuously dimpled, the effective thickness is at least twice the base metal thickness, and maximum stud heights are determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E 72 using assemblies specified by ASTM C 754. 2. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs. 3. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 4. Ceiling Channels: C shaped. 5. Furring: Hat-shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. D. Ceiling Hangers: Type and size as specified in ASTM C 754 for spacing required. E. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti-friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition. 1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with A1SI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. Material: ASTM A 653/A 653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot dipped galvanized coating. 3. Provide components UL-listed for use in UL-listed fire-rated head of partition joint systems of fire rating and movement required. 4. Provide top track preassembled with connection devices spaced to fit stud spacing indicated on drawings; minimum track length of 12 feet. 5. Acceptable Products: VertiClip(r) or VertiTrack(tm) manufactured by The Steel Network Inc. 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 A. Manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed Corp. (formerly BPB): www.bpb-na.com. 2. G-P Gypsum Corporation: www.gp.com/gypsum. 3. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 4. USG: www.usg.com. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Regular Type: a. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. b. Thickness: 5/8 inch. c. Edges: Tapered. 2. Fire Resistant Type: Complying with Type X requirements; UL or WH rated. a. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X. b. Application: Where required for fire-rated assemblies, unless otherwise indicated. c. Thickness: 5/8 inch. d. Edges: Tapered. 3. Ceiling Board: Special sag-resistant type. a. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. b. Thickness: 5/8 inch. c. Edges: Tapered. C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; ends square cut. 1. Application: Vertical surfaces behind thinset tile, except in wet areas. 2. 'Core Type: Regular and Type X, as indicated. 3~~ Thickness: 5/8 inch. 4 ~ =Edges: Tapered. l.i~ `' ~~ ~`~4 2.~ LE~~C3 FINISH SYSTEM a:- ~. 1. 1 ~A. :H'ygh~uild Drywall Surfacer: Vinyl acrylic latex-based coating for spray application, designed to ~' cv tak~he place of skim coating and separate paint primer in achieving Level 5 finish. ~~$. ~~~ei~;table Products: -.,, 1. ~~vel Coat manufactured by Magnum Products: www.levelcoat.com. '~_~ - 2.05 `ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board. B. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C 1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. C. Screws: ASTM C 1002; self-piercing tapping type; cadmium-plated for exterior locations. D. Nails: ASTM C 514. E. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place. F. Adhesive for Attachment to Wood: ASTM C 557. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C 754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members at 16 inches on center. 1. Level soffit system to a tolerance of 1/1200. C. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center. 1. Extend partition framing to structure in all locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. D. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. E. Blocking: Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, and hardware. Bolt or screw steel channels to studs. 3.03 GYPSUM BOARD AND GLASS MAT FACED BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. 1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing. C. Fire-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing. D. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of all gypsum board. E. Installation on Wood Framing: For rated assemblies, comply with requirements of listing authority. For non-rated assemblies, install as follows: 1. Single-Layer Applications: Adhesive application. 2. Double-Layer Application: Install base layer using screws or nails. Install face layer using adhesive. F. Moisture Protection: Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum soffit board with sealant. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. '°' ~, C~ ~~, 3.06 FINISH LEVEL SCHEDULE ~=- ,~-; A. Level 1: Above finished ceilings concealed from view. _. _ ~' i~ j B. Level 2: Utility areas and areas behind cabinetry. f'~- '- C. Level 5: Walls and ceilin sex osed to view. - ~~ ' P . ~ --"' 9 P :_~ - ~.~~~ ~~ ~ - ~, y ~: 0 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116-4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 END OF SECTION oa ~ ~; , . , --. f ~_' ~',/ ~ ~ ~ . 4>~ ~... ~ ..a ~~._.1 "__ ,~ :t -=~ CO GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 093000 -TILING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for floor applications. B. Tile for wall applications. C. Tile for shower receptors. D. Coated glass mat backer board as the substrate. E. Ceramic trim. F. Non-ceramic trim. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 5400 -Cast Underlayment. B. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series/A136.1 -American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2005. 1. ANSI A108.1a -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar; 2005. 2. ANSI A108.1 b -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (R2005). 3. ANSI A108.1 c -Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (R2005). 4. ANSI A108.4 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile ~~ Z with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 1999 (R2005). ~r -,. 5.:=.;ANSI A108.5 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile `~ ~='inrith Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (R2005). f~..~. 4__ -+ .-. 6:~ -ANSI A108.6 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile l ' . _,,, ~ % ~~ ith Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy; 1999 (R2005). ~-~~ 7, _~NSI A108.8 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile 1~4~._ ' `' '~ _ ~ikjth Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortar and Grout; 1999 (R2005). _~~ 8~~~ ISI A108.9 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile r ~ wrth Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 1999 (R2005). a ~~`' 9. ANSI A108.10 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1999 (R2005). 10. ANSI A118.4 -American National Standard Specifications for Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (R2005). 11. ANSI A118.7 -American National Standard Specifications for Polymer Modified Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 1999 (R2005). 12. ANSI A137.1 -American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 1988. B. TCA (HB) -Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation; Tile Council of North America, Inc.; 2007. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures: B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. TILING 09 3000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate the layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of TCA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, with minimum 5 years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the installation, with minimum of 5 years of documented experience. 1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials. ~~~' c- y ~.. ~ ::. a 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS - = :-~~ , A. Provide 5 sq. ft of each size, color, and surface finish of the specified. "f ~ - ~ - PART 2 PRODUCTS ' "' ~' -" ~,..~ ._ ,._~ 2.01 TILE I _ ~~~ ~ - ^ j -- A. Manufacturers: All products of each type by the same manufacturer. _ ~ `~ ~' 1. Dal-Tile: www.daltile.com. ~' 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 CERAMIC TILE A. Glazed Wall Tile and Cove Base: ANSI A137.1, and as follows: 1. Moisture Absorption: 3.0 to 7.0 percent. 2. Size and Shape: 3x6, rectangle. 3. Edges: Cushioned. 4. Surface Finish: Matte glaze. 5. Colors: Refer to Finish Schedule and Elevations on the Drawings. 6. Pattern: Refer to Sheet I-101 INTERIOR FINISH PATTERNS. 7. Trim Units: Matching bead, bullnose, cove, and base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 8. Colors: See Interior Finish Schedule. B. Glazed Wall Tile: ANSI A137.1, and as follows: 1. Moisture Absorption: 3.0 to 7.0 percent. 2. Size and Shape: 4-1/4 inch square. 3. Edges: Cushioned. 4. Surface Finish: Matte glaze. .~'_! ---- 1' f' /} ~ti~ TILING 09 3000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 5. Colors: Refer to Finish Schedule and Elevations on the Drawings. 6. Pattern: Refer to Sheet I-101 INTERIOR FINISH PATTERNS. 7. Trim Units: Matching bead, bullnose, cove, and base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 8. Colors: See Interior Finish Schedule. 2.03 PORCELAIN TILE A. Homogeneous porcelain tile; ANSI A137.1, and as follows: 1. Moisture Absorption: 0 to 0.5 percent. 2. Size and Shape: a. Floor Tile: 12 x 12 inch square. 3. Edges: Square. 4. Surface Finish: textured. 5. Colors: See Interior Finish Schedule. 2.04 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Ceramic Trim: Matching bullnose, double bullnose, cove base, and cove ceramic shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 1. Manufacturer: Same as for tile. B. Non-Ceramic Trim: Solid brass, style and dimensions to suit application, for setting using the mortar or adhesive. 1. Applications as called for: Use in the following locations: a. Wall corners, outside and inside. b. Transition between floor finishes of different heights as noted. 2. Manufacturer: a. Schluter-Systems: www.schluter.com. 2.03 ADHE~/E MATERIALS _~- ~'~A. ~Ntaina~facturers: ~-•', ~ =-13onsal: www.bonsal.com. ~--' '~'= 2.~.-Bostik, Inc: www.bostik-us.com. ~-~-r, -.-- 3:~' ~lapei Corporation: www.mapei.com. --,.. ~''' 4r`~•I~.B.Fuller/TEC: www.tecspecialty.com. ~ , .. ~." - ~.__ 5,~ -; -substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. E3~ Orgat3ic~ Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, thinset bond type; use Type I in areas subject to prolonged ~~ ~+ moisture exposure. 2.06 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bonsal: www.bonsal.com. 2. Bostik, Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 3. H.B.Fuller /TEC: www.tecspecialty.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Mortar Bond Coat Materials: 1. Dry-Set Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.1. 2. Latex-Portland Cement type: ANSI A118.4. 3. Epoxy: ANSI A118.3. 2.07 GROUT MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Bonsal: www.bonsal.com. TILING 09 3000 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2. Bostik, Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 3. H.B.Fuller/TEC: www.tecspecialty.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Grout: Polymer modified cement grout, sanded or unsanded, as specified in ANSI A118.7. 1. Color: As selected. C. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.8, modified epoxy emulsion grout, see scheduled color as selected; use for restroom floor applications. 2.08 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Uncoupling Membrane: 1/8 inch thick polyurethane matting with three-dimensional grid structure with dovetail shaped cavities and fleece webbing laminated to the underside to provide a mechanical bond to the substrate adhesive (DITRA). 1. Acceptable Product: Schluter Systems "DITRA." B. Mesh Tape: 2-inch wide self-adhesive fiberglass mesh tape. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile. C. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for the installation by testing for moisture ~- emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits¢e~ommeYyded by the manufacturer and setting materials manufacturer. - = `~' - ___ D. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. ~; - - z ,. -- 3.02 PREPARATION ~ t-_.`}, :r~' ~ _- , A. Protect surrounding work from damage. ~-~~ =' ~`"~ ~.- B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. yy -°' G~ C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. D. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install the and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCA Handbook recommendations. B. Lay the to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt the pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit the to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners neatly. Align floor joints. D. Place the joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in the size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. F. Install non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. TILING 09 3000 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 G. Sound the after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. H. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints. I. Allow the to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. J. Grout the joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. K. Apply sealant to junction of the and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. 3.04 INSTALLATION -FLOORS -THIN-SET METHODS A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F113, dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use uncoupling membrane under all the unless other underlayment is indicated. 2. Where waterproofing membrane is indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F122, with latex-portland cement grout. 3. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F131. 4. Where epoxy grout is indicated, but not epoxy bond coat, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F115. 3.05 INSTALLATION -WET AREA WALLS A. At tiled shower receptors install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method as drawn and noted. B. At bathtub/shower walls install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method 6419, over the backer boards. C. Grout with latex-portland cement grout. D. Seal joints between the work and other work with sealant Type -silicone specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 3.06 INSTALLATION -WALL TILE A. Over coated glass mat backer board on studs, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W245. B. Over interior concrete and masonry install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W202, thin-set with dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean the and grout surfaces. 3.08 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. END OF SECTION c~ .`1 ~~ ., ~~ 1i z :J~ -_,-_ ~...,\ r..~ ~` 'ti 1, /' --,~ ~:?, ~c`'_~ TILING 09 3000 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 095100 -ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical units. 1.02 REFERENCES ..y ,, . _.', \.~ ~~ A. ASTM C 635 -Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2004. B. ASTM C 636 -Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels; 2004. C. ASTM E 580 -Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint; 2002. D. ASTM E 1264 -Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 1998 (Reapproved 2005). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components and acoustical units. C. Samples: Submit two samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suspension System Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Acoustical Unit Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Provide 50 sq ft of each type of acoustical unit for City of Iowa City's use in maintenance of project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. USG: www.usg.com. ~~. Substitutions: Not permitted. B, `. ~oustical Panels: Painted mineral fiber, ASTM E 1264 Type III, with the following `, j"characteristics: 1.-, r '~ .- Size: 24 x 24 inches. -~2 r Thickness 3/4 inches G.J ~~, ~..- v . ~.~ ;'~. ~ .; Composition: Wet felted. ~` ;4j =~-tensity: 1.45 Ib/cu ft. -.;~: ~~ `~~ ~~ ~~ ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100-1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 5. Light Reflectance: 69 percent, determined as specified in ASTM E 1264. 6. NRC Range:.65, determined as specified in ASTM E 1264. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 35, determined as specified in ASTM E 1264. ~_., 8. Edge: Shadowline. _ 4:~', 9. Surface Color: White. L~. r..~ ~, 10. Surface Pattern: Heavy Textured. _~.- ~~ 11. Product: "Glacier" (Item 707) by USG Interiors, Inc.; www.usg.com. y-'~- ~~~. 1-" 12. Suspension System: 15/16 inch Exposed Grid. ~'- . ~, 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) ' ^~' ~ ~' A. Manufacturers: _"," 1. Same as for acoustical units. y% 2. USG; Product Donn DX/DXL: www.usg.com. 3. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. Suspension Systems -General: ASTM C 635; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings, and hold down clips as required. C. Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; intermediate-duty. 1. Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face as scheduled. 2. Construction: Double web. 3. Finish: White painted. 4. Product: Donn Brand Suspension Systems by USG. 2.03 ACCESSORIES ~. ~_ ,~-- ~..,- 1 ~Y, A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. C. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C 636, ASTM E 580, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section. B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. C. Lay out system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 percent of acoustical unit size. D. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. E. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. F. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 5100 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. H. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. I. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. J. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. 3.03 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 2. Double cut and field paint exposed reveal edges. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1 /8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. END OF SECTION ~ ~~ -: CJ ,,, ~ ~' C „\ r ~ ---- -~ is ~,/ ~ i t-3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 5100 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 096500 -RESILIENT BASE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient base. B. Installation accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 648 -Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2006. B. ASTM F 1861 -Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2002. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Provide 16 lineal feet of base, of each type and color specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -BASE A. Resilient Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; top set Style B, Cove, and as follows: 1. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Minimum 0.45 watt per square centimeter, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253. 2. Height: 4 inch. 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. 4. Finish: Satin. 5. Length: Roll. 6. Color: Match existing colors for each area of Renovation from manufactures standard. 7. Accessories: Premolded external corners and end stops. ~'~ ~ Manufacturers: -J ! ~-"-~ a. BurkeMercer Flooring Products: www.burkemercer.com. - ~ ~~ b. Johnsonite, Inc: www.johnsonite.com. ~` J!'~ `__ --~ '`c Substitutions: Not permitted. j v't.. ~~'~.2.O~.,Q~CCRIES ,.... ~ f ~k !~._ ~~. K~Tler~r Coved Base: Plastic. PART~:~ EXECUTION ~~-~ 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. 3.02 INSTALLATION -BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. RESILIENT BASE 09 6500 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use premolded units. At exposed ends, use premolded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. END OF SECTION RESILIENT BASE 09 6500 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 097200 -WALL COVERINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and prime painting. B. Wall covering. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Preparation and priming of substrate surfaces. 06.096 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2005. B. ASTM F 793 -Standard Classification of Wallcovering by Durability Characteristics; 2005. C. FS L-P-1040 -Plastic Sheets and Strips (Polyvinyl Fluoride); Federal Specifications and Standards; Revision B, 1977. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on wall covering and adhesive. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate wall elevations with seaming layout. D. Samples: Submit two samples of wall covering, 6x6 inch in size illustrating color, finish, and texture. <f `:~. Ma+rttenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of covered surfaces. _ ...J c: ~ ~ = fl.. ~~,1.0$; -StUA~-~~Y ASSURANCE '~ ~-.a A. M~rtgfacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products ____ e.~ .. spesif~ed in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. ~,~. { s -=1.06 MOCK-~, ~~ Provi~ panel, 3 panel drops wide, full height, illustrating installed wall covering and joint t-~ seaming technique. B. Locate where directed. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Inspect roll materials at arrival on site, to verify acceptability. B. Protect packaged adhesive from temperature cycling and cold temperatures. C. Do not store roll goods on end. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Wall coverings -Match existing Manufacturers, types, finishes and colors for each area of Renovation -Verify match. B. Requirements for All Wall Coverings: WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by wall covering manufacturer to suit application to substrate. D. Substrate Filler: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturers; compatible with substrate. ~~' E. Substrate Primer and Sealer: Alkyd enamel type. ~-- w- . , PART 3 EXECUTION _ ~~ 3.01 EXAMINATION r`.'~,__ ' '~ `, A. Verify that substrate surfaces are prime painted and ready to receive work, and confo~ito~ _, ~~ requirements of the wall covering manufacturer. - ~ -- .~ ;. 3.02 PREPARATION ~' A. Fill cracks in substrate and smooth irregularities with filler; sand smooth. B. Wash impervious surfaces with tetra-sodium phosphate, rinse and neutralize; wipe dry. C. Surface Appurtenances: Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces that affect work of this section. Remove existing coatings that exhibit loose surface defects. E. Apply one coat of primer sealer to substrate surfaces. Allow to dry. Lightly sand smooth. F. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Apply adhesive and wall covering in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use wall covering in pattern sequence. C. Razor trim edges on flat work table. Do not razor cut on gypsum board surfaces. D. Apply wall covering smooth, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. Eliminate air pockets and ensure full bond to substrate surface. Butt edges tightly. E. Horizontal seams are not acceptable. F. Do not seam within 2 inches of internal corners or within 6 inches of external corners. G. Install wall covering before installation of bases and items attached to or spaced slightly from wall surface. H. Cover spaces above and below windows, above doors, in pattern sequence from roll. I. Where wall covering tucks into reveals, or metal wallboard or plaster stops, apply with contact adhesive within 6 inches of wall covering termination. Ensure full contact bond. J. Remove excess adhesive while wet from seam before proceeding to next wall covering sheet. Wipe clean with dry cloth. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. B. Reinstall wall plates and accessories removed prior to work of this section. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 A. Do not permit construction activities at or near finished wall covering areas. END OF SECTION ~~ .~~ c' ::, ~...,, _~ ~- : ,_ .y Cyr ~a ~ t. ^i WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 099000 -PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings. C. See Interior Material/Color Schedule on Drawing Sheet I-101. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05 5000 -Metal Fabrications: Shop-primed items. B. Section 05 5100 -Metal Stairs: Shop-primed items. C. Section 09 9600 -High-Performance Coatings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D -National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. 06.096 B. ASTM D 16 -Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2003. C. ASTM D 4442 -Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials; 1992 (Reapproved 2003). D. Green Seal Environmental Standards, GS-11, Paints (1993) and GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints (1997). 1.O~DEFINIrT1~ONS ~. C4n#erm to ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. ,- ~_.~ ~~.._~ ~;J:3. VoratiJe Organic Compounds (VOCs): Compounds as defined by U.S. Environmental Protection 1__ ~_. ~ A~ncy (EPA) in 40 CFR Section 51.100 (s), (s) (1). ..' a W. `C, Aromatic Compounds: Hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more 6-carbon benzene rings ~-~--- m tfle1'r~nolecular structure. 1.05 ;SUBMITS _~~ A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products, including VOC content C. Samples: Submit two painted samples, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color and system selected with specified coats cascaded. Submit on tempered hardboard, 5 x 8 inch in size. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products furnished meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.07 MOCK-UP PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock-up. B. Provide panel, 10 feet high by 8 feet wide, illustrating designated coating color, texture, and finish. `=`> '4 C. Provide door and frame assembly illustrating paint coating color, texture, and finis~i -~ ` C _> D. Locate where directed. =~ - E. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. ~ ~' ~ -~ ~ - 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION = ~~ ` ~~.' ', ~~ ==, - '.. A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability ~;;. =, ;, B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, bland code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .~- ~ ~~~ r.... t ~~ A. Application Requirements: 1. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 2. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 3. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 50 degrees F unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 4. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 5. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. B. Product-Specific Requirements: Comply with Green Seal Environmental Standards, GS-11, Paints (1993) and GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints (1997). Display Green Seal Certification Mark on packaging. 1. Chemical component limitations: a. VOC weight (grams per liter) of opaque paint product minus water: 1) Interior "Non-Flat" coatings: 150 g/L. 2) Interior "Flat" coatings: 50 g/L. 3) Anti-corrosive paints: 250 g/L. b. Aromatic Compounds: Certify that product contains no more than 1.0 percent by weight, the sum total of these compounds. 2. Chemical component restrictions: Certify that the following chemical compounds are NOT used as ingredients in manufacturing the product. a. Halomethanes: Methylene chloride. b. Chlorinated Ethanes: 1,1,1-trichloroethane. c. Aromatic solvents: Benzene, toluene (methylbenzene), and ethylbenzene. d. Chlorinated Ethylenes: Vinyl chloride. e. Polynuclear aromatics: Naphthalene. f. Chlorobenzenes: 1,2-dichlorobenzene. g. Phthalate Esters: Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, butyl benzyl phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl pthalate. h. Miscellaneous volatile and semi-volatile organics: Acrolein, acrylonitrile, and isophorone. i. Metals and their compounds: Antimony, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, lead, and PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 mercury. j. Formaldehyde. k. Ketones: Methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The design of the project has been based on products manufactured by Sherwin-Williams Company and indicated under "Paint Systems" below. B. Paints: 1. Diamond Vogel Paint: 2. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com. 3. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc: www.ppgaf.com. 4. Pratt and Lambert Paints. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS -GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, except field-catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments: 1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Unless specifically approved othenivise, provide coatings with VOC content not exceeding the following: ~~ a. Opaque, Flat: 50 g/L, maximum. -,.. `-~ b. Opaque, Nonflat: 150 g/L, maximum. ,';, ~ c. Opaque, High Gloss: 250 g/L, maximum. r ^ ' ~,;~wC. '-E~h~t~ical Content: The following compounds are prohibited: ~ + ,~ ~ 1, ~:~:Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds ~ ~--hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). i +. ~ 2.-. <Acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di ~"'~~ t- ` ` ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, ~' 7 ' ethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, `--i isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-trichloroethane, vinyl chloride. D. Provide manufacturer's highest quality product for type of coating specified. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS -INTERIOR A. Paint WI-TR-VS -Wood, Transparent, Varnish, Stain: 1. One coat of stain; S-W WoodClassics Wood Stain A49 series. 2. Satin: Two coats of varnish; S-W WoodClassics Waterborne Polyurethane Varnish A68 series. B. Concrete/Masonry, Opaque, Acrylic Epoxy, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coat: 1. First coat: Heavy Duty Btock Filler (642W46). 43 g/L VOC 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of Epo-Plex Mufti-Mil Water Based Epoxy Finish (B72-100 Series) 240 g/I VOC PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation C. Ferrous Metals, Prefinished and Primed, Acrylic Latex, Semi-Gloss Finish: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: Pro-Cryl Universal Metal Primer (B66-310 series). 110 g/L VOC 2. Two coats: ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic Semi-gloss (B31). 141 g/L VOC D. Gypsum Board/Plaster, Latex/Epoxy: 3 Coats. 1. First coat: PrepRite Classic Latex Primer (628W101 Series). 90 g/l VOC 2. Two coats: Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy (670 / 660V25). 209 g/I VOC 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; commercial quality. `.'~~ _- ; _.. . B. Patching Material: Latex filler. `v= -- - -~ ~ C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. - s ., ~- -, ' wI~ PART 3 EXECUTION ~ -ti 3.01 EXAMINATION - ~ ~ -. ~,, . , A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturel'~_" -~- B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D 4442. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Appurtenances: Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove or repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects. C. Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. F. Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Prim all surfaces to be painted. G. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. H. Shop-Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. 3.04 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Specification Sections for schedule of color coding of equipment, duct work, piping, and conduit. B. Paint equipment exposed to view, in occupied areas, to match adjacent wall color. C. Remove louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. D. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.05 CLEANING A. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.06 SCHEDULE -SURFACES TO BE FINISHED A. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished except as specifically noted below. 2. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels. B. Paint the surfaces described below under Schedule -Paint Systems. C. Mechanical and Electrical: Use paint systems defined for the substrates to be finished. o~ 1~ Paint all insulated and exposed pipes and conduit occurring in finished areas to match -"'_ 1- :background surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. _ ~-' ~ -:~ `_. ~ Paint all equipment, including that which is factory-finished, exposed to weather or to view ~" v. ~~ _ an the roof and outdoors. 3! t-i'aint shop-primed and factory finished items occurring in finished areas. ~_'--- __-- , ~ _ <--~. Access panels. i ~- `~- <.-~. Mechanical equipment including grilles and registers. `-~'"' .:: ~ ~' ~~''~ Electrical panels and equipment. 4. `mint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are t.,, =~ visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. 5. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. D. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. 3.07 SCHEDULE -PAINT SYSTEMS A. Concrete Block: Finish all surfaces exposed to view, except where subsequent finish materials are applied. B. Gypsum Board: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. C. Wood: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 - 5 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation D. Steel Door Frames: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. E. Primed and Prefinished Metal Items: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. 3.08 SCHEDULE -COLORS END OF SECTION ~. =~ -, __: ~__. _ _ ~ _ __ ,, i 1 ___, ~, .: ', ~' - ,_- PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 102113.13 -METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal toilet compartments. B. Urinal screens. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Blocking and supports. B. Section 10 2800 -Toilet Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCES 06.096 A. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. B. ASTM A 666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings. C. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. D. Samples: Submit two samples of partition panels, 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS c~ 2 --~' A. Ordinate the work with placement of support framing and anchors in wall. ~~ ~ ~ . PTT 2 + 1f~-DUCTS r ~~, w ;~ ~ -.~ 'i 2.01 MANE~FaCTURERS ~ ~="A. Met I Toilet Compartments: t ±,_ - 1.:~`.General Partitions Mfg. Corp: www.genpartitions.com. 2. ~-C~Jobal Steel Products Corp: www.globalpartitions.com. r-: _ '~ 3. ~anymetal: www.sanymetal.com. ` ' 4. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90/Z275 coating. B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Toilet Compartments: Baked enamelled steel, floor-mounted headrail-braced. B. Doors, Panels, and Pilasters: Sheet steel faces, pressure bonded to sound deadening core, formed and closed edges, mitered and welded corners ground smooth. 1. Panel Faces: 22 gage. METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 2113.13 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2. Door Faces: 22 gage. ~^'-, 3. Pilaster Faces: 18 gage. ~, 4. Reinforcement: 12 gage. C<. ,,~ ° ` ''-~ 5. Internal Reinforcement: Provide in areas of attached hardware and fittings. i~ark'~ocatdons -t, -~ -~>- -- of reinforcement for partition mounted washroom accessories. - ~~ ; ~ ~, ~--, ~. ;~ -, C. Door and Panel Dimensions: =-''.~~~ `,.-. 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Minimum Door Width: inswing 24 inch/ outswing 30 inch. %> ~ ~- ~ ~~ 3. Door Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch. ~"=~~ '~~~ 4. Height: 58 inch. Y D. Pilasters: 1-1/4 inch thick, of sizes required to suit compartment width and spacing. E. Urinal Screens: Wall mounted with full height mounting bracket. Size: 18" wide. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish, 3 inch high, concealing floor fastenings. 1. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. B. Head Rails: Hollow anodized aluminum extruded tube, 1 7/8 x 1 5/32 x 1/16 inch size, with anti-grip strips and cast socket wall brackets. C. Brackets: Polished chrome-plated non-ferrous cast metal. D. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. E. Hardware: Polished chrome plated non-ferrous cast metal: 1. Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door. 2. Thumb turn door latch with exterior emergency access feature. 3. Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. 4. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door. 5. Provide door pull for outswinging doors. 2.05 FINISHING A. Baked Enamel Steel Compartments: Clean, degrease, and neutralize. Follow immediately with a phosphatizing treatment, prime coat and two finish coats baked enamel. B. Color: Refer to the Finish Schedule on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. D. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 2113.13 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 C. Attached panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. E. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged enamel finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out swinging doors to closed position. END OF SECTION ~-~ 2 `>=_: F1 ~ l i ~ '''j' : _.) ~s.l } 1 L°'' ~ - - _ _ r_, ~~~ _y ..~ -s METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 2113.13 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 102800 -TOILET ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms and showers. B. Grab bars. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09 3000 -Tiling B. Section 09 2116 -Gypsum Board Assemblies C. Section 10 2113.13 -Metal Toilet Compartments. 1.03 REFERENCES 06.096 A. ATBCB ADAAG -Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines; US Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; 2004 B. ASTM A 269 -Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2004. C. ASTM F 446 -Standard Consumer Safety Specification for Grab Bars and Accessories Installed in the Bathing Area; 1985 (Reapproved 2004) D. ASTM B 456 -Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium; 2003. E. ASTM C 1036 -Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2001. F. GSA CID A-A-3002 -Mirrors, Glass; U.S. General Services Administration; 1996. ~~ <~ 1.64 SUBMII~TALS ._ ;=. ,LL;-, f..-,, -r4. S~e Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. a _" ~, , ;~ B. ~P>~dact Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, ~_;~ att~cdment methods. _~.. ,~ ` ~ _ ~. St~`~t:Orawings: 1. ans: Locate each specified unit in project. 2. ~Efevationsandicate mounting height of each specified in project. ~~ 3. Details: Indicate anchoring and fastening details, required locations and types of anchors and reinforcement, and materials required for correct installation of specified products. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. E. Closeout Submittals: Warranty Documents, issued and executed by manufacturer of products of this section, and countersigned bt the Contractor. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Minimum five (5) years of documented experience producing products of the types specified in this section. B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to ADAAG requirements. C. Public restrooms to be accessible, ADA compliant, Barrier Free Design. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation A. Factory-apply strippable protective vinyl coating to sight-exposed surfaces after finishing of products; ship products in manufacturer's standard protective packaging. B. Storage and Protection: Store products in manufacturer's protective packing until installation. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer's standard warranty against defects in product workmanship and materials. C. Manufacturer's 15-year warranty against silver spoilage of mirrors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.: www.bobrick.com. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. A & J Washroom Accessories Inc: www.ajwashroom.com. 2. American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com. 3. Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. C. All items of each type to be made by the same manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS -~ ~:_ - ~ =~ -- ... ~~ ., - ._._- ~.l ., ` ;: ~_, t µ ;.~ ~ %`~ = ~.:: i -' G A. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 18-8 alloy. No. 4 satin finish. B. Accessories -General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 2.03 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Double roll, surface mounted bracket type, satin finished cast aluminum brackets, spindleless type for tension spring delivery designed to prevent theft of tissue roll. 1. Product: B-274 manufactured by Bobrick. B. Soap Dispenser: Liquid soap dispenser, deck-mounted on vanity, with polyethylene container concealed below deck; piston and 4 inch spout of stainless steel with bright polished finish; chrome-plated deck escutcheon. 1. Capacity: 20 ounces. 2. Product: B-8221 manufactured by Bobrick. C. Mirrors: Stainless steel framed, 6 mm thick float glass mirror. 1. Size: 24"x 48". 2. Frame :One piece, type 304 stainless steel, 3/4 x 3/4 inch with mitered, welded, ground corners and tamperproof hanging system; No. 4 finish. 3. Backing: Full-mirror sized, minimum 0.03 inch galvanized steel sheet with shock absorbing, water resistant, non abrasive filler material. 4. Product: B-290 Series manufactured by Bobrick. D. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, 1-1/2 inches outside diameter, 18-8 Type 304, 18 gauge stainless steel tubing, satin finish, nonslip peened grasping surface finish, concealed flange mounting, snap flange covers; 1-1 /2 inches clearance between wall and inside of grab bar, ADA compliant. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Length and configuration: As indicated on drawings. 2. Product: B-6806.99 Series manufactured by Bobrick. E. Combination Napkin/Tampon Dispenser: Stainless steel, recessed -verify wall conditions for recess. 1. Operation verify cent coin required to operate dispenser. Provide locked coin box, separately keyed. 2. Identify dispensers slots without using brand names. 3. Product:B-3500 series manufactured by Bobrick. F. Partition-Mounted Sanitary Napkin Disposal: Stainless steel, back-to-back partition mounting with adjustable flanges, self-closing door with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable stainless steel receptacle. 1. Serves two stalls. 2. Product: B-354 manufactured by Bobrick. G. Recessed Sanitary Napkin Disposal: Stainless steel, recessed -verify wall conditions for recess, self-closing door with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable stainless steel receptacle. 1. Product: B-353 manufactured by Bobrick. H. Horizontal Wall Mounted Baby Changing Station: Durable, high density polyethylene unit equiped with pneumatic cylinder control for opening and closing of bed. 1. 11 gauge steel mounting plates. 2. Unit to conform to following standards; ANSI S117.1, ASTM F2285-04, ANSI 2535.4 ASTM G21, ASTM G22, ADA compliance, local codes. 3. Product: KB100-00 manufactured Koala Kare Products 2.04 SHOWER AND TUB ACCESSORIES A. Shower Curtain Rod: 18-8 S, type 304, 20 gauge, 1 inch stainless steel tube and 2 9/16 inch square flanges, satin finish. r j #~. Length: 36 inches. -., ,2~.~ Product: B-6107 manufactured by Bobrick _~~ r„`~, ' ' = B. i shower Curtain: Opaque vinyl, 0.008 inch thick, matte finish, with antibacterial treatment, `~, ~~ ~ ~ flame-retardent and stain-resistant. ~~~~~~ '~' 1. JSize: 42 x 72 inches, hemmed edges. C1 - ~~ ; •, 2: s.;l;rommets: Nickel -plated brass; pierced through top hem on 6 inch centers. ~-~-- ~~ s =dolor. White. ~- ~; 4. t~hower curtain hooks: 18-8, type 304 stainless steel spring wire designed for snap closure. '~- 5. Product: 204-1 and 204-2 manufactured by Bobrick. C. Folding Shower Seat: Wall-mounted surface; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, hinges and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel, rectangular seat. 1. Seat: One piece, integral slotted, solidly fused plastic laminate, matte finish surface with black phenolic-resin core, of ivory color. 2. Shower seat unit shall comply with barrier-free accessibility guidelines. 3. Product: B-5191 manufactured by Bobrick. D. Recessed Soap Dish: Heavy duty, seamless stainless steel, recessed, without grab bar, satin finish; with mechanical fastening suitable for substrate and backplate. 1. Product: 8-4380 manufactured by Bobrick. E. Towel Bar: Stainless steel 18-8 S, Type 304, 1 1/4 inch round tubular bar; peened gripping surface, concealed mounting brackets, snap flange covers, satin finish. 1. Length: 24 inches. 2. Product: B-550 manufactured by Bobrick. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 3 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation F. Robe Hook: Heavy-duty stainless steel, single-prong,surface mounted, rectangular-shaped bracket and backplate for concealed attachment, satin finish. 1. Product: B-6717 manufactured by Bobrick. 2.05 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES A. Electric Hand Dryer: Recessed hand dryer -verify wall conditions for recess, cast iron cover finished in vitreous enamel with two position, self returning, chrome plated nozzle and vandal resistant. 1. Barrier free design. 2. Color: white. 3. Auto pilot operation. 4. 150 cfm. 5. Product: B-750 manufactured by Bobrick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. C. See Section 06 1000 for installation of blocking, reinforcing plates, and concealed anchors in walls, and ceilings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated on drawings END OF SECTION r-,: -_ ;~ _ = r_, '' _ - ' - --~ __. .7 ~:y~ J=- -*~ TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 105100 -LOCKERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Locker units with hinged doors. B. Metal tops and filler panels. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2005a. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on locker types, sizes and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locker plan layout,. D. Samples: Submit two samples 3 x 6 inches in size, of each color scheduled; applied to specified base metal. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate component installation assembly. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect locker finish and adjacent surfaces from damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Lockers: 1. Lyon Workspace Products: www.lyonworkspace.com. r'. 2 `'t Penco Products, Inc: www.pencoproducts.com. -- ~ ~.>='.Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ("-"', 2.02' i111A~ERl/jLS .... .,. ~_., ' ~ ..~. sh=eet"?Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M SS Grade 33/230, with G60/Z180 coating, stretcher leveled; - - ~ ~ to the ,following minimum thicknesses: 1_'.__ ', ~. 1; j,$ody and Shelf: 24 gage, 0.024 inch. _ ~, 2. I~d~or Face: 16 gage, 0.060 inch. 3. boor Frame: 16 gage, 0.060 inch. ` ~ 4. Hinges: 14 gage, 0.075 inch. 5. Base: 12 gage, 0.09 inch. 6. Sloping Top: 20 gage, 0.036 inch. 7. Trim: 18 gage, 0.048 inch. B. Accessories For Each Locker: Two double prong wall hooks. 2.03 LOCKER UNITS A. Width: 18 inches. B. Depth: 18 inches. C. Height: 72 inches. D. Configuration: double tier. LOCKERS 105100-1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation E. Mounting: Surface mounted. F. Base: Metal base. 1. Base Height: 4 inch. G. Top: Sloped metal with closures. H. Locking: Equipped for combination locks. I. Ventilation Method: Door louvers. J. Class: Quiet. K. Locker Body: Formed and flanged; with steel stiffener ribs; electric spot welded. L. Frames: Formed channel shape, welded and ground flush, welded to body, resilient gaskets and latching for quiet operation. M. Doors: Hollow channel edge construction, 1-3/16 inch thick; welded construction, channel reinforced top and bottom with intermediate stiffener ribs, grind and finish edges smooth. N. Hinges: Two for doors under 42 inches high; three for doors over 42 inches high; weld securely t . ~, to locker body and door. O. Number Plates: Provide rectangular shaped aluminum plates. Form numbers 1 ~h high-ofi block font style, in contrasting color. - - = ~~ ;"~, P. Provide ventilation openings at top and bottom of each locker. ~ _ ~~ i~ r ~ Q. Form recess for operating handle and locking device. R. Finish edges smooth without burrs. -~ " ..~ " ` r; .' . .!_„ Y,,, S. Fabricate sloped metal tops, ends and closure pieces. --- yy c~ T. Provide end panels and filler strips. 2.04 FINISHING A. Clean, degrease, and neutralize metal; prime and finish with two coats of baked enamel. B. Paint locker units 1 color, as selected. Refer to Finfsh Schedule on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared bases are in correct position and configuration. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install lockers plumb and square. C. Place and secure on prepared base. D. Secure lockers with anchor devices to suit substrate materials. Minimum Pullout Force: 100 Ib. E. Bolt adjoining locker units together to provide rigid installation. F. Install end panels, filler panels, and sloped tops. G. Install accessories. H. Replace components that do not operate smoothly. LOCKERS 105100-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean locker interiors and exterior surfaces. END OF SECTION r ~ J ~.. ~. _..1 r` _ 'y _. _ . .._) . { ~.~ J LOCKERS 105100-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 123600 -COUNTERTOPS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall-hung counters and vanity tops. B. Sinks molded into countertops. C. Window sills. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI 2124.3 -American National Standard for Plastic Lavatories; 2005. 06.096 B. ISSFA-2 -Classification and Standards for Solid Surfacing Material; International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; 2001 (2002) C. PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood; 1995. 1.03 SUBMITTALS r-- A See~ection 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. `f3~ I~rf~d`ugt Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: r ~' - 1-.~-; -P-reparation instructions and recommendations. I . V.1 2 ` ,~~orage and handling requirements and recommendations. 1 __ ~ ._._.~ rs 3`~- ~ecimen warranty. ~-~-- ~~.' Shep:~rawings: Complete details of materials and installation. ~._. ~3 Verifi~~ion Samples: For each finish product specified, minimum size 6 inches square, ~~ representing actual product, color, and patterns. E. Test Reports:. Chemical resistance testing, showing compliance with specified requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Same fabricator as for cabinets on which tops are to be installed. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COUNTERTOP ASSEMBLIES A. Solid Surfacing Countertops and Window Sills: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting over continuous substrate. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/4 inch, minimum. 2. Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complying with ISSFA-2 and NEMA LD 3; acrylic or polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and COUNTERTOPS 12 3600 - 1 06.096 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation capable of being worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent throughout thickness. a. Sinks and Bowls: Integral castings; minimum 3/4 inch wall thickness; comply with ANSI 2124.3. Sink basin model number is 820. Sink basin color is "Cameo White". b. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Matte, gloss rating of 5 to 20. c. Color and Pattern: Countertops: "Riviera", Window sills: "Whisper". d. Manufacturers: 1) Dupont: www.corian.com. 2) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 3. Other Components Thickness: 1 /2 inch, minimum. 4. Exposed Edge Treatment: Built up to minimum 1-1/4 inch thick; radiused edge; use marine edge at sinks. 5. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. 6. Skirts: As indicated on drawings. s. ' -~ ~~::; _. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS ~--.> •- A. Wood-Based Components: ~1 -- ;,,; 1. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. ~ .~- _ ~_1 B. Plywood for Supporting Substrate: PS 1 Exterior Type, AC veneer grade, minimum 5--12fX; -~ ~, . ~„ ,~ . , minimum 314 inch thick; join lengths using metal splines. C. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufactur~rof --- materials being joined. ~ D. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, white. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall. 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece; join pieces with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. D. Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as indicated on drawings, finished to match. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations. COUNTERTOPS 12 3600 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. B. Attach epoxy resin countertops using compatible adhesive. C. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. See interior material/color schedule. END OF SECTION ~. - .~ ~: ::, r `~ - .~ .^' '. ~ _.J .~ ~r -y {, c--~ COUNTERTOPS 12 3600 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 220500 -BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 06.096 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most plumbing sysEems. 2. Transition fittings. ~ ' .. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. _. ', t ~, 6. Grout. _"_ 7. Plumbing demolition. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. ~ '~ - 9. Painting and finishing. =~ 10. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS .:; _.a ;~ ; t,.,, t:~ '--- A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 3. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. __ 1 ~' ~ BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure . - .Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." _.. ' i. 1 "= Eomply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." '~~ 2 `-Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes i__!__. ` ' ~>_i~volved and that certification is current. ` C „' E~ectr~al Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical ~_. ~__.. characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If r' ~ minit~.~m energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME 81.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. D. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. r ,~ - r- E. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: ~_ ~- .. _. _.. >_ ;r p~ g. v. 1. ABS Pi m ASTM D 2235. ~_ , ~- r~.~ ~ = 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. _=. ~°` -, ~~ 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. _ ~ ;-, •, ~~ 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138. --; - F. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. j;~r -~ 2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div. c. Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div. d. JCM Industries. e. Smith-Blair, Inc. f. Viking Johnson. 2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3. Underground Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling. 4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting. B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCOINC. b. NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder- joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C). 1. .-Available Manufacturers: __, ~~. ,~., _;a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. .__ : ~, ' fib. Central Plastics Company. r_.' .~! ' -..c. Eclipse, Inc. ."- ; _gi. Epco Sales, Inc. i - ,' 3 ~. .Hart Industries, International, Inc. `~'~~~" - = :f•. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. -g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. D. ,~ ~ Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full- face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). Available Manufacturers: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. 2.6 G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining, plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig .(2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). _ ` -f~ 1. Available Manufacturers: '~~ a. Perfection Corp. ~-- b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. -- c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. _ __ d. Victaulic Co. of America. % ~; ' ; ~..-r " r- SLEEVES F 'i _..1 A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack. Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. G. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 2.7 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish. C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. D. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. E. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw and chrome-plated finish. F. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated finish. G. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.8 ~ GF~UT ~.~' r4;: Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. _ `~ 1 , J Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, -' _ _ nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2 '~ Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. - -, 3. - ,Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. -_ ,r PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. r'~ i." ~ ':. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. ~ = •---~-~ ~> H. Install piping free of sags and bends. -~:" ~ rte? ~_- __ ~ ~~ y I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. _ _, _ , ,~ J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. - ;._. y '..,... K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast- brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with rough- brass finish. f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type. g. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type. 2. Existing Piping: Use the following: a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and spring clips. c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast- brass type with chrome-plated finish. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with rough-brass finish. f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type. g. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate type. M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. P. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at ,.~._ pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Architectural Section ---j° "ThrQrrgh-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials. ~;_ ` Q.~ Verif~~inal equipment locations for roughing-in. ,. RT-- Refer__to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in ~----~ ~ ~ requirements. i_~..W 3.3 ~ : PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION .: - _.. A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead- free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 61.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 8 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 H. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. 3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other buildir~q-,systerr~~`,and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. ~_' ~~=-~ C. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or ~eplacem~r~t of `_' components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum inter~erg~ce to-other; installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. - ; ~ ~ ~., , -•- i.. Y r D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. ~ ' f , , -, 1-' •.- 3.6 PAINTING A. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Architectural Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 9 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 06.096 3.8 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, Hailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.9 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 22 0500 - 10 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 220523 -PLUMBING VALVES PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 06.096 A. This Section includes the following general-duty valves: =yam ~"" 1. Copper-alloy ball valves. 2. Bronze check valves. 3. Spring-loaded, lift-disc check valves. B. See Division 22 piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. B. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME 816.10 and ASME 816.34 for dimension and design criteria. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 VALVES, GENERAL A. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. B. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. C. Ferrous Valves NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. VALVES 22 0523 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 F. Valve Actuators: 1. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller, except plug valves. G. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. H. Valve Flanges: ASME 616.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME 616.5 for steel valves, and ASME 616.24 for bronze valves. I. Valve Grooved Ends: AWWA C606. 1. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME 616.18. a. Caution: Use solder with melting point below 840 deg F (454 deg C) for angle, check, gate, and globe valves; below 421 deg F (216 deg C) for ball valves. 2. Threaded: With threads according to ASME 81.20.1. J. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.3 COPPER-ALLOY BALL VALVES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. One-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. r~--- <L c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. _ ~" _: e. DynaQuip Controls. ~A_.. ,'~ ~ '~ _ f. Grinnell Corporation. ~_? _: g. Jamesbury, Inc. ._ .4 ~ ~, ~~ h. Kitz Corporation of America. ~~ """~ - i. ~ ~ ~ Legend Valve & Fitting, Inc. ~ ' j. NIBCO INC. ~:J.~ k. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3 B. Copper-Alloy Ball Valves, General: MSS SP-110. C. One-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with chrome-plated bronze ball, PTFE or TFE seats, and 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP rating. 2.4 BRONZE CHECK VALVES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves with Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. d. Red-White Valve Corp. e. Walworth Co. VALVES 22 0523 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2. Type 1, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves with Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Red-White Valve Corp. 3. Type 3, Bronze, Swing Check Va-ves with Metal Disc: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Cincinnati Valve Co. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. f. Grinnell Corporation. g. Hammond Valve. h. Kitz Corporation of America. i. Legend Valve & Fitting, Inc. j. Milwaukee Valve Company. k. NIBCOINC. I. Powell, Wm. Co. m. Red-White Valve Corp. n. Walworth Co. o. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP-80. 06.096 r:'_. ~, __. t: ,:{ ~~., ' ~~ ' _ ~ _,~ ~ .~ `~ %- , -~-- , _. - ~~ ,_ ~,- ~:~. is _~. ~:._. .-- y' C. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. D. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. E F, G H I . J. K. L. Type 1, Class 150, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. Type 1, Class 150, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. Type 1, Class 200, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. Type 1, Class 200, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat Type 2, Class 125, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. Type 2, Class 125, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. VALVES 22 0523 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 M. Type 2, Class 200, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. N. Type 2, Class 200, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. O. Type 3, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. P. Type 3, Class 150, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. Q. Type 3, Class 200, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. R. -Type 4, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. S. Type 4, Class 150, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. T. Type 4, Class 200, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3d1 Y V~cLVE APPLICATIONS ~. Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, t`~, ~ b ~,u~e.the following: ;_;~ - _ ___ ~':-, 1. ;__i Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. ~~ ~ ~~. _ - Throttling Service: Angle, ball, or globe valves. ~..~"" ~ 3 ~~ Pump Discharge: Spring-loaded, lift-disc check valves. _. c ~, 8:'~ If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Domestic Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: One-piece, 400-psig (2760-kPa) CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy. 3. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, horizontal or vertical, bronze. 4. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 4, Class 125, bronze. 5. Spring-Loaded, Lift-Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type IV, Class 125 minimum. 6. Globe Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 7. Globe Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Type I, Class 125, bronze-mounted cast iron. D. Select valves, except wafer and flangeless types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Solder-joint or threaded ends. VALVES 22 0523 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged or threaded ends. 3. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged or threaded ends. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. r- -- ~~ C. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. ~~~ ,_. _ `_, ;~ ~ ___ __ D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. ~ ~- °•'-~ `~~ _::, -- -~ E. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. -~= ~ - - .~ F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: ~-=.," ~ ~='' r-~ 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. Y ~- 2. Dual-Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. END OF SECTION VALVES 22 0523 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 220529 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS s-~ t° ~.~x ~- PART 1 -GENERAL <<~~ ' ' ~~ ~ "~ ~, , ~-- _ + , r 1.1 SUMMARY `~=s t ._ ~~ `- ~, A. This Section includes the following: r~~`'~~e ~~,',. 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. ""'- '~ 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. ~' 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Equipment supports. B. See Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Available Manufacturers: 1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. 2. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports. 3. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 5. Empire Industries, Inc. 6. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. 8. Grinnell Corp. 9. GS Metals Corp. 10. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. 11. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 12. PHS Industries, Inc. 13. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 14. Tolco Inc. ~~ ~. GaEvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. ~ l D.. Nonrrletallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. '~ ___... E:~, Ladd d Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of ~. " ~ bearing surface of piping. __ ~ 2.3 _ '; TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components. B. Available Manufacturers: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. GS Metals Corp. 4. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. 5. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 6. Tolco Inc. 7. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS ~'. ' r.'_ Y A. Description: 100-psig- (690-kPa-) minimum, compressive-strength insulation pert encased iR~---;, ~ sheet metal shield. _ 3 B. Available Manufacturers: .` ` 1 ' 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. ~ f~ ` 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. ~ % ~ ~~ 3. PHS Industries, Inc. '- ~ r-- 4. Pipe Shields, Inc. ~' 5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Value Engineered Products, Inc. C. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with vapor barrier. D. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass. E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for .use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. e. Powers Fasteners. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. c. Hilti, Inc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 d. ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. 2.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel shapes. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in ~._ direst contact with copper tubing. E:` Use j3added hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. ._. . i ', F. ~ Horrzontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in a_°, piping system Sections, install the following types: ___ -- z _ .,.; -~ `- 1.; :: ~:_l~djustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or ~..idsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 2. -Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 3. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 4. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. G. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500). HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500), if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. K Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.' 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending frost.above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: ~~` a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 Ib (340 kg). -- _ - '! ` .. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib (680 kg). r",~; "" c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 Ib (1360 kg). ~-~~, ~ ~~ " ~~ _^a 8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams ~ _' ' `r} ~~ 9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at bea~~is'requrfed. 7' Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches (32 mm). 2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 L. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. N. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. G~" Met~rFraming System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. `-, .°- D. _~ Th~rrnal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. i _. , , ._ _ -- .. - '~ E.,.-.; Fast&rLer System Installation: __i..._ 1.~._ l!Listall powder-actuated fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME 631.1 (for power piping) and ASME 831.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. M. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME 631.1 for power piping and ASME 631.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1 /2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. 5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support ,... equipment above floor. -- -- C:.7 :__ B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearingrsr~~face. _~~, - r~ ~ - - C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. - , , -- _ _ i.y ._- - 5, 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS ~--~ -'' _ ~c~ A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching upfield-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION c- - ~- ~' ., ir44._, ~- ~`~:% ~. "i HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 0529 - 8 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 220553 -PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY --, A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their. fr~stallatiC2r;'k 1. E ui ment name lates. t{ 2. Access panel and door markers. - "' . - ~- - 3. Pipe markers. ~,-,~ ~`.. ._..~ 4. Valve tags. ' -- ~' ! ~ ' ,. , 5. Valve schedules. -'=` , , ~,_, /` ~~ .- ~ fir, !! i:. L- ~. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ~~ '~~. A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices for piping. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment. 1. Data: a. Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number. b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data. c. Labels of tested compliances. PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 22 0553 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. Location: Accessible and visible. 3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment. B. Access Panel and Door Markers: 1/16-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, engraved laminated plastic, with abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to identification. Provide 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) center hole for attachment. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or contact-type, permanent adhesive. 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES fr- -, ~__._ '.. 7 ...,....,-. ~._i_ - A. Manufactured Pipe Markers, General: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each ,-_ application length. -- ~ 3. ° t Pipes with. OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Full-band pipe ~.' markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. . 4,_ ':--_%Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) and Larger: Either full-band or ..strip-type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required for label. __ 5. , ~,:-_, Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or `~ -' _ C_ i as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. i _ 8.:; Self-adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive baak:~ t : ___ C. Plastic Tape: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick with pressure- sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back. 1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum. 2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) or Larger: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) numbers, with numbering scheme approved by Architect and in accordance with existing numbering systems within the building. Provide 5/32-inch (4-mm) hole for fastener. 1. Material: 3/32-inch- (2.4-mm-) thick laminated plastic with 2 black surfaces and white inner layer. 2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook. 2.4 VALVE SCHEDULES A. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on standard-size bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 22 0553 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Append to existing valve schedule as appropriate. 1. Valve-Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls for each page of valve schedule. Include mounting screws. 2. Frame: Finished hardwood or Extruded aluminum. 3. Glazing: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Glazing Quality B, 2.5-mm, single-thickness glass. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 22 Sections. If more than single-type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option. 3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of plumbing equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplatesfor the following general categories of equipment: ~_~ `--- 1. Heating units, including water heaters. -° 2. Pumps. ~ ~ , ` rte, ,-.~= "' _ _ _._ `~ 'i B. Install access panel markers with screws on equipment access panels. ~ ~ ; , "" ` `_ .; .y w. ~ ~ _, 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION y~...J- A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows showing direction of flow. 1. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Self-adhesive pipe markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide, lapped at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. 2. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) and Larger: Self-adhesive pipe markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide, lapped at least 3 inches (75 mm) at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands where piping is exposed in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations as follows: Near each valve and control device. PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 22 0553 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.4 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following: ,•_ 1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape: _...~ ~=Z L '; a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) round. ~~`~. - , - ~ =' b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) round. ~:- c. Fire Protection: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) round. ~ ; ,. _...: , __ ~~ 2-:- ` - ~ Valve-Tag Color: __ -~ _=° a. Cold Water: Blue. ~`--=-~ b. Hot Water: Red. c. Fire Protection: White. 3. Letter Color: a. Cold Water: White. b. Hot Water: White. c. Fire Protection: Black. 3.5 VALVE-SCHEDULE INSTALLATION A. Mount valve schedule on wall in accessible location in each major equipment room. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean faces of mechanical identification devices and glass frames of valve schedules. PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 22 0553 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation END OF SECTION 06.096 ~~ ~ ~.~ ~_ 4a ~" .T-~' ._` ~_1 _ .. . _~ - _ , ~_,,. ., _ . _. , ~ -- : ~ ,. y~ "- PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 22 0553 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 220719 -PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 06.096 --. ~C , '} C.l -t\ '~,° ~~ `"~ ~l -- t~' ,/ "-- ~:, A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field- appliedjackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Architectural Section "Firestopping" for firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. 2. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation" for insulation for ducts and plenums. 3. Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe insulation shields and protection saddles. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B- Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the - ~ follb~ring: ', ~_^ ,'' 1,:, `--'- Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ,_ ...... --- - ~ _= a. CertainTeed Manson. .... J ` -~ b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. f. '"~ - - ~~ c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. -' -_~ d. Schuller International, Inc. ' 2. ~ Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Rubatex Corp. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory-applied, all- purpose, vapor-retarder jacket. 2. Blanket Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing. 3. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and grades: a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass-fiber insulation, for sealing edges of glass-fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation. b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 5. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. 6. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 196. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 7. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. Ultraviolet-Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. 2.3 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil. C. PVC Jacket: High-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC; 20 mils (0.5 mm) thick; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. PVC Jacket Color: White or gray. 3. PVC Jacket Color: Color-code piping jackets based on materials contained within the piping system. D. Standard PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufactured from 20-mil- (0.5- mm-) thick, high-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC. 1. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories for the disabled. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS ~_,, ,=;, A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type It for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (270 gfsq= m). `y. - .._~. 1. Tape Width: 4 inches (100 mm). _ ' ~ "° _ ~~: !~i B. Bands: 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: ': =-~ ',, . ~,_-; 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch (0.5 mm) thick. ~l 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch (0.13 mm) thick. r 3. Aluminum: 0.007 inch (0.18 mm) thick. 4. Brass: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick. 5. Nickel-Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch (0.13 mm) thick. C. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm), nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch (1.6-mm), soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch (1.6-mm), soft-annealed, galvanized steel. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS 06.096 A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A; > Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will -~ advef%ly affect insulation application. ~, r _ .~ -__ i_13.3 ~ GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A.; ~;.' Apply-insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written irisfruetions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping,~including fittings, valves, and specialties. B.~ ~ Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each piping system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. E. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder. H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and erid joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 K. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor- retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties. L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches (300 mm) from point of attachment to pipe and taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. 3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. O. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. 5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor-retarder mastic. P. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing. 1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic. 2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. 3. Extend metal jacket of exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic. Q. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 R. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." S. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor-retarder mastic where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder. 3.4 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vapor- retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet (4.5 to 6 m) to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple longitudinal r`- tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by the insulation material "' "--Manufacturer and seal with vapor-retarder mastic. <~~ ~~~`~ B.' _ Apply insulation to flanges as follows: L ', .-._~ 1 ~_ apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. ~ ,u ~., 2 _ ~t~ilake width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus ` Twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3 ill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of _ =- djacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlapping seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with vapor-retarder mastic. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered sections of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. 3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers. 4. Cover fittings with heavy PVC fitting covers. Overlap PVC covers on pipe insulation jackets at least 1 inch (25 mm) at each end. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.5 A. B. C D 06.096 2. When premolded insulation sections are not available, apply glass-fiber blanket insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. 5. Use preformed heavy PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. 6. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: ~;. j n 1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. - - - ; 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommendedadhesiVe. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe; surface. _ t Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: ;- 1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipensalation and attached according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 1= -~ 2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulat~o~i to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow access to stainer basket. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION 06.096 A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory- appliedjackets. 1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick coats of jacket manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. B. Foil and Paper Jackets: Apply foil and paper jackets where indicated. 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Apply lap or joint strips with the same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Apply jackets with 1-1/2-inch (40-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-retarder mastic. C. Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3.7 FINISHES A. Glass-Cloth Jacketed Insulation: Paint insulation finished with glass-cloth jacket as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of the insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. z - ~,~ 3.8'~~ ` ~F~tP1D7G SYSTEM APPLICATIONS ___ j~ t ~ A. _ Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. . ~ ..._ B: ~ Iter~s~~Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following '- ~- ~ systerTs, materials, and equipment: ~> ~; _, 1. ~ Flexible connectors. 2. Vibration-control devices. 3. Fire-suppression piping. 4. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel injury. 7. Air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 8 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 06.096 A. Inspection: Perform the following field quality-control inspections, after installing insulation materials, jackets, and finishes, to determine compliance with requirements: 1. Inspect fittings and valves randomly selected by Architect. B. Insulation applications will be considered defective if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. Remove defective Work and replace with new materials according to these Specifications. C. Reinstall insulation and covers on fittings and valves uncovered for inspection according to these Specifications. 3.10 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor retarders, and field-applied jackets. B. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and material, thickness, and jacket requirements. 3.11 INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. Operating Temperature: 60 to 140 deg F (15 to 60 deg C). 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber or Flexible elastomeric. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: %~ - ;~ ' .__ -_ a. Copper Pipe,'/z„ _ 3/,,: ,/z„ - ._ _., b. Copper Pipe, 1"and larger: 3/". ,--, - ~ ~ :_ -: 4. Field-Applied Jacket: None. ^ ~ } 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. -, `- - _.% 6. Finish: None. ~` -- . B. Service: Domestic cold water. " `" 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 60 deg F (2 to 15 deg C). 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber or Flexible elastomeric. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Pipe, '/z" - 3/": '/z" b. Copper Pipe, 1"and larger: 3/0". 4. Field-Applied Jacket: None. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 6. Finish: None. C. Service: Exposed sanitary drains and domestic water supplies and stops for fixtures for the disabled. PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 9 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 120 deg F (2 to 49-deg C). 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber or Flexible elastomeric. 3. Insulation Thickness: '/2" 4. Field-Applied Jacket: PVC P-trap and supply covers. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 6. Finish: None. END OF SECTION 06.096 PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 22 0719 - 10 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 15140 -DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes domestic water piping inside the building. B. Water meters will be furnished and installed by utility company. *~ ~ _. C. See Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water distribution piping specialties; , - . ~ - -~~ - 1.2 SUBMITTALS ~_ A. Field quality-control test reports. -J ti.-~ 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9,"for potable domestic water piping and components. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. C. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L (ASTM B 88M, Types A and B), water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends. D. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M (ASTM B 88M, Types B and C), water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends. 2.2 VALVES A. Bronze and cast-iron, general-duty valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Valves." B. Balancing and drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Architectural Section "Earthwork." 3.2 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS As:_~ Transftion and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. -~,' -: B.~ ,' Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. i ;.. , .,. ~ J _... -_ ~~ C.. ~~ Fit#ing-option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground 1 . _ copper-;:tubing. D. > Abovund Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: ~; 1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 2. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2 (DN 32 and DN 40): Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 3. .NPS 2 (DN 50): Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use cast- iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller: 3. Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory-stop balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. 1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated. D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1 /2 (DN 65) and larger. Balancing valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods." B. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb. - -.- i 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION ' ' .. , ._ A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Secflom "B~sic '__.- Plumbing Materials and Methods." <~ ~ ~.. B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, leaeF=free-allay solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. C. Extruded-Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls, if indicated. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch (10 mm). E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and Smaller: 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4 (DN 25 and DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m). G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. B. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL `,.._ ~ ' ~~--- -r ~; ~, Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. ~:,'Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and -' .,.approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2 ~ fluring installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection ..must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having .jurisdiction: 3. 4. a~ Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation B 06.096 Test domestic water piping as follows: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.9 CLEANING A. B. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping using .purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction. Submit water samples in sterile bottles as required to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. END OF SECTION C?~ :_ .. _- - . ; i _ _ - _ _ _, . - ~_ ,,. r" T~~ DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 221316 -SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control test reports. ~- J: _ _ _ 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ~ ~ ~ ~. A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.. ` ~ ~~ ~ ,. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ~~ 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Hub-and-Spigot Cast-Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, [Service] [and] [Extra-Heavy] class[es]. 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. B. Hubless Cast-Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. 1. Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners, and ASTM C 564 rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Heavy-Duty, Type 304, Stainless-Steel Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel shield; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve. 1) NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 40 to DN 100): 3-inch- (76-mm-) wide shield with 4 bands. b. Heavy-Duty, Type 301, Stainless-Steel Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 301, stainless-steel shield; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve. 1) NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 40 to DN 100): 3-inch- (76-mm-) wide shield with 4 bands. 2) NPS 5 to NPS 10 (DN 125 to DN 250): 4-inch- (102-mm-) wide shield with 6 bands. C. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME 816.23, cast copper or ASME 616.29, wrought copper, solder-joint fittings. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 D. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M (ASTM B 88M, Types B and C), water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 616.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2 (DN 32 and DN 40): Use NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) hubless, cast- iron soil piping and one of the following: a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, stainless steel. ° `'' 2..,~, NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2 (DN 32 and DN 40): Copper DWV tube, copper drainage ~:~_ , ~~- fittings, and soldered joints. `-'' 3= t NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and ',.,_-' , :.'-, .~__;gasketed joints. ~~ ;y1 4-"', +;_-_NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the `"" C_1'ollowing: .__ , ~ .~ ~- 9." f -s. 1~"_.' ~~-a: Couplings: Heavy-duty, stainless steel. .~ (, ~_ `~~~~5. NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. a. Option for Vent Piping, NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 and DN 90): Hard copper tube, Type M (Type C); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. C. Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following: a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, stainless steel. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION 06.096 ~~ , A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods" for ,sic pi~~i`ag ~. -., installation. `- r. B. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect~tca-,buildirg ` . , ~' sanitary sewers. ~~ ~ _ C. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." -- ~ - - ..~, , 1. Encase underground piping with PE film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. D. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 deg rees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. F. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. G. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. H. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m), if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum rods. E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and ''~-~ minimum rod diameters: `~, 1: ;~ fVPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) t t .} 2.. `1'~~tiPS 3 (DN 80): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. ~__ ` ~,3 3. _'~~PS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) `- ~~ 4. ' -% ~~acing for 10-foot (3-m) lengths may be increased to 10 feet (3 m). Spacing for fittings ::-, limited to 60 inches (1500 mm). :,y ~, F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). G. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1 /4 (DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 3. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. 4. NPS 3 to NPS 5 (DN 80 to DN 125): 10 feet (3 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. 5. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m). Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.5 A. B. 3.6 CONNECTIONS 06.096 Connect soil and waste piping to existing sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures2." 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof::~ntil satisfactory results are obtained. ~.? -- 2. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. - -- ~ :, r,: 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. ~ ,, -, B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt arid--debris y~rryi to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316-5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 223300 -ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial electric water heaters. 1.2 SUBMITTALS MANUFACTURERS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type and size of water heater indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with performance efficiencies prescribed for the following: 1. ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings," for commercial water heaters. ~._, ::. . PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 A. See drawings for acceptable manufacturer list. ~_ c. C..~ ~ . ~:~. 06.096 ~; .~ LIGHT-COMMERCIAL, STORAGE, ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS Description: Comply with UL 174 or UL 1453, and listed by manufacturer for commercial applications. 1. Storage Tank Construction: Non-ASME-code steel with 150-psig (1035-kPa) working- pressure rating. a. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank for piping connections, relief valve, pressure gage, thermometer, drain, anode rod, and controls as required. Attach tappings to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread. b. Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61, barrier materials for potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. c. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE 90.1. Surround entire storage tank except connections and controls. d. Jacket: Steel, with enameled finish. ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 3300 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. Heating Elements: Two electric, screw-in, immersion type. 3. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat for each element with wiring arrangement for simultaneous operation. 4. Safety Controls: Automatic, high-temperature-limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems.Drain Valve: ASSE 1005, corrosion-resistant metal, factory installed. 5. Anode Rod: Factory installed, magnesium. 6. Dip Tube: Factory installed. Not required if cold-water inlet is near bottom of storage tank. 2.3 WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input and include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valve with sensing element that extends into tank. B. Vacuum Relief Valves: Comply with ASME PTC 25.3. Furnish for installation in piping. Exception: Omit if water heater has integral vacuum-relieving device. G<.~ Shocl~Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI WH 201, Size Awater hammer arrester. D~' W~t~r;Heater Mounting Brackets: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated, steel bracket t_._~'i = for; ~a?I mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water. c -- I ~ ,-= „_,,: E.y ~ P~plrg~Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated piping arrangement according to ASHRAE 90.1. .__._ ~_i -ro _ _. ..., - ~_-~-. ;:._- PARTO~3 - EX~~UTION --~ _ . _, 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install water heaters, level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. B. Anchor water heaters to substrate. C. Install temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend relief valve outlet with water piping in continuous downward pitch and discharge onto closest floor drain. D. Install vacuum relief valves incold-water-inlet piping. E. Install water heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for water heaters that do not have tank drains. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for drain valves. F. Install thermometers on water heater inlet and outlet piping. G. Install pressure gages on water heater piping. ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 3300 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation H. 3.2 A. B. C. 3.3 A. B. 3.4 A. 06.096 Install piping-type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting-type heat traps. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. CONNECTIONS Connect hot- and cold-water piping with shutoff valves and unions. Connect hot-water- circulating piping with shutoff valve, check valve, and union. Make connections with dielectric fittings where piping is made of dissimilar metal. Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified in Division 26 Sections. Arrange wiring to allow unit service. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Engage afactory-authorized service representative to perform startup service and to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water heaters. In addition to manufacturer's written installation and startup checks, perform the following: 1. Check for clear relief valve inlets, outlets, and drain piping. 2. Test operation of safety controls, relief valves, and devices. 3. Adjust operating controls. 4. Adjust hot-water-outlet temperature settings. Do not set above 120 deg F (60 deg C) unless piping system application requires higher temperature. DEMONSTRATION Engage afactory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain electric, domestic water heaters. END OF SECTION C ~ ~.. ; __. ~__ :. ;: ' ..~ . . ~-- , - !' ,_ r`~; ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 3300 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 224000 -PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. r. ' l ~. ...-; .. _ _-- 1.2 SUMMARY -," - ; . - A. This Section includes plumbing fixtures and related components. ~ ~ -~ ~..~ B. Related Sections include the following: := ~~- ~-." ~-- 1. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for specialty fixtures not in this Sectio~:y c 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. B. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are included where indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports and indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates for each type of fixture indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. C. Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101- 336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures. E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. F. Select. combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. 2. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5. 3. Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037. H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory faucets: 1. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1 M. ~ti,~ 2. NSF Materials: NSF 61. _;~ 3. ~=~ Pipe Threads: ASME 81.20.1. • 4< ~ `=Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951. :°~~ _ 5;~-~=-'Supply and Drain Fittings: ASME A112.18.1M. .a i_'- ', L __ Cori~pF~r with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for shower _... , ~:•a faucets 1 ckflow Protection Devices for Hand-Held Showers: ASME A112.18.3M. a ~ 2. mbination, Pressure-Equalizing and Thermostatic-Control Antiscald Faucets: `-~' ASSE 1016. 3. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1 M. 4. Hand-Held Showers: ASSE 1014. 5. High-Temperature-Limit Controls for Thermal-Shock-Preventing Devices: ASTM F 445. 6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 7. Manual-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444. 8. Pipe Threads: ASME 61.20.1. 9. Pressure-Equalizing-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016. 10. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951. 11. Thermostatic-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016. J. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous fittings: 1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1 M. 3. Plastic Tubular Fittings and Piping: ASTM F 409. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 4. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951. 5. Tubular Brass Drainage Fittings and Piping: ASME A112.18.1 M. K. Comply with the following applicable standards and miscellaneous components: 1. Floor Drains: ASME A112.21.1 M. 2. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446. 3. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 4. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1 M. 5. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 6. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI 2124.5. 06.096 other requirements specified for 7. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate roughing-in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1. See drawings for manufacturers available for each product. 2.2 LAVATORY FAUCETS A. Lavatory Faucet: Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes and outlet with spout and fixture receptor. 1. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm (9.5 Umin.), unless otherwise indicated. 2. Body Material: Cast brass. , 3. Finish: Polished chrome plate. '. , 4. Type: Single-control mixing. __ _ 5. Centers: 4 inches (102 mm). ~- , . _ 6. Mounting: Deck, exposed. -- 7. Handle(s): Not applicable. _ _ _ 8. Spout: Rigid. -' - _. 9. Spout Outlet: Aerator. - - - ~~ w 10. Operation: Automatic - ~ - r ,~ 11. Drain: Grid. ~~ 12. Tempering Device: Thermostatic. 2.3 SHOWER FAUCETS A. Shower Faucet: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; and shower head, arm, and flange. Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and outlet with diverter valve. 1. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm (9.5 L/min.), unless otherwise indicated. 2. Body Material: Cast brass. 3. Finish: Polished chrome plate. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 4. Type: Single-handle thermostatic and pressure balance with integral or field-installed 2.4 A. ~: 9,~~ r.. _, _ _ ~" ~ ~ ~ .- r ~~,_. --~~5 ~a '_ _._ 2.6 check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies. 5. Mounting: Concealed. 6. Handle[s]: Lever. 7. Diverter Valve: Not required. 8. Backflow Protection Device for Hand-Held Shower: Not Required. 9. Antiscald Device: Integral with mixing valve. 10. Shower Head Material: Metallic with chrome-plated finish. 11. Head Type: Hand held, slide-bar mounted. 12. Spray Pattern: Fixed. 13. Integral Volume Control: Not required. 14. Shower-Arm, Flow-Control Fitting: Not required. FLUSHOMETERS Flushometer: Cast-brass body with corrosion-resistant internal components, control stop with check valve, vacuum breaker, and copper or brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finish on exposed parts. 1. Internal Design: 2. Style: Exposed. 3. ~2lnlet Size: NPS 4. ,-:Trip Mechanism: 5~ j`-. ~_--Consumption: 1. TOtL1=T SEATS i-- C ..i ~~ ~ 1. Configuration: Open front without cover. 2. Size: Elongated. 3. Class: Standard commercial. 4. Hinge Type: SS, self-sustaining. 5. Color: White. Diaphragm or piston operation. 1 (DN 25). Battery-operated sensor actuator. 6 gal./flush (6.0 L/flush). To~le`t~.~eat: Solid plastic. PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Guard: Manufactured, plastic covering for hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping and complying with ADA requirements. 2.7 FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Water-Closet Support: Water-closet combination carrier designed for accessible mounting height. Include single or double, vertical or horizontal, hub-and-spigot or hubless waste fitting as required for piping arrangement; faceplates; couplings with gaskets; feet; and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include additional extension coupling, faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe space. B. Urinal Support: Include steel uprights with feet. Accessible Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation C. 06.096 Lavatory Support: Type II, lavatory carrier with concealed arms and tie rod. Include steel uprights with feet. Accessible Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights. 2.8 A. 2.9 A. 2.10 A WATER CLOSETS See drawings for Specification. URINALS Urinals: Accessible, wall-hanging, back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for flushometer valve operation. 1. See drawings for manufacturers. 2. Strainer or Trapway: Open trapway with integral trap. 3. Design Consumption: 1.5 gal./flush (5.7 Uflush). 4. Color: White. 5. Supply Spud Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 6. Outlet Size: NPS 2 (DN 50). 7. Flushometer: See Plans. 8. Fixture Support: Urinal chair carrier. ~-~, LAVATORIES _ .. - ~. , Lavatories: Accessible, wall-hanging, vitreous-china fixture. ,, _, 1. See drawings for available manufacturers. f ~: - ~~ 2. Size: See plans. _ -- ~ ', `_ 3. Faucet Hole Punching: Three, 4-inch (102-mm) centers, holes. y> 4. Faucet Hole Location: Top. 5. Color: White. 6. Faucet: See plans. 7. Supplies: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) chrome-plated copper with stops. 8. Drain: Grid. 9. Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) chrome-plated cast-brass trap; NPS 1-1 /4 (DN 32) tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for water soil and for waste piping systems and supports to verify actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of supports match those indicated, before plumbing fixture installation. Use manufacturer's roughing-in data if roughing- indata are not indicated. B. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3.2 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. For wall-hanging fixtures, install off-floor supports affixed to building substrate. 1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures. 2. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping. 3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures. C. Install back-outlet, wall-hanging fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports. D. Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. E. Install wall-hanging fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports. F. Install floor-mounting, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals. G. Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework. H. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions and roughing-in drawings. I. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. `~ 1. 'f Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valve if stops are not specified with fixture. Refer to <a-, ="Division 22 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves. '~--'. J.f~-~ Insfat4-trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to ~..~ - ! _~. sanvt~r`~~ drainage system. __ z.~ y,~-_ K '~' Install:.~ubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage :~ systen}:~ L. ~- -Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. M. Install toilet seats on water closets. N. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. O. Install water-supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. P. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. Q. Install shower, flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 R. Install traps on fixture outlets. 1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. 2. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated. S. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for escutcheons. T. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Refer to Architectural Section "Joint Sealants" for sealant and installation requirements. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect water supplies from water distribution piping to fixtures. Cv ` _. C. Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping. - •~ u., :_ • ' D. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Connect fixtures with=yvatei• su'pplies,~. ^7 stops, risers, traps, and waste piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.' .Connect to. plumbing piping. -. ~_ l E. Supply and Waste Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and~v~iaste p't1~ng specified. Use size fittings required to match fixtures and equipment. Connect to plumbing piping. F. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4866. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. E. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls: Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets, shower valves, and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream. C. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 8 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 230500 -BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY C~? A. This Section includes the following: ~ "_ - ~--- _. 1. Mechanical demolition. 2. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. ~~ _ 3. Painting and finishing. 4. Supports and anchorages. "- - ~: ~. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations:. Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and induct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1: EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." °, 1 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0500 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." Comply with provisions in ASME 631 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, ~-~? storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and ~`'~ moisl`are. ~~;-, - `-,~' ~J ..s B~_,_ Shore _plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 3 3 j ~ .. G... __.r _..,._.- ~ ,1:.6 COORDINATION A. ~-,~ Arrari~q for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of constr-uction, to allow for mechanical installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART 2 -EXECUTION 2.1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0500 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2.2 06.096 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 2.3 PAINTING A. B. 2.4 A. B. C. 2.5 A. B. C. Painting of mechanical systems, equipment, and components is specified in the Architectural Sections. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES Refer to Architectural Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, Hailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. END OF SECTION C t~ BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0500 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 230593 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives for the following: 1. Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. 2. HVAC equipment quantitative-performance settings. 3. Existing systems TAB. 4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 5. Reporting results of activities and procedures specified in this Section 1.2 SUBMITTALS 06.096 A. Certified TAB Reports: Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm. B. Warranties specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Firm Qualifications: Engage a TAB firm certified by AABC. B. Certification of TAB Reports: Certify TAB field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that TAB team complied with approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, -and Air Conditioning Systems." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 0593 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1.5 COORDINATION 06.096 A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 1.6 WARRANTY A. National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover '~'. co~iditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. _ ``~~ `~.C~~ Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow- ._ ~ ~ ''- - ,-~ control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required ~~ ,. `, _: ~-:: by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing cyi `--~ devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system ~- ~; _ ~:' and equipment operation. 6;.-~7 Exa~ni~ie approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. ~_ :_~ -:. C. Examine Project Record Documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Sections have been performed. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 0593 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 G. Examine system and equipment test reports. H. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. I. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. J. Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. K. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. L. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION `~-= A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. ~ ~_ B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify tt~efpllowin;~: ~~ _ _.,; 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. ~ '; ; 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. _: a- 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. ' , '"" 4. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 5. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 6. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to insulation Specifications for this Project. C. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed- control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 0593 - 3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. D. Check for airflow blockages. E. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components. F. Check for proper sealing of air duct system. 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airFlows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. 2. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 3. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes; and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes. 4. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan- motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, economizer, and any other operating modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airFlows within specified tolerances. 1.~ Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust -> volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. __ ,-_~ ~'_~;: =; ~ `_. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube _,. traverse measurements, measure airfow at terminal outlets and inlets and .. .. w-- ` -' ~~ calculate the total airfow for that zone. ~ ~'` r~.~y - ~~~; _`~'_ 2 ~=A~emeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to ~a~ijust submain and branch ducts to indicated airFlows within specified tolerances. ~~ - C. `-='Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 0593 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Measure terminal outlets using adirect-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused. 1. Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan. 2. Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information. 3. Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication. 4. Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken. Report deficiencies. B. Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished. 1. Fans are clean. 2. Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated. 3. Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected. C. Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the renovation work. 1. Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows and determine the new fan speed. 2. If calculations increase or decrease the airflow rates by more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated airflow and water flow rates. If 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required. 3. Air balance each air outlet. 3.7 TOLERANCES - A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances: _ _' r ~ _. .~s 1. Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. ~ ! ~ ~ ' 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. - ~. c~;~ 3.8 FINAL REPORT ~ A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in three-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 0593 - 5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of TAB firm. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans performance forms including the following: a. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. b. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. END OF SECTION TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 23 0593 - 6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 233113 -METAL DUCTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 06.096 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal ducts for supply and exhaust air-distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 2-inch wg (minus 500 to plus 2500 Pa). Metal ducts include the r_ following: _. - 1. Rectangular ducts and fittings. <--~: _ 2. Single-wall, round spiral-seam ducts and formed fittings. ~ ~ '~ ,_. - , ,_ _- , 1.3 DEFINITIONS - , A. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic. ~: ' B. NUSIG: National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines. ,T. ~ ~=' 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-moving and - distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 906, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900 mm) or less; 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). ~.:~ .::~ 2.3'`-. SLANT MATERIALS __ __. A ~. Jaipt.and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or m~~ nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics. _ . _. _~~ e.., - B__~r Joi~t~~nd Seam Tape: 2 inches (50 mm) wide; glass-fiber-reinforced fabric. "_... - ~: ___ =-% C.~=, Tape~ealing System: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and `_=~ modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal . D. Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. 2.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod. METAL DUCTS 233113-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. 2. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-- Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. 3. Galvanized-steel straps attached to aluminum ducts shall have contact surfaces painted with zinc-chromate primer. C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2.5 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure class. 2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." B. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Nexus Inc. c. Ward Industries, Inc. F-_- C. Formed-On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Constructioa,S~andards-- Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details. ,_ :: 1. [Available Manufacturers: - ~ - ~- .' a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. ~ , _ b. Lockformer. _ 2. Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches (750 mm) wide and up to 2-inch wg (500~Pa) pres`5rare class. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with noncuring polymer sealant. D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches (480 mm) and larger and 0.0359 inch (0.9 mm) thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. (0.93 sq. m) of nonbraced panel area unless ducts are lined. METAL DUCTS 233113-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2.6 APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. B. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive. D. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-edge overlapping. E. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary. ~F,. Ap~ y adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm (12.7 m/s). ~G. ~ $e~ure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches (100 mm) from corners and at intervals not !' ~~•, ~x-eeeding 12 inches (300 mm) transversely; at 3 inches (75 mm) from transverse joints and at '`-- ~ •--~ ni'~r~ials not exceeding 18 inches (450 mm) longitudinally. -~` ~ FI' Se~~e transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have 'n--• _ 'etshsr channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at ' - the ftrllowing locations: 1. Fan discharges. 2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. 3. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are greater than 2500 fpm (12.7 m/s) or where indicated. 2.7 ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION A. Round, Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." B. Duct Joints: 1. Ducts up to 20 Inches (500 mm) in Diameter: Interior, center-beaded slip coupling, sealed before and after fastening, attached with sheet metal screws. C. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal-seam straight ducts. D. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with reduced entrance to branch taps and with no excess material projecting from fitting onto branch tap entrance. E. Fabricate elbows using die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Bend radius of die- formed, gored, and pleated elbows shall be 1-1/2 times duct diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows: METAL DUCTS 233113-4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. 2. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 2-inch wg (minus 500 to plus 500 Pa): a. Ducts 3 to 36 Inches (75 to 915 mm) in Diameter: 0.034 inch (0.85 mm). 3. Round Elbows 8 Inches (200 mm) and Less in Diameter: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction. 4. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches (200 mm) in Diameter and All Pressures 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick with 2-piece welded construction. 5. Round Gored-Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as non-elbow fittings specified above. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT APPLICATIONS A. Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts ac~9rding fv_ the following: _ _ 1. Supply Ducts: 2-inch wg (500 Pa). - ~ "- 2. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1-inch wg (250 Pa). `~ -° - ~ B. All ducts shall be galvanized steel. ~ - - _ 4 3.2 DUCT INSTALLATION y "y A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. B. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet (3.7 m) unless interrupted by fittings. C. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. D. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections. E. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches (300 mm), with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling.. F. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch (25 mm), plus allowance for insulation thickness. METAL DUCTS 233113-5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated. J. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. K. Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. L. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). M. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed. N~6~ Paint ~' teriors of metal ducts, that do not have duct liner, for 24 inches (600 mm) upstream of registers and grilles. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex finish coat over a compatible ~~~} g~lusFrii~ed-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in ~~~` `~ Ardhi~ectural Sections. ~._= ,~ -~.3 `;'` SCAM qND JOINT SEALING ~_:._. - A. ,. =. Setif c)uEt seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-- ~` -~ Metal acrd Flexible"for duct pressure class indicated. 1. .For pressure classes lower than 2-inch wg (500 Pa), seal transverse joints. B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied. 3.4 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches (600 mm) of each elbgw and within 48 inches (1200 mm) of each branch intersection. B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet (5 m) and at each floor. C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load. D. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. E. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 1. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." METAL DUCTS 233113-6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual" and prepare test reports: 1. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. 2. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If pressure classes are not indicated, test entire system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing. 3. Maximum Allowable Leakage: Comply with requirements for Leakage Class 3 for round .and flat-oval ducts, Leakage Class 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classes lower than and equal to 2-inch wg (500 Pa) (both positive and negative pressures). 4. Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is equal to or less than maximum allowable. END OF SECTION _ -"i.~ - , . -- __ .~ ~ ~- _ __. ~` -. w._ ~_~ ; - ~, METAL DUCTS 233113-7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 233416 -CENTRIFUGAL FANS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes centrifugal fans. -~ C: 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ~ , ~ _ A. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on actual site elevations. _ ~.._ ,_ B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. .~~= 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated and include the following: 1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. 2. Certified fan sound-power ratings. 3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories. 4. Material gages and finishes, including color charts. 5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. B. Maintenance Data: For centrifugal fans to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall be licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. C. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards. CENTRIFUGAL FANS 23 3416 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 06.096 A. Deliver fans as factory-assembled units, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with protective crating and covering. B. Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to the final location, according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1! ~ MAI~IUFACTURERS ....,~- A~ 'S~~~rawings. ~.- .. ,.. - , ''2.2 ----, ~VI~-~tjIFACTURED UNITS .. .,. ~. A. ~ DesGrkption: Factory-fabricated, -assembled, -tested, and -finished, centrifugal fans consisting . of haiysing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, and '1 support structure. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Companion Flanges: Galvanized steel, for duct connections. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. B. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install centrifugal fans level and plumb. CENTRIFUGAL FANS 23 3416 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Support floor-mounting units using rubber isolators. B. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." B. Install ducts adjacent to fans to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment. D. Tighten .electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4866. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Equipment Startup Checks: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. --:~ C_ . _ - B. Starting Procedures: ~: -- 1. Energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm. t--_ , -- . 2. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage. _ ' , " -- . '_ -_ . ~ -~ C. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper y motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with units; and retest. '--=' D. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. F. Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest as specified above after repairs or replacements are made. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust speed control to achieve design airFlow. CENTRIFUGAL FANS 233416-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 3.5 CLEANING 06.096 A. After completing system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION t~n ~ - ._... ..._ .~ ~ ~ .~ -. ~ `f' / CENTRIFUGAL FANS 23 3416 - 4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 233713 -DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall-mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate Drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. ,. - PART 2 -PRODUCTS -- C ,- ._. -- _, .-_, _ , ; 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1. See specifications on Drawings. - --- ` _:. ; ~ ~ i .. l ~, 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL '~ ~ - }, , _ A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAM 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation ~ 06.096 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 260100 -ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 INTRODUCTION A. Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern all work under this section PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 06.096 Q - ~ ~~ ~•, ~ a .. " ~, -~, ~ ' `I . ~ ,, , _ 1 . , ~ A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work as specified in the individual Sections. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements as shown on Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Verify whether or not PCB ballasts exist in light fixtures which will be disposed of. If PCB light fixture ballasts exist, then follow requirements in PCB BALLAST HANDLING AND DISPOSAL below. D. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and/or existing record documents. Report discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation. E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with the User Agency, Architect, and Engineer. Also, if applicable, coordinate utility service outages with the local Utility Company. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experience in such operations. In particular, all security and safety systems must be maintained in operation at all times as required by the OWNER. This includes security and safety lighting. D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make svvitchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the OWNER and ARCHITECT/ENGINEER at least 48 hours before partially or ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 260100-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. If required, make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. E. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is accepted. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the OWNER, ARCHITECT/ENGINEER and local Authority Having Jurisdiction at least 48 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. If required, make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. F. Existing Communication/Data System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the OWNER, ARCHITECT/ENGINEER and local Telephone Utility. If required, make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work to meet all requirements of these specifications. B. If certain raceways and boxes are abandoned but not scheduled for removal, those items must be shown on the "As Built Drawings". '^ Rem~e, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. D: Re~nov~ abandoned wiring to source of supply. (_"'y ~.. ~ :. ~ - '..~'~ E. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling ! ~~, _ finishes Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. __._._ !%_ ~~ ~ ~= F.- Disc~nriect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicit<a~them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which ~~==-are not removed. G. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. H. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. I. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories. J. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. K. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. L. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. This includes the extension of the circuit from the last active device to the next device in the system to be activated. 3.04 PCB BALLAST HANDLING AND DISPOSAL A. Generally, all high power factor fluorescent light ballasts manufactured before 1978 and some HID ballasts contain PCB compounds in their capacitors. The Contractor shall inspect all ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 260100-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 ballasts in all light fixtures (which will become the property of the Contractor and will be removed from the project site as part of this project) and take the actions described below. 1. All ballasts labeled as "NON-PCBs" or "NO PCBs" shall become the property of the Contractor. If the PCB content is not stated on the ballast label, the ballast shall be handled as a PCB ballast. 2. All PCB ballasts shall be removed from the light fixtures and shall have the wires clipped off. However, before removal, all PCB ballasts shall be carefully inspected for leaks. If a ballast appears to be leaking(evidenced by potting compound leaking out or by an oily film on the ballast surface) the ballast must be handled per EPA and DNR PCB reaulations. Basically, this means the ballast is to be carefully removed from the fixture and placed in an approved drum. See paragraph below for the drum specifications. The person removing the ballast from the fixture shall wear protective gloves, eye protection, and protective clothing as necessary. 3. If the fixture has also been contaminated, it must be cleaned to less than 10 micrograms/100 square centimeters contamination before disposal. This cleaning must be done by an approved PCB contractor and is not considered a part of this contract unless otherwise specified. 4. The ballasts shall then be placed in US DOT approved type 17C or type 17H drums barrels) furnished by the Contractor. 55 gallon and 30 gallon drums are available from most drum suppliers. The quantity and size of the drums will be determined by the Contractor at the time of construction. 5. These barrels shall be placed in storage with the cover that came-with the barrels, in a location within a building, as designated by the Site Manager or Architect/Engineer. The barrels are not to be placed outside where they are exposed to weather. 6. THESE BALLASTS ARE NOT TO BE REMOVED FROM THE WORK SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR. To do so, would be a violation of DNR and DOT hazardous waste regulations and may result in a fine to the Contractor. 7. The Contractor shall label and mark the PCB storage drums with EPA approved PCB labels and the storage area with signs, marks and lines to meet the regulations of State CODE. 8. The Contractor shall also provide approved PCB absorbent materials to be stored immediately adjacent to the drum storage area. Do not place loose absorbent material in the drums. 9. The Contractor shall provide to the Architect/Engineer, in written form, a total count of these ballasts(or their total weight by barrel) and where they are stored. B. When the ballast demolition is completed and all PCB ballasts are placed in drums ready to be picked up for disposal, the electrical contractor will advise the Architect/Engineer that the ballasts are ready for disposal together with the ballast quantity (or drum weight), the location of the drums, and the DOT's local contact person. The Architect/Engineer will th ~~arrange-'for pickup and disposal of the PCB ballasts. _ 3.05 LIGHT HANDLING AND DISPOSAL _ ~--~ ..e. __ :.; A. All lamps (fluorescent, incandescent, and HID) contain mercury and/or lead (in the~basie) as iivell ~,, as other heavy metals and compounds which are regulated by the EPA and DI~R'~during~.ttae disposal process. As a result, regulations have been issued covering the handling~gd disposal of all lamps. Therefore, lamps which have been removed from service for disposal shalk-#~e handled as follows by the Contractor. 1. The Contractor shall very carefully remove all lamps (fluorescent, incandescent, and HID) from light fixtures before removal of the fixture from its mounted position. This is to reduce the likelihood that the lamp(s) will be broken. If the Contractor breaks more than 1 % of the total lamps removed for the project, the Contractor will be charged the cost difference between disposal of broken lamps and disposal of unbroken lamps for all lamps broken in excess of 1% of the total lamps removed in the project. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 260100-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 2. The Contractor shall provide containers large enough to fully conceal the removed lamps and appropriate for lamp transportation. Removed lamps shall be placed in containers provided by the Contractor and marked with the number and type of lamps. Containers shall be placed in storage in a location on the property (this may be in another building) arranged by the Architect/Engineer. The Contractor shall label the area as "Hazardous Material Storage -Mercury". 3. The Contractor shall provide to the Architect/Engineer, in written form, a count of all stored lamps by type at the completion of the project. 3.06 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 260100-4 Senior Center Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 260126 -MAINTENANCE AND TESTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This project shall provide the required cleaning, repair, adjustment, calibration, maintenance and testing, as specified .herein. This applies only to new electrical and existing electrical equipment being furnished, modified, worked on or serviced by this contractor for this project. {. PART 2 -PRODUCTS __ _~- ~ ~ ;~, NOT USED `- ;:, , PART 3 -EXECUTION ' _ 3.01 GENERAL INSPECTION AND CLEANING OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Inspect for physical damage and abnormal mechanical and electrical conditions. B. Any item found to be out of tolerance, or in any other way defective as a result of the required testing, shall be reported to the architect/engineer. Procedure for repair and/or replacement will be outlined. After appropriate corrective action is completed, the item shall be re-tested. C. Compare equipment nameplate information with the latest single line diagram and report any discrepancies. D. Verify proper auxiliary device operation and indicators. E. Check tightness of accessible bolted electrical joints. Use torque wrench method. F. Make a close examination of equipment and remove any shipping brackets, insulation, packing, etc. that may not have been removed during original installation. G. Make a close examination of equipment and remove any dirt or other forms of debris that may have collected in existing equipment or in new equipment during installation. H. Clean All Equipment: 1. Vacuum inside of panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, transformer core and coils, horizontal and vertical busducts, MCC's, fire alarm panels, comm./data, security panel, etc. 2. Loosen attached particles and vacuum them away. 3. Wipe all insulators with a clean, dry, lint free rag. 4. Clean insulator grooves. 5. Re-vacuum inside surfaces as directed by the Architect/Engineer or Inspector Inspect equipment anchorage. _._.- MAINTENANCE AND TESTING 260126-1 Senior Center Restroom Renovation 06.096 Inspect equipment and bus alignment. K. Check all heater elements for operation and control. L. Lubricate nonelectrical equipment per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 CABLES A. Visual and Mechanical Inspections: 1. Inspect exposed sections for physical damage. 2. Verify cable is supplied and connected in accordance with single line diagram. 3. Inspect for shield grounding, cable support and termination. 4. If cables are terminated through window type C.T.'s make an inspection to verify that neutrals and grounds are properly terminated for normal operation of protective devices. 5. Inspect for visual jacket and insulation condition. 6. Visible cable bends shall be checked against ICEA or manufacturer's minimum allowable bending radii -- 12 times the diameter for tape shielded cables. 7. Inspect for proper fireproofing in common cable areas. 8. There shall be NO tests performed on existing cable without specific direction from the Consulting Engineer. B. Electrical Tests -- Below 600 Volts: 1. All secondary cables from the substation transformers to the secondary switchboards shall be subjected to insulation tests using. a 500 vdc megger. 2. Visually inspect cables, lugs, connectors and all other components for physical damage and proper connections 3. Check all cable connectors for tightness (with a torque wrench) and clearances. Torque test conductor and bus terminations to manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Check for proper grounding resistance at all services and at transformers. Resistance shall be 2 ohms maximum. 3.03 LIGHT FIXTURES A. Check the bonding and proper tamping. Verify that recessed fixtures are installed with hold down clips. Confirm operation of the fixture with the proper switch or sensor. 3.04 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Confirm operation of the sensor per the manufacturers spec. END OF SECTION 16020 ~~~ `~. .^ .`? y '~,-~ l- ~, ° = __ ~C :_ty~' MAINTENANCE AND TESTING 260126-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 260500 -BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS -~. -:. C' t PART 1 -GENERAL ~~ ~° ~ --"~ ` :. ~ ~~ _ `~ a, 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS f.".J, , F / H ~ A. The Contractors attention is hereby directed to the CONTRACT and GENERAL COND~LTIONS., that are hereby made part of this section of this Division of the Specifications. t ' , - ~ c,.: 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All references in this Division of the specifications to the "Contractor" or to the "Electrical Contractor" refer to the specific contractor bidding all work indicated, listed or otherwise defined under "Division 26 XX XX, Electrical" of the specifications and on the associated Electrical drawings. B. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all classes of work shown on the drawings and specified under Division 26 XX XX, unless it is specifically stated that it shall be accomplished by others C. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall be equally bound by the Instructions to Bidders, Bid Agreement, Bond forms, Addenda, General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions as previously stated. D. The Plans and Specifications are intended to cover a complete electrical system. The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, operations, methods listed, mentioned or scheduled on the drawings and herein specified including all labor, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for its completion. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the electrical system work of this Division and without limiting generality thereof consists of furnishing labor, materials, equipment, hoisting, plant, transportation, rigging, staging, appurtenances, and services necessary and/or incidental to properly complete all electric work as shown on Drawings, as described in Specifications or as reasonably inferred from either as being required in opinion of Architect. 1.04 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide materials and equipment necessary to make installation complete in every detail under this Contract whether or not specifically shown on Drawings or specified herein. B. Proposals shall be based on the specified products as follows: 1. If the specified manufacturer's product is indicated with no additional comment, the specific product is to be provided. 2. The Architect reserves the right to refuse approval if the product selected by the contractor is not equivalent (in the opinion of the Architect) to the listed product. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIlZEMENTS 260500-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 C. All materials are subject to approval by the Architect both before and after incorporation in the building. Contractor shall be responsible that any substitutions fit the space allotted, where space will limit the selection of equipment in any way. D. The Architect reserves the right to refuse approval on equipment which does not meet the Specifications in his opinion, or on equipment for which no local experience of satisfactory service is available. E. Submit comprehensive descriptive and technical data to establish quality. Do not submit for substitution of material or equipment unless identical material or equipment has been operated successfully for at least three consecutive years. F. All materials shall be new and a standard catalog product of a reputable manufacturer. G. Where more than one unit is required, of a particular classification of material, they shall all be furnished by the same manufacturer. For example, wire of one manufacturer, switches of one manufacturer. The Architect may give specific exemption from this requirement. H. All materials and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's rec- ommendations. I. For all material and equipment which UL has tested and listed, the Contractor shall provide only products that are UL labeled. 1.05?CONTI~UITY OF EXISTING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS =: _ '. 'A. No ~thtages shall be permitted on existing systems except at the time and during the interval ~ '~ ~ _ sp~cifed by the architect and/or by the electrical engineer. The architect may require written ap~rtoval. Any outage must be scheduled when the interruption causes the least interference ~'; -', with ~rmal schedules and business routines. No extra costs will be paid to the Contractor for -;~~ such -outages that must occur outside of regular weekly working hours unless specifically -' ider~tifi~d at time of bid or through change order. i. _~ ~.; The Contractor shall restore any circuit interrupted as a result of their work to proper operation as soon as possible. 1.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED SURFACES A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements -Protection of Finished Construction for additional requirements. B. Furnish one can of touch-up paint for each different color factory finish furnished by the Contractor. Deliver touch-up paint with other "loose and detachable parts" as covered in the General Requirements. 1.07 OMISSIONS A. No later than ten (10) days before bid opening, the Contractor shall call the attention of the electrical consultant to any materials or apparatus the Contractor believes to be inadequate and to any necessary items of work omitted. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1.08 SUBMITTALS 06.096 A. Refer to Division 1, GENERAL CONDITIONS and/or SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS for provisions and procedures of shop drawings and submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Submit details of systems and equipment to Architect for review. Submit eight binders containing one copy each of Shop Drawings of following systems and equipment: (Note: Submission of Shop Drawings not in binders, but in loose sheet form, will be considered cause for rejection with resubmission in proper form required). C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data to Architect for approval, consisting of complete specifications, test report data, installation instructions, and other pertinent technical data required to complete product and product use. information. Standard wiring diagrams shall be modified where necessary to specific system. Provide adequate conduit raceways for adapting wiring diagrams to conduit system. 1. Intent of Shop Drawings and Product Data review is to check for capacity, rating and certain construction features. Ensure that work meets requirements of Contract Documents regarding information that pertains to fabrication processes or means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, and for coordination of work of this and other Sections. 2. Perform work in accordance with submittals marked "Approved" to extent that they agree with Contract Documents. Submittal review shall not diminish responsibility under this Contract for dimensional coordination, quantities, installation, wiring, supports, access, service and errors, nor for deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. Noting errors while overlooking others will not excuse proceeding in error. Requirements of Contract Documents are not limited, waived, nor superseded by Shop Drawing review. 3. Submittals of various systems shall indicate equipment supplier used and that all equipment of particular system is being furnished by same supplier. Supplier shall be qualified to supervise installation, connection and testing of system and have competent maintenance service for respective systems. 4. Shop Drawings and samples will be reviewed with reasonable promptness and will be stamped indicating appropriate action as follows: a. "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN" means that fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed providing submittal complies with Contract Documents. b. "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" means that fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed providing submittal complies with Engineer's notation and Contract Documents. If, for any reason, notations cannot be complied with, resubmit as described for submittals stamped "REJECT". c. "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" means submittal information is incomplete or ambiguous and therefore clarification or additional information is required to ascertain compliance with the contract documents, and that fabrication, manufacture or construction shall not proceed. Provide additional data required by the contract documents and resubmit. d. "REJECT" means that submittal does not comply with Contract Documents and that fabrication, manufacture, or construction shall not proceed. Resubmit in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Samples: Submit any samples for substituted items as requested by Architect in accordance with Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. _ ~) ~.. . 1.09 GUARANTEE/WARRANTIES ' ,- _ - _ - ,. , A. Refer to Division 1, GENERAL CONDITIONS and/or SUPPLEMENTARY^~'G~'NER~4L CONDITIONS for provisions and requirements regarding guarantees/warranties for1tha vyork:- . "; _ ..: -- BASIC METHODS AND REQTEMEN~'S `" 1' 260546-3 c:.;; Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Manufacturers shall provide their standard guarantees/warranties for work under this Division. However, such guarantees/warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities, which the manufacturer and the Contractor may have by law, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Guarantee Work of this Section in writing for one year from date of Final Notice of Acceptance. Repair or replace defective materials, equipment, workmanship and installation that develops within this period, promptly and to Architect's satisfaction and correct damage caused in making necessary repairs and replacements under guarantee within Contract Price. D. Replace material or equipment that requires excessive service during guarantee period, as defined and as directed by Architect. E. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for guaranteeing connections to equipment furnished by others and wired by the Electrical Contractor under the provisions of this specification and the contract drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall be further responsible for damage to any equipment, furnished by others, caused by improper connections made by him. F. Submit guarantee to architect before final payment. 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Material and equipment shall be UL listed where standard has been established. ~.~ ~~ _:: 4}~. I?ecf~m tests required by specifications, Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances or public _~ au~fi~dties, approvals, and give timely notice. Notify Engineer of dates for inspection by other __ .~ ~ ~ adtt~orities. ,. ~_ .. _ ~. ~ -r 'jT:11 1ilVORI~WF.~4hISHIP .._ ,: -- A~"'=.All wor'k.~hall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner, in keeping with the highest standards of -;the craft, and shall be performed by workmen skilled and regularly employed in that particular craft. B. Deviation from the Drawings shall not be made except upon written approval of the Architect. G. Sufficient hangers or fastenings shall be provided to add adequately and securely hang or fasten all Electrical equipment and prevent sag or unsafe conditions. Hangers or fasteners shall be as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise needed. D. Wood plugs shall not be used to fasten electrical items to masonry walls. E. Explosive or cartridge driven studs shall not be used for fastening to concrete or masonry. Expansion shields and screws anchors or toggle bolts are acceptable, provided that the required holes in the concrete or masonry are made with a rotary driven masonry drill. Phillips shells are acceptable. F. All conduit, boxes, switch enclosures, and neutral conductors shall be properly grounded. G. All covers for junction boxes, outlet boxes panelboards and similar shall be in place upon completion of job. Existing boxes shall be provided with new covers where covers do not exist at the time of bid, or have been lost during construction. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 H. All items shall be installed squarely with respect to building framing, unless otherwise noted. I. All switches, fixtures, etc. shall be securely fastened in place. In the event that the method for fastening or mounting heights, etc. are not given on the Drawings, Contractor shall verify proper procedure with the Architect. 1.12 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized quality only. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Architect. B. Reference made to the following national and industry standards are intended to indicate the latest volume or publication on the Standard. All equipment, materials and details of inst~Itation and testing shall comply with the requirements of the following applicable p~lications_~~and standards: ~"- ~- - 1. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials ;.-~ - ', - ~- 2. UL: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. ~~ ; r`:. 3. ICEA: Insulated Cable Engineers Association ~_ 4. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturing Association = ~ '- -_ _.. 5. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers ; ~=, =' ` ~ ; 6. ANSI: American National Standards Institute ,-=~' ~ _~ 7. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association y~ c,,~ 8. NEC: National Electrical Code 9. IBC:. State of Iowa State Building Code 10. IES: Illuminating Engineering Society C. Reference made to codes and standards shall be interpreted as minimum requirements, here referenced codes and/or standards conflict, the more stringent shall apply. Perform work in excess of codes and standards as indicated by Drawings or Specifications. 1.13 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. The Contractor shall see that all materials, installation and workmanship is performed in accordance with the latest edition of all applicable codes, laws or ordinances of the State of Iowa and all County and local codes, laws and ordinances including Federal and State Environmental Protection Agencies, State Energy codes and Utility Regulatory Agencies. B. All work shall be further performed in accordance with the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the National Electrical Code, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and all such other specific codes as may be referred to in the individual sections of the Specifications. C. Transcription of any part of a standard, code or regulation does not limit compliance to that part. Contractor shall follow the most stringent requirement of all standards, codes, regulations, Drawings and these Specifications. D. If there is a discrepancy between the codes and regulations having jurisdiction over the installation and these specifications, the most stringent requirements shall determine the method or equipment used. E. All changes in the electrical work made after letting of the contract, in order to comply with the applicable codes or requirements of the electrical inspectors, shall be made without additional cost to The Owner. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 F. If the National Electrical Codes are in conflict with local codes and regulations, the most stringent codes and regulations shall be followed. 1.14 PERMITS, FEES, TAXES AND UTILITY CHARGES A. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor to obtain all permits required for the electrical installation and to pay all charges required for such permits. B. The Electrical Contractor shall pay all fees and taxes imposed by State, Municipal and other bodies. C. If others do certain electrical work, such as a utility company or a municipality, all charges for such work shall be paid by the Electrical Contractor. D. All charges made by electrical inspections shall be paid by the Electrical Contractor. 1.15 ACTIVE SERVICES A. When encountered in work, active electric, steam, water, gas and sewer services shall be protected against damage due to construction work. If active services are encountered which require relocations, make request to proper authorities for determinations of procedure. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. The work is to be done in a distribution panel that serves circuits outside the area of the Contract, the operation of the panel ,,.~ shall not be disturbed without previous authorization for each interruption. `- ,__,,1.1f:USE O~ISREMI$ES t.. .. a. -~ ~' ~ j~ i -~ `~ '~-i ~. The `ctrical Contractor shall confine all apparatus, storage of materials and construction to _. ~ ~.a areas~s directed by the Architect and he shall not encumber the premises with his materials. ~LL _ _ ~', Tfe~d~ctrical Contractor will be held responsible for repairs, patching or cleaning arising from - anjrtir~a~thorized use of premises by him. ,_ B~='Notwithstanding any approvals or instructions which must be obtained by the Electrical Contractor from the Architect in connection with use of premises, the responsibility for the safe working conditions at the site shall remain that of the Electrical Contractor. 1.17 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Perform work and provide material and equipment as shown on Drawings and as specified in this Section. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections to provide complete and functional installation. B. Where Drawings or Specifications indicate discrepancies, or are unclear, advise Architect in writing before Award of Contract. Otherwise Architect's interpretation of Contract Documents shall be final. No additional compensation will be approved because of discrepancies or unclarities thus unresolved. C. Provide work specified but not shown on Drawings, and work shown on Drawings but not specified, as though expressly required by both. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIlZEMENTS 260500-6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 D. Where drawings or Specifications do not agree with manufacturer's recommendations, or with applicable codes and standards, alert Architect in writing before installation. Otherwise, make necessary changes in installation as required by Architect within Contract Price. E. Electrical Contract Drawings are diagrammatic, covering the scope of the work and general arrangement of the systems, equipment, conduits, and similar work included in the Contract. These drawings shall be followed in laying out the work included in Contract. 1. Information and components shown on details, riser diagrams and similar but not on plans, and vice versa, shall apply or shall be provided as though expressly required in all parts of the Contract drawings. 2. Because of the nature of the Contract Documents, certain basic items such as conduit fittings, elbows, pull boxes, etc., may not be shown. a. Where such items are required by other sections of the Specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work or by codes and regulations, they shall be furnished and installed. b. Contract Documents require provision of all components and materials necessary for complete and operational electrical installation, whether or not indicated or specified. F. Do not scale Drawings. Scale indicated on Drawings is for establishing reference points only. Actual field conditions shall govern all dimensions. G. Provide items referred to in singular number in Contract Documents in quantities necessary to complete work of this Section. 1.18 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to examine fully the Drawings and Specifications, to take his own measurements where required and to verify dimensions. Rough-in dimensions and locations shall be verified with the Owner or supplier of equipment furnished by others prior to the time of roughing-in. 1. Electrical Contractor shall consult General, Plumbing, Sprinkler and Heating/Ventilating/Air Conditioning Contract Drawings to familiarize himself with that work and to verify the spaces in which it will be installed. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements these changes shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. 1.19 COOPERATION AND WORK PROGRESS C> ., ,. _. .> ~ _- . A. Perform work so that progress of project, including work of other Sections is not delayed. .__ ,-, ,, r, B. The Contractor shall examine fully the Plans and Specifications of other contractor~on the jib to `~---~ coordinate the installation of his work with that of the Other Contractors and s~t1 contractors employed on the project. The Contractor shall remove and reinstall at his own cow, equiprl"ient that was installed without prior coordination with other trades. The Architect reserves the rigrh"t to determine space priority in the event of interference between equipment to be installed by the various trades and contractors. No extras will be allowed to the Electrical Contractor for removing and reinstalling equipment in order to make space available for another contractors equipment. C. Coordinate work of this Division with work of other Divisions to complete work as soon as conditions permit and minimize interruptions of building functions. Assume additional costs incurred due to lack of or improper coordination with work of other Sections. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 D. Remove waste material promptly from premises. Store material and equipment in dry location, in neat and orderly fashion. Ensure adequate security for electrical material and equipment stored at job. E. Obtain detailed information from manufacturer of equipment provided under this Division as to proper methods of installation. F. Coordinate exact mounting arrangement and location of equipment shown on Drawings. Allow for proper space requirements for equipment access, operation and maintenance. Particular attention shall be given to group installations. If insufficient space or conflict with work of other Sections will prevent proper installation, access, operation or maintenance of shown equipment, immediately notify Architect and do not proceed with this part of Contract work until directed by Architect. G. Coordinate delivery of electrical equipment to project prior to installation. Such equipment stored for extended period of time prior to installation may be subject to rejection by Architect. 1.20 CONFLICTS A. Conflicts between the Plans and Specifications or between requirements for the various trades shall be called to the~attention of the Engineer. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor has submitted his bid in conformance with the Plans and Specifications as issued. 1.21 RECORD DRAWINGS ~~ ! , P. The. Contractor shall maintain one complete set of prints of Contract Drawings at job site at all `' tiri~s. ~turing construction. As work progresses mark changes made, whether resulting from r"~~, .`~: Aad~~da, formal change orders or other instructions issued by Architect. Mark exact locations `~"~ ` of major conduits under floors or concealed in other inaccessible construction. Additionally -- various__Jocations of panels, fixtures, apparatus and associated appurtenances as erected. ` " -~ `. ''.,Record,panel circuits as connected. ~~-~--~- -- ~1. ``R~ord drawings shall be maintained in a good, legible condition during the entire ` .=. Cpritract. B. ~` At completion of work the Contractor shall transfer the "As built information to a clean set of contract prints and forward the Record Drawings, to the Architect showing all work as actually installed, including DIMENSIONED location of direct burial cable and underground conduit beyond limits of building. 1. All record drawings shall be signed by the Contractor and shall be indicated as "As Built Drawings". PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS A. Lay-in Ceilings: 1. Removable lay-in ceiling tiles in 2 x 2 foot or 2 x 4 foot configuration provided under other divisions are sufficient; no additional access provisions are required unless specifically indicated. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIlZEMENTS 260500-8 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2.02 IDENTIFICATION AND TAGGING 06.096 A. Wire Markers 1. Every ungrounded conductor shall be marked at both ends and at every point where a tap connection is made. Use permanent wire markers to indicate the panel circuit number feeding the wire. It is recommended that the panel designation also be included in the mark. 2. Wire markers shall be used so that it will be possible. to identify the panel circuit serving every lighting fixture, receptacle, electrical device or equipment from the marks in the wires feeding them. Wire markers shall be included in the schedule of materials. 2.03 SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY A. All elements of the electrical system shall withstand, without damage or permanent deformation, the mechanical and thermal stresses produced by a short circuit at the point they are connected, without considering current limiting fuses. All switchboard, panel and distribution buses shall be braced to withstand such stresses. All interrupting devices shall be capable of opening without damage on a fault of such size. Available short circuit capacity is indicated on Drawings; ~i#-,none is indicated, the available short circuit current is less than 10,000 A and equipmee~for thigr~ting shall be provided. C ' , r -~ 2.04 SEALING AND FIRESTOPPING _--, ~- A. FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PENETRATIONS: ~ - ~ "" 1. Manufacturers: ~= •~' `• \_ a. 3M ~ b. STI/SpecSeal ~ ~~ c. Tremco d. Hilti e. Or Approved Equal 2. All firestopping systems shall be by the same manufacturer. 3. Submittals: a. Contractor shall submit product data for each firestop system. Submittals shall include product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria, test data, MSDS sheets, installation details and procedures for each method of installation applicable to this project. For non-standard conditions where no UL tested system exists, submit manufacturer's drawings for UL system with known performance for which an engineering judgment can be based upon. 4. Product: a. Firestop systems shall be UL listed or tested by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Department of Commerce. 5. Use a product that has a rating not less than the rating of the wall or floor being penetrated. Reference architectural drawings for identification of fire and/or smoke rated walls and floors. 6. Contractor shall use firestop putty, caulk sealant, intumescent wrapstrips, intumescent firestop collars, firestop mortar or a combination of these products to provide a UL listed system for each application required for this project. Provide mineral wool backing where specified in manufacturer's application detail. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-9 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING 06.096 A. The Electrical Contractor is responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching as required for the proper installation of his work, such that its several parts come together properly and fit in to, receive, or be received by work of other contractors shown upon or implied by, drawings and specifications for the completed structure, and he shall make good after them and shall carefully fit around, close up, repair or patch and point up such as the Architect may direct. B. All holes required for the electrical work shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or in this specification. Holes shall be neatly cut with any damage to the building repaired and repainted. C. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work by Contractor shall be born by him. ~•'Q.. The ~E~bntractors shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the " : wor}c~nd he shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor, in each case, except with the `~'' c rrs~r~ of the Architect. P ~~_ . ~I - :. 1 i ~_.a ~ The Contractor shall not cut existing beams, joists, footings, columns or any structural ', ~-member without authorization from the Architect. ., . _, _ -37:02 DAMAGE 7U OTHER WORK A;~--The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible and shall pay for all damages caused by his work to the building, equipment, piping ductwork and similar and all work and finishes installed under the General, HVAC, Sprinkler, and Refrigeration construction contracts and all work and finishes by such other specialty Contractors for such work as decor, shelving and fixturing, signs and similar. Repair of such damage shall be done at the expense of the Electrical Contractor to the Architects and Engineer's satisfaction. 3.03 PAINTING AND FINISHING A. No field painting or finishing is to be included under this Contract. B. Shop painting shall be as specified under the specific section or item of equipment for which shop painting and/or finishing is required. 3.04 MAINTENANCE OF SITE A. The site shall be kept orderly and clean of debris at all times during the construction. Storing of materials shall be in accordance with the wishes of the Owner, in areas designated for that purpose. At the conclusion of the construction the site shall be cleaned thoroughly of all rubble, debris and unused materials and shall be left in good order. All tunnels or closed off spaces shall be cleaned before closing. B. Where the final connection of equipment in the building forces the Electrical Contractor to work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, or in existing construction where no other Contractor is to perform work, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible that the finish of such areas is not marred, soiled or otherwise injured during the course of such work. This BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-10 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for the patching and refinishing of such areas, which may be damaged in this manner. 3.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Test all circuits, feeders and equipment and prove free of improper grounds, opens or shorts. Electrical Contractor shall test that each receptacle installed under this Contract has an operative ground. Similar tests shall be made to insure that each panel, switch and equipment enclosure is properly grounded. B. Electrical Contractor shall perform all tests indicated on Drawings and in the individual sections of the Specifications. 3.06 FIRE STOPPING A. Where conduits, wireways, and other electrical raceways pass through fire partitions, fire walls, or floors, install afire-stop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases. Fire-stop material shall be packed tight and completely fill clearances between raceways and openings. Floor, exterior wall, and roof seals shall also be made watertight.Fire-stopping material B. shall maintain its dimension and integrity while preventing the passage of flame, smoke, and gases under conditions of installation and user when exposed to the ASTM E119 time- temperature curve for a time period equivalent to the rating of the assembly penetrated. Cotton waste shall not ignite when placed in contact with the non-fire side during the test. Fire-stopping material shall be noncombustible as defined by ASTM E136; and in addition for insulation materials, melt point shall be a minimum of 1700^F for 1 hour protection and 1850C7F for 2-hour protection. 3.07 EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS A. The electrical Contractor shall install and connect all equipment provided by others as shown on Plans. B. The Electrical Contractor shall verify that all materials and equipment provided by others to be installed under this Contract satisfy all electrical codes and regulations and these Specifications, before making any connections to them. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 260500-11 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 260519 -WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Electrical Contractor shall provide all necessary wire in conduit to each receptacle, light fixture, motor, panelboard, disconnect switch or other wiring device shown on the plans. Circuiting shall be as noted on the drawings. Conduit shall be as required by Section 16111 of the specifications. Wire shall be sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code except minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for power and #14 AWG for control. Where smaller or larger sizes are indicated on the drawings or specifications, the indicated size shall be provided. B. The number and size of conductors in any conduit shall not exceed that permitted by the National Electrical Code to provide proper heat dissipation and allow ready installation and withdrav~f of conductors with out damage to the conductors, or their insulation. _ _ _. -,, 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS ~ ~= A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. _,1~ _. ~-:-,, B. Conductor sizes are based on copper. -' ~. ..~~ C. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route ire and cable as required meeting Project Conditions. D. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING AND CONDUCTORS A. Except as otherwise noted in this Specification or on the Drawings all conductors shall be for 600 volt rated. 1. All conductors shall be soft drawn copper. 2. Size as indicated on drawings or as required by Code, except no. 12 AWG minimum, and as indicated below. a. Where length from panel to center of load exceeds 75 ft. the minimum size shall be sized for 3% or less voltage drop. b. Where length from panel to the furthest outlet exceeds 160 ft. the minimum size shall be sized to maintain 3% or less voltage drop. c. The branch circuit voltage drop shall not exceed 3%. d. Maximum current draw on any lighting circuit shall be 15 amperes. B. Conductor sizes #14 AWG through #6 AWG conductors shall be NEC type THHN, THWN, RHW, or better, moisture resistant, thermoplastic covered copper wire. WIRE AND CABLE 260519-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 C. Where the light fixture is used as a wireway for circuit conductors, NEC type RHW-2, THHN, or XHHW-2 insulation shall be used. D. Service entrance feeders and conductors #4 AWG or larger shall be type THWN, XHHW, or as indicated on the Drawings. E. All conductors shall be stranded copper wire, #10 AWG and smaller may be solid copper. Color code all 208/3-phase volt wiring using black for phase A, red for phase B, blue for phase C, white for neutral and green for equipment ground. Color code all 480/3-phase volt brown for phase A, orange for phase B, yellow for phase C, gray for neutral, and green for equipment ground. A green ground shall be pulled in every conduit. See Grounding. F. Wiring for 50 volt and less shall be insulated in accordance with the type allowed in the National Electric Code. G. The following wiring methods and materials are not approved: 1. Flat conductor Cable Type FCC Cable 2, Mineral-Insulated, Metal Sheathed Cable Type MI Cable 3. Electrical Non-metallic-Tubing 4. Armored Cable Type AC Cable 5. Non-metallic Sheathed Cable Types NM and NMC Cable 6. Underground Feeder Cable Type OF Cable 2.02 MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM A. Furnish and install all components required for a totally integrated and operating re-locatable branch wiring system. The System shall begin with the plug module and extend to lighting fixtures, all as specified here and as indicated on the drawings. All J-boxes associated with the plug module shall be 4-11/16" x 2-1/8" deep where indicated on the schedule. Furnish lighting fixtures with proper components to allow interfacing of these items with the flexible wiring system. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings of all components to be used. C. Basic System: 1. The System shall be supplied in accordance with ARTICLE 604 of the N.E.C. and shall ~, ~`'' `=~ be U.L. Listed. ~~ ~.-~ All wires used in the system shall be No. 12 AWG 600V, 90°C insulated, except and only '_ ~ '~=~~~~~ for insulated wires inside a lighting fixture which may be No. 18 AWG 90°C. `~ ~ ~:~, ~ All wires shall comply with N.E.C. color coding requirements. The ground wire '~_- ~, ,,.. ~ ->~~shall be either bare or insulated No. 12 AWG copper. ~...r, _,.., ~~.~ 4:~- y'`The System shall be totally integrated; conduit and wire shall not be required as part of ~~ t-^ ' ~#~e system. Where local authorities restrict the use of the system in partitions and the .~."` =~ ~e, proper interfacing components shall be a part of this system. ~;~.~, 5. a System shall contain pin and socket contacts. `~-~6. The System shall be keyed to guarantee that no interconnection can occur between different voltages and that no connection can occur between devices not intended to be connected. This keying system shall be permanent and difficult to defeat. 7. The System shall have the capability of 5 wires (including a 12 AWG copper ground wire). 8. All components must meet U.L. requirements for connecting and disconnecting under load and be U.L. Listed as such. 9. The System shall consist of, but not be limited to, the four (4) basic components: WIlZE AND CABLE 260519-2 Senior Center ADA Restrobm Renovation 06.096 Plug (CM) 1) The plug Module "converts" conventional wiring into flexible modular wiring; install in a 4-1 1/16" x 2-1/8" deep J-box. 2) Plug module receptacles shall have for each contact point No. 12 AWG, color coding wires stripped 5/8". 3) The quantity and types of conversion modules shall be Lithonia E42 with 2 circuits per receptacle. Receptacles for Lighting Fixture: 1) Receptacles for lighting fixtures shall have 105 No. 18 AWG wires stripped 5/8" from eash contact point. 2) These receptacles shall be furnished to the suxxessful fixture manufacturer at no cost to him for his installation into the fixture. 3) The receptacles shall be rated for 277 volt, the quantity and types of receptacles shall be as required by the electrical circuitry and fixtures on the contract drawings. c. Modular Fixture Whips: 1) The Modular Fixture Whip is a cable set that, on one end, has a standard cable head while on the other end, has a combination cable had/snap-in module. 2) The Modular Fixture Whip shall contain No. 12 AWG, from one end of the cable to the other, while the wires from the cable head/snap-in module to the fixture should be No. 18 AWG, 105C and shall terminate in a polarized quick-connect fitting. 3) The Modular Fixture Whip-cable head/snap-in module shall be designed to snap into a standard 1/2" K.O. 4) The Modular Fixture Whip shall fit into a maximum installed clearance from the fixture of approximately 1 -1/2". 5) Modular Fixture Whips indicated on the contract drawings shall be Lithonia relock MSC 277 E12 U20 2 circuit 20' long circuits. Shall connect alternately to fixtures as indicated on the drawings. d. Splices: 1) Splice units shall be capable of interconnecting three Modular Fixture Whips as indicated on the drawings and shall accept the standard cable head/snap-in module and shall be of equal to the cable. 2) Splices shall be Lithonia relock SP 277 E2. All components of the Modular Wiring System shall be Lithonia relock system 840 and shall be installed in complete conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and shall provide all necessary accessories and associated conduit, junction boxes, wire and labor required. f, ~~ ._ PART 3 -EXECUTION - f r.~ _~~ ,; -- 3.01 GENERAL WIRING METHODS `"' i A. Conductor shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, and no splices shall be made-~>cc,~pt Wi#hin outlet or junction boxes. ---' ~' 1= c,~ B. Insulated, pressure type wire connectors shall be used for all splices. Soldered joints insulated with tape will not be permitted. WIlZE AND CABLE 260519-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 1. Connections with #8 AWG and smaller wire may be made to binding post or screw terminal. 2. Connections of wire larger than #8 AWG shall be made with copper, pressure type, bolted terminal lugs. 3. Submit conductor, connector and terminal characteristics with the schedule of materials. Include manufacturer and type. C. All wire shall be carefully pulled into the conduit so that the insulation will not be damaged. D. Care shall be taken so that such long pulls of wire or pulls around several conduit bends are not made where the wire may be permanently stretched and the insulation damaged. E. Care shall be taken at all splices and taps to see that insulation is not damaged. F. Splices and taps shall be made only in junction boxes, pull boxes, or outlet boxes. G. All conductors in vertical runs shall be supported from the conduit or raceway as required by Article 300, National Electrical Code. Provide pull boxes as required. H. All wire shall be delivered to the job in complete coils, with the manufacturer's name and approval tags indicating wire size and type of insulation fastened to same. Wire size, grade of insulation and manufacturer's name shall be marked on the finish at regular intervals. I. All branch circuit conductors, including neutral, shall be tagged with the circuit number at the termination points. J. Green colored conductors shall be used for equipment grounding only. K. When necessary to use a lubricant for pulling conductors, lubricant must be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, and be of such consistency that it will leave no obstruction or tackiness that will prevent pulling out old wires or pulling in new wires, or additional wires. Lubricant in steel conduit shall be Ideal "Wire Lube", "EZ-Pull", or an approved equal. 3.02 TESTING A. All wiring shall be tested for open and short circuits, grounds and for adequate insulation resistance between conductors and ground. Test all motors for proper rotation. WIRE AND CABLE 260519-4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 260526 -GROUNDING AND BONDING PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide a grounding system as indicated on Drawings and as herein specified. Ground all raceways, junction, pull or outlet boxes, cabinets, enclosures, motor cases, machine frames, lighting fixtures, metallic structures, electrical equipment, or other conductive items in proximity to electrical circuits such that they operate continuously at a ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. Connect the ground terminal of every receptacle to the ground system by NEC approved methods. 1. Grounding shall be through the conduit system or a separate green equipment ground if so indicated on the Drawings. 2. System shall meet the requirements of all local codes as well as the latest edition of the NEC and IEEE standard 142. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code B. ANSI/IEEE 142 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial/Commercial Power Systems 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ~~'' i .~. A. Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms maximum at building service entrance. '-=_ !_ _ ; ,~ - -- PART 2 -PRODUCTS ~-- f: _; -~ f - .~ ,~" 2.01 GROUND CONDUCTORS `- "' y' .~' A. Green grounding conductors in conduit, when shown on the drawings or as required by this specification, shall be as specified for wire and cables under 600 volt Section 16123 of this division of work. B. When allowed by this specification, The NEC and Local Codes rigid galvanized conduit, IMC conduit and EMT conduit may be used as a grounding path. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Provide a separate green insulated equipment grounding conductor from each single or three phase feeder and each branch circuit. Install grounding conductor in common conduit with related phase or neutral conductors or both. Parallel feeders installed in more than one raceway GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526-I Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 shall have individual full size green insulated equipment ground conductors in each parallel conduit. B. Provide green insulated equipment ground in the same raceway with associated phase conductors, as follows: 1. From ground terminals of receptacles to 10-32 washer-in -head outlet box machine screw. Receptacles with special cast boxes and factory designed and approved ground paths do not require separate green ground jumper. 2.. From 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in ceiling outlet box through flexible metallic conduit to ground terminal in light fixture or other ceiling mounted electrical equipment. 3. From 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in ceiling outlet box or junction box through flexible metallic conduit to 10-32 washer-in-head in switch or outlet box in movable partitions. 4. From 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in junction box or disconnect stitch through flexible metallic conduit to ground terminal in connection box mounted on single phase fractional horsepower motor. 5. From equipment ground bus in Panelboards, switchboards, through conduit to motor disconnect and/or starter and through flexible metallic conduit to ground terminal in connection box mounted on three phase motors. Ground conductors to motors with separate starters and disconnects shall be bonded to each starter and disconnect device enclosure. C. Provide green ground conductor in all non-metallic conduits or ducts, unless otherwise specified. D. Provide green ground conductor in all flexible metallic conduits, unless otherwise specified. END OF SECTION GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 ram„ C : '`j '`~ SECTION 260533 -CONDUITS AND BOXES ~~ ~ ~' ~~' :y, ~;~ <~ PART1-GENERAL .. rr _ i~ 1.01 SCOPE "" '' =yam A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all required raceways and conduits tubing to each receptacle, light fixture, motor or other wiring device shown on the plans or indicated in the specifications. The Electrical Contractor shall further provide all required, junction boxes, switch boxes, pull and large junction boxes, outlet boxes, cover plates and similar as shown on the drawings or as required. Circuiting shall be as noted on the drawings. B. Conduit shall be of the type indicated in the specifications for each respective use. Sizing shall be in conformance with the National Electric Code, latest edition, except minimum size shall be 1/2" except as otherwise noted on the drawings or specifications. The number and size of conductors in any conduit shall not exceed that permitted by the National Electrical Code to provide proper heat dissipation and allow ready installation and withdrawal of conductors with out damage to the conductors or their insulation. Maximum number of wires in any conduit shall be nine (9), except 1/2" which shall have (4) maximum unless otherwise indicated on plan. Conduit size as shown on the drawings shall not be reduced to suit conductor fill. PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.01 CONDUITS AND TUBING A. All conduit and fittings shall meet the requirements of ANSI Standards C80-1 and C80-3, and be U.L. listed, in accordance with the NEC, and as herein specified. 1. Conduit, fittings, cable, and wireways application table: Service Protective Material Coating/ Fittings Finish All indoor conduit Rigid Steel, IMC or Galvanized Threaded steel malle- except inearth, con- EMT. able iron; or watertight Crete or in damp lo- compression type or cations, 600V and set screw on EMT below. only. Motors and vibrating Flexible metal conduit Galvanized Greenfield or malle- equipmentinstalled (max. 24"). able iron. indoors 600V and below. Metal Clad (MC) cable Metallic sheath of in- Galvanized Greenfield or Malle- whips for indoor light terlocking tape or able iron. fixtures, short runs in smooth corrugated walls, and branch cir- tube with green ground cult home runs of 20 wire. amperes or less. CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. As a minimum, conduit sizes shall be per NEC Tables 3A, 3B and 3C or as shown on plans. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2". Minimum home run conduit size shall be 3/4". Electrical Contractor shall not modify the wiring arrangement without prior approval from the electrical consultant. C. No aluminum conduit shall be used. D. Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Rigid steel conduit shall be galvanized and shall be UL 1242 approved and ANSI approval rating of the best grade. 2. Rigid steel conduit shall be furnished in full 10 foot lengths, with Undenwriter's Label, and standard pipe threads each end. E. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) 1. IMC shall be galvanized and in accordance with U.L. 1242. and ANSI rating. 2. IMC conduit shall be .furnished in full 10 foot lengths, with Underwriter's Label, and standard pipe threads each end. 3. IMC with UL listed threadless watertight fittings shall be approved for use in walk-in coolers or freezers. F. Electrical Metal Tubing (EMT) 1. EMT shall be galvanized or sherardized and shall be in accordance with U.L. 1242 and ANSI rating. G. Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Flexible metal conduit shall be galvanized steel single strip. 2. Flexible steel conduit shall be "Greenfield", "Flexsteel" or equivalent. 3. In addition to that listed above, it may be used for the following, unless otherwise noted on drawings: a. In metal partitions b. Between outlet boxes in hung or furred ceilings, and flush type lighting fixtures and trough units. 4. Maximum allowable lengths shall be 6 feet. H. Metal Clad Cable (Type MC) 1. Metal clad cable shall have metallic sheath of interlocking tape or smooth corrugated tube. 2. Metal clad cable shall be supplied with green grounding conductor. 3. In addition to that listed above, it may be used for the following, unless otherwise noted on drawings: a. Short runs in walls. b. Between outlet boxes in hung or furred ceilings, and flush type lighting fixtures and trough units. c. Connections to equipment in shelving and to cooler/ preparation equipment in individual departments. Shall not be used for any circuit with over a 20 amp circuit `-? `~ breaker. ~~ ~-~; d. Home runs of multi-conductor cable will be allowed. Cabling must be properly -~~ ~ '" supported and comply with the 1996 NEC codes for the installation of type MC cable. ,~= .,°,..a y ,, ~~ e. Shall be approved for branch circuit wiring (under 20 amps only) in ceiling spaces and ~, ` ;y; within walls. Shall not be embedded in concrete. ~•.~' `~ "~} ~. Shall not be used where prohibited by local code. Shall not be run in locations where - ~ ~ -~ exposed to moisture. ~'.i CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS 06.096 A. Conduit fittings shall satisfy the requirements of ANSI Standard C80-4. 1. Where conduit crosses building expansion joints, or in any run over 200 ft., install conduit expansion joint fittings. a. Expansion joints to be telescoping sleeve type, designated for 1/4" maximum expansions, galvanized, vapor tight, with insulating bushing, lead wool packing; Crouse Hinds Type XJ, with copper grounding strap GC 100, and brass strap clamps GC 102, or equivalent. B. Rigid Conduit Fittings 1. Install Erickson coupling by Thomas and Betts Co. or approved equivalent. a. For all conduit unions in straight runs requiring union fitting. b. No running threads permitted. c. No indenter type or set screw type couplings. 2. Provide insulated bushing for all rigid steel conduit entering boxes, cabinets or where indicated on Drawings. a. Bushings are to be made of galvanized malleable iron or plastic with insulating ring as integral part of bushing. 3. Fittings for rigid conduit shall be threaded, unless otherwise specified. 4. Conduit Bends ~ -' a. For normal bends use standard conduit elbows, or equivalent. ~ =: b. For sharp bends on exposed rigid conduit use Crouse Hinds ~p~<iulet`-.:_type _. , - ~.,, - C. IMC Fittings {==f,, ~' ~ ~ ,~'. ~~ 1. Fittings for intermediate metal conduit shall be as specified for rigid conduit =: ~, ~ _ D. EMT Fittings r .~ ~~ ~''~~` 1. Electric metallic tubing shall utilize water tight, compression type threadless figs, st~~4 or malleable iron only. Set screw may be used in concealed or exposed loca ions, not in damp locations, coolers or freezers. 2. Die cast or pressure cast zinc alloy fittings or fittings made of "pot metal" shall not be used. 3. Provide insulated bushing for all rigid steel conduit entering boxes, cabinets or where indicated on Drawings. a. Bushings are to be made of galvanized malleable iron or plastic with insulating ring as integral part of bushing. E. Flexible Steel Conduit Fittings 1. Fittings for flexible steel conduit (Greenfield) shall be steel or malleable iron only and shall be multiple point type, threading into the internal wall of the conduit convolutions and shall not have an insulated throat. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit fittings shall be steel or malleable iron only, shall be of a type incorporating a threaded grounding cone, a steel or plastic compression rings, and a gland for tightening. Connectors shall have insulated throats. 2.03 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: galvanized steel, with stamped knockouts. CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 B. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 3/8 inch male fixture studs where required. C. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. D. Cast Boxes: Cast ferroalloy, or aluminum type deep type, gasketed cover, threaded hubs. 2.04 PULL AND JUCTION BOXES A. Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be minimum 4 inch square (100 mm) by 2 1/8th inches (54 mm) deep for use with 1 inch (25 mm) conduit and smaller. On conduit systems using 1 1/4 inch (31.75 mm) conduit or larger, pull and junction boxes shall be sized per NEC but not less than 4 11/16 inch square (117 mm). B. For telecommunication, fiber optic, security, and other low voltage cable installations the NEC box size requirements shall apply. All boxes, used on telecommunication, security, other low voltage, and fiber optic systems with conduits of 1 1/4" and larger, shall be sized per the NEC conduit requirements. For determining box size, the conduit is the determining factors not the wire size. C. Sheet Metal Boxes: code gauge galvanized steel, screw covers, flanged and spot-welded joints `~ and ~rners. ,.--.; t5' SEe~t Metal Boxes Larger Than 12 Inches (300 mm) in any dimension shall have a hinged cover +---- :.;~ or a~chain installed between box and cover. . ~....1 _~,-.$ ~-,~ Cast lul~tal Boxes for Outdoor and Wet Location Installations: Type 4 and Type 6, flat-flanged, surfacesmounted junction box, UL listed as rain tight. Galvanized cast iron or aluminum box and L .__ _- - ' S- cow wf#h ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. , __ ~-~ -:+ F~~~Fiberglass or Concrete Handholes with weatherproof cover of non-skid finish shall be used for underground installations. G. Box extensions and adjacent boxes within 48" of each other are not allowed for the purpose of creating more wire capacity. H. Junction boxes 6" x 6" or larger size shall be without stamped knockouts. I. Wireways shall not be used in lieu of junction boxes. PART 3 -INSTALLATION 3.01 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Rigid steel, intermediate metal conduit, and electric metallic tubing systems shall be installed in accordance with the NEC, U.L., and local codes. B. Sleeves shall be provided where conduit passes through concrete. Sleeves shall be 22 gauge galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints and shall extend 1"beyond concrete surface. C. All conduit shall be run parallel or perpendicular to the building construction, walls, structural members or intersections of walls and ceilings, and shall be fastened in place by means of the CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-4 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 correct size of one hole galvanized pipe clamps, where concealed only. Where exposed, two hole galvanized pipe straps, mineral ac conduit hangers, trapeze hangers, or by other means if called for on the drawings. 1. All conduit shall be securely joined together. 2. Brackets and hangers shall be unistrut or equal. Do not suspend raceways from water or other piping or ductwork. D. Conduit shall be concealed within walls and floors where possible and shall be kept more than 6" from parallel runs of flues or hot water pipes. E. Conduit in finished areas shall be concealed in floors, walls or above ceilings. Routing shall be by the most convenient means except where a specific routing is shown on the drawings. 1. Conduit installed above an accessible ceiling shall be installed as though it were exposed. F. Exposed runs shall have supports not more than 7' apart within 3' of outlet or as required by NEC or applicable local codes. _. ~- i_ ) G. Conduit Support 1. :" .~ 1. Do not support conduit from the boxes. _ 2. Tighten conduit locknut after box and conduit have been secured in place. ~ _ ~,~: 3. No conduit shall be welded; use approved beam or conduit clamps as required:. ; ~ ~; ~ 4. Plug all unused knockouts with approved fittings. H. All fittings, fasteners, straps, etc. must be galvanized steel. No black metal Cady ty~e?ciips wijl be permitted. Straps must be bolt-on type. Snap-on type- straps will not be permitted.°==- ;- y> ~- I. Rigid nonmetallic conduit, where allowed by this Specification, shall be installed with green internal insulated ground conductor which shall be solidly connected to the building ground system. J. The conduit system shall be complete to each outlet, shall be securely locked together mechanically and electrically. K. The conduit system shall be grounded in compliance with the NEC and a green ground conductor in every conduit. L. Bends and offsets shall be avoided where possible but where necessary they shall be made with hickey or conduit bending machine, min. bend radius per NEC. M. Conduit or tubing which has been crushed or deformed in any way shall not be installed. N. All conduit shall have the ends reamed to remove burrs before installing. O. Bushing are to be made of galvanized malleable iron or plastic with insulating ring as integral part of bushing. P. Concealed conduit shall be installed and properly supported so as not to be damaged or allowed to sag during the placing of concrete, brick, the or in an exterior wall, it shall be sloped to the outlet boxes for drainage. Q. Two locknut and one bushing shall be used wherever a rigid conduit terminates in a junction box, outlet box, switch, circuit breakers etc. CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-5 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 R. Ends of underground conduit shall be sealed tight against entrance of water, dirt, etc., with a cable terminator, approved UL antiseize compound type CRC as manufactured by O-Z Gedney or equivalent. S. All conduits entering a building shall be sealed at the wall penetrations with a conduit entrance seat, type FSK as manufactured by O-Z Gedney or equivalent. Low temp perms SLM. T. Flexible Conduit 1. No flexible conduit run shall be longer than 6' supported at 4' intervals and within a foot of each end, for light fixture only. U. Outlet Boxes 1. Boxes to be as required for the specific service and flush mounted unless otherwise specified. 2. Boxes shall be set plumb, level and shall be firmly secured in position with face of box flush with finished wall or ceilings. 3. Support boxes and conduit independently of each other. 4. Conduit shall enter box squarely and shall be secured by means of locknut on outside and bushing as required inside. a. Locknuts and bushings shall be galvanized. b. Tighten conduit locknuts after conduit and box have been secured in place. c. Remove only knockouts which are required for connection of conduit. ~,..~ 5. Outlet boxes shall be mounted with bottom of the box as indicated on the Drawings. .__. "t a. Outlet boxes in masonry walls shall be placed with bottom on nearest masonry ;; joint or as directed. r~--<. ~ ~ ~ -~-' b. Where structural members or equipment interfere with the mounting height, outlets ~ , = shall be set as near as possible to heights given. ... ' - -- ~' 6:~- ``-Mount floor box with plate flush and level with finished floor. ~_ ±_ '. 7!-- :__~SPI reserves the right to relocate any device 15 feet prior to rough-in without any `-~' "~~dditional charge. ~. .,, _._ _~~ 3.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide pull or junction boxes where indicated or required to facilitate pulling of wire. 1. Pull boxes shall be provided at least every 150' of run and shall be installed in an accessible location. 2. Boxes shall not be located in finished occupied rooms, unless approved by the Engineer. 3. Support boxes and conduit independently of each other. 4. Junction boxes and outlet boxes shall be securely fastened in place with provisions for hanging other items from them as required. 5. Three home run conduits through the junction or pullbox maximum. 6. All junction and pull boxes located above the suspended lay-in ceiling to be mounted (minimum) one foot above the ceiling line, in an accessible location, and supported from building structural member or barjoists. B.. For concealed wiring make boxes flush with wall and make box covers accessible and easily removable without disturbing the room finish. Boxes shall have no openings except those through which conduits pass. C. Large Junction Boxes 1. Large junction boxes shall be constructed from steel in the following gauges: Box Size Minimum Steel Gauge CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-6 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 Up to 18" x 18" x 8" 14 2. Covers shall be fastened with sheet metal screws or bolts or hinged unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3.03 COVER PLATES A. Junction boxes, pull boxes and nonstandard outlet boxes shall be provided with painted No. 12 gauge galvanized steel, beveled edge, blank cover plates fastened with countersunk flat head screws. B. over plates for flush mounted boxes shall overlap box 1/2" around perimeter. C. Make cover plates on exterior outlet and junction boxes watertight with gasket and screws. 1. Cover plates for weatherproof receptacles shall be Hubbell 5206W0 cast aluminum or equivalent. 2. Weatherproof switch cover plate shall be Hubbell #7420. D. Each wiring device shall be provided with a 302 stainless steel Pass & Seymor SN cover plate. 1. Screw heads shall match the plates. 2. Provide gang plates for grouped switches. 3. All plates shall comply with NEMA Standards WD1-1979. E. Provide engraved plates where indicated on Drawings receptacles and Hubbell S2925 or equivalent for other devices, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 1. Engrave floor box covers where indicated on Drawings. 3.04 MOUNTING HEIGHTS -Bottom of Box A. All areas unless otherwise noted. Switches - 48" Wall Receptacles - 48" Height above counter - 6" ~-.. , B. In office areas. - Switches - 48" ~-'' ~ -' Wall Receptacles - 18" _ _ . -- Height above counter - 6" - , ; - -~ ~.. ; _ _ _.._ - ~ END OF SECTION ~ .-,- ~' r__`_. •1 _. .... ._. .a- CONDUITS, TUBING, AND ACCESSORIES 260533-7 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 260553 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART1-GENERAL 1.01 INTRODUCTION A. This section describes the products and execution requirements relating to labeling of power, lighting, general wiring, signal, fire alarm, and telecommunications wire and cabling. Further, this section includes labeling of all terminations and related sub-systems, including but not limited to nameplates, stenciling, wire and cable marker labeling of all backbone fiber optic (inter-building, tie & riser) cables, terminating equipment and labeling of inner duct (fiber optic ). PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Labels: All labels shall be permanent, and machine generated. NO HANDWRITTEN OR NON- PERMANENT LABELS ARE ALLOWED. B. Label size shall be appropriate for the conductor or cable size(s), outlet faceplate layout and patch panel design. All labels shall be self-laminating, white/transparent vinyl and be wrapped around the cable or sheath. Flag type labels are not allowed. The labels shall be of adequate size to accommodate the circumference of the cable being labeled and properly self-laminate over the full extent of the printed area of the label. C. Tape (phase identification only): Scotch #35 tape in appropriate colors for system voltage and phase. D. Adhesive type labels not permitted except for phase and wire identification. °- C_, `_. -. PART 3 -EXECUTION ~`~ , ~ ~ ^ _'_~ r.., ~ ~-,, - - ,_ _ f 3.01 GENERAL _ ;~ - __ .. _. ~~ . A. Where mixed voltages are used in one building (e.g. 4160 volt, 480 volt, 208 volt)=each switch, switchboard, junction box, equipment, etc., on each system must be labeled fe~r'voltag~-in addition to other requirements listed herein. B. All branch circuit and power panels must be identified with the same symbol used in circuit directory in main distribution center. C. Clean all surfaces before attaching labels with the label manufacturer's recommended cleaning agent. D. Install all labels firmly as recommended by the label manufacturer. E. Labels shall be installed plumb and neatly on all equipment. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 F. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws, or rivets. Secure nameplate to inside of recessed panelboards in finished locations. G. Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application. 3.02 PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES A. Typed directories for panels must be covered with clear plastic, have a metal frame. Room number on directories shall be Owner's numbers, not Plan numbers unless Owner so specifies. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 SECTION 265113 -INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all lighting fixtures, equipment, components, wire and conduit necessary for a complete building lighting system, wired and assembled where shown on the drawings. 1. Lighting fixtures shall be of the type, manufacturer and model number indicated in the Light Fixture Schedule on the Drawings and as herein specified. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1, General Conditions of the Contract, and Section 16010. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIAL ~_ ~' ~ :... A. Provide ten (10) percent of each lamp type, but not less than one (1) of each type; ;- , ~` .. _._.. -, , .__ _. PART 2 -PRODUCTS `~" ~ " ~~ -~~` 'C ti . f,l L'~% 2.01 GENERAL ~-" ' _~~. ~' .. A. All lighting fixtures shall be UL listed and approved. All fixtures shall be furnished complete with sockets, internal wiring, trim, hangers, ballasts, lamps and similar. B. Lay-in and Recessed Fixtures: 1. Recessed fixtures shall be provided with gaskets, so designed and installed that they will completely eliminate leakage of light between flange and construction. 2. Lay-in recessed fixtures in grid type ceilings shall be hung from floor or roof structure using wire hangers, such that the lighting fixture only rest on the ceiling grid and the weight of the fixture is carried by the hangers. 3. Provide plaster frames for all recessed fixtures located in plaster or gypsum board ceilings whether or not shown of fixture schedule. 4. The Electrical Contractor shall verify with the General Contractor the types of ceiling suspension systems, which will be used in the various spaces of the building before ordering fixtures. C. internal fixture wiring shall be single conductor stranded copper NEC type and shall not be less than 18 AWG. All stranded wires shall have ends soldered before connection to screw terminals. All sockets shall be so wired that outer shell is connected to neutral or grounded conductor: D. When indicated on the lighting schedule, lighting fixtures shall be provided with a modular wiring system plug. INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES 265113-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 2.02 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES 06.096 A. All fluorescent lighting fixtures shall satisfy NEMA standards LE1-1974 as currently revised. B. Fixture housing shall be Die Formed from 20 gauge Cold Rolled Steel with Die Embossed Reflector for added rigidity. Finished by five (5) Stage Iron Phosphate Process with 90~ reflectivity. C. Wiring shall be continuous from splice in outlet box to lampholder or ballast and from ballast to lampholder, and shall be according to latest National Electrical Code requirements. D. Pull chain or canopy switches shall not be used unless specified on the drawings. E. Recessed units shall have reflectors or frames and fastenings suitable for the type of ceiling being used. F. All diffusers, when required, shall be 1/8" virgin acrylic, except where other diffuser materials are indicated on the drawings and shall be left in first class condition. G. Fixtures shall be constructed of a rust-proof heavy gauge steel with baked-on enamel finish. H. Aluminum frames and flanges shall be used where noted on the drawings 2.03 LAMPS AND BALLASTS A. Contractor shall provide all lamps required for the lighting fixtures. All lamps shall be GE, Sylvania or Philips. B. Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shall be for the voltage indicated on the drawings, UL class P, high power factor, energy saving leakproof, smokeproof, ETL-CBM labeled, sound rating A unless otherwise indicated on drawings and schedules. ~ R? 1~-~ When indicated on the Lighting Fixture Schedule, fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with -° ~ `.electronic ballasts. ~` , ' ~= ~- `"'2:e .Electronic ballasts shall be for the voltage indicated on the drawings and shall be UL listed ,_ .__ '"`' - and approved, solid state, sinusoidal electronic ballasts. Electronic ballasts shall be high ' - t...power factor, FCC certified under Part 18-15J. t' '~ -- ~ ;_ ~. Electronic Ballasts shall provide flicker free operation with cathode heat cutback and ~~ -- s :~ .r transient protection, and shall have no EMI\RFI interference. ~.!~. == .:- ~~: All ballasts shall conform to Federal Ballast Efficace standards. (Public Law 100357) ~~ Include the characteristics of all lamps and ballasts in the schedule of materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Lighting fixtures shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. 1. Rectangular fixtures shall be mounted with sides parallel or perpendicular to the walls. 2. Mounting height, quantity and location of all lighting fixtures shall be determined from Architectural Ceiling plans and elevations. INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES 265113-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 a. Coordinate the mounting of lighting fixtures in ceilings with the Architectural Drawings, the Ceiling Sub-contractor, HVAC, Plumbing, and Fire Protection Contractors. b. The Electrical Contractor will be responsible for any additional cost incurred as a result of his failure to make such coordination. c. Where job conditions require locations different from those shown to avoid equipment and similar, such changes shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. B. All Lighting Fixtures shall be supported from the building structure above and shall not be suspended from ducts, piping, equipment ceiling support systems and similar and as herein specified. C. All special fittings and materials required to support fixtures shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor, as well as supports required to secure surface or pendant mounted fixtures on structural or suspended ceilings. D. Wiring: 1. Splices shall be made with approved solderless connectors. 2. Splices shall not be made in stems. 3. Ground all lighting fixtures thoroughly to conduit system. E. Fixtures, after installation, shall test free of grounds, short circuits and shall have insulation between conductors and ground as required by NEC. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Align luminaires and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of Work. Clean paint splatters, dirt, and debris from installed luminaires. B. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated on Drawings or as directed by the A/E. C. Touch up luminaire finish at completion of work. END OF SECTION ~=~, ,.. 4:.: ~___, ~- ~_ , .. =; - :_ _ .._ ~, ~~, t - _. INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES 265113-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation SECTION 283146 -FIRE ALARM DETECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDES A. Providing and installing an intelligent, fully-addressable fire alarm and detection system. B. Documentation and maintenance of equipment. 1.02 DRAWINGS 06.096 A. The locations and spacing of alarm initiating devices indicated on the Drawings are approximate. The equipment supplier shall verify device requirements and spacing, and shall add devices as required to satisfy governing authorities. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Division 26 -Electrical. 1.04 REFERENCES A. International Fire Code ~_.~, ="> ~___, --. t" ___- ~~~./ ` ._> ~_ ~' ~- r -: r~-, ,t B. ANSI/NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm Code. C. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). D. ANSI/NFPA 13 -Installation of Sprinkler System. E. ANSI/NFPA 80 -Fire Doors and Fire Windows. F. ANSI/NFPA 90A -Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. G. Iowa Administrative Code. H. Uniform Building Code (UBC). 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ~, ,, A. Installer: Company specializing in alarm and detection systems with five years' documented experience in the installation and maintenance of security alarm systems. B. Commissioning of a system or systems specified in this section is part of the construction process. Documentation and testing of these systems, as well as training of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel is require in cooperation with the Owner's Representative and the Commissioning Agent. Project closeout is dependent on successful completion of all commissioning procedures, documentation, and issue closure. Refer to Section 01810, Commissioning, for detailed commissioning requirements. 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS FIRE ALARM DETECTION 283146-1 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 06.096 A. Submit under the provisions of the GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. B. Record drawings shall be provided to the Fire Safety Department a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the partial or final inspection. Indicate the following: 1. Alarm initiation devices with addresses. 2. Alarm signal devices w/module location/address and circuit number. 3. Door holder and smoke dampers with module location/address. 4. Air handling units with module location/address. 5. Junction and pull boxes. 6. Layout of conduit. 7. 120 VAC power source for control panel, door holders, and fire/smoke dampers. 8. Location of all field device modules and "end of line resistors." 9. Calculations for voltage drop on circuits, battery and audio amplifier sizing. C. Record drawings shall be updated and re-submitted after all testing and check-out has been competed and accepted, and shall include any corrections and/or changes made during final inspection. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ~.a~ ~4. S~mit under provisions of the GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. ~;', ,,~ - !"w' ,-B. '~ 0~2ration Data: Include operational instructions including programmed data and sequence of -operation. "s _ ~-- ~~; `M~a rPenance Data: Include maintenance and repair procedures, instructions and data from -_:. ~,.~ ~_s ,Program Data: All data including factory and on-site programming. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Partial. Occupancy by Owner: The contractor will be compensated to warrant the installation between partial occupancy and Final Acceptance (100% completion) of system by FM Fire Safety Department. B. All system components shall be warranted by the system manufacturer for a period of one year beginning at the time of Final Acceptance. During the warranty period, all defective components shall be replaced at no cost to the FM Fire Safety Department. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the installation of equipment and devices that pertain to the work of other trades with the appropriate contractors. B. Any proposed changes affecting the fire alarm system must have the approval of FSG-Fire Safety Department and Owner's Representative. C. Software: Coordinate system programming with FSG-Fire Safety Department. FSG-Fire Safety Department shall have final approval of all walk test groups, fire zones and address names. D. Provide interim programming as required to accommodate partial building occupancy. FIRE ALARM DETECTION 283146-2 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation 1.10 FIELD SERVICES 06.096 A. Equipment supplier shall provide the services of afactory-trained representative who lives within a 125-mile radius of the University. The factory representative shall supervise the system installation and final connections to the equipment and provide testing to assure that the system is in proper operating condition. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTO-ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS A. Reuse existing. 2.02 HORN STROBE ANNUCIATORS A. Reuse existing. 2.03 BACK BOXES A. Reuse existing. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL ~--, `. '. ~', ,:. ~_ ' - t. .. - - ,. _. - _. `., ..V ~ ~' " A. Verify that Coordination Drawings have been approved and signed by all participating contractors. 3.02 TRALNING A. Mandatory Contractor Training: Prior to fire alarm installation, FSG-Fire Safety maintenance personnel shall provide one (1) hour of training on device installation and cable terminations to all contractor personnel directly involved with supervision and/or installation of the fire alarm system. 3.04 DETECTORS A. All detectors shall be placed so that they are easily accessible without special equipment. (i.e. scaffold) B. Detectors shall be placed so that they can be tested directly from the floor level. C. Smoke detection is required as per NFPA 90A-14, Sec. 4-2 through 4-4. 1. Each detector shall be on a separate address. E. Place detectors no closer than three (3) feet for air diffusers. 3.05 SIGNALING DEVICES A. Audibles shall placed so that they can be heard a minimum of 15 decibels above the ambient decibel level in all locations. (Refer to NFPA 72G and ISBC16.705(12). They shall be set at: 1. One (1) watt per interior speaker. FIRE ALARM DETECTION 283146-3 Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Exception: In restrooms and small rooms set taps at '/ watt. 2. Two (2) watts per outside and mechanical room speaker. 3. Outside speakers shall be located at all main entrances and shall be on a circuit separate from interior speakers. B. Visuallndicators: 1. Each fire floor and fire zone shall have individual strobe circuit control. 2. Strobes shall be no more than 100 feet apart. 3.06 LABELING OF EQUIPMENT AND CABLES 06.096 A. All cables in the fire alarm control panel, and in all junction boxes and pull boxes, shall be clearly marked with a written description (e.g., SLC #1, 3~d Flr. Spk Sig. #18, 3`~ East Strobe Sig. #22, etc.). B. All control and monitor modules shall be labeled on the cover, identifying address and function. (e.g.: L1M16 Supply Fan #1 Shutdown) C. All components within the fire alarm control panel shall be labeled and a drawing shall be provided showing each component's purpose. D. Junction and pull boxes shall be clearly marked by painting the covers "red." 3.07 CLEANING A. Provide cleaning under provisions of the GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. B. Panel and field devices shall be accepted only in the new/clean condition. 3.08 PUNCH LIST ITEMS: A. Scheduling a re-inspection with the fire safety department must occur within 30 calendar days of the original inspection. 3.09 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: A. Upon completion of all punch list items, a letter of completion will be issued to the Construction Manager from FM Fire Safety. Warranty will begin at this time. END OF SECTION .~ ., ; lJ ` __ .a -- l.-~ .--. _. ~. _... ; -- T ~) f:. • ; ~~ FIlZE ALARM DETECTION 283146-4 1 I 2 1--- 3 ---- I 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D D Consultants: ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT GESSN~~~~~ 319-M1-1J.4.9 fAX 319-351-1389 r-> c;;> 1---- - - ,'" ~,,~~--~_~ /--c=---.- -=-~ -= :=== -=:~'."_ lNDEX OF DRAWINGS MATERIAL SYMBOLS (TYP.) ~~; ~ ..\_~~ \ · C ~,-"", / __------- '"<\____ // \ _ROAC~~___ ___on :..,........j~!.. C -/--------~ \\ ,/ \'ENERAL DRAWINGS ~B I{jjjjjfjJ :< \""11 ~ '-= ----:::::::::::::::::::.--------=----------5::;;\/ ~\ . \ ~-101 COVER SHEET METAL STUD WALL BATT INSULATION g~ -P. , \"\ 'V... \\ S'~'*~ \ I G-102 RESTROOM LOCATION PLANS ~ ~ '~ \\\\ r- \ ~ 01., V/V/ HA"""""'. \\ ~ !h'" /' "- \ \ '\ '" ~ '" ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ~~~1 EARTH rm RIGID INSULATION '" ,\,,,,,, h.~~~ I ':\ ~ \ AD-101 EXISTING RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLANS Project Title: . V'\ ~ . \\ \. ~ ""'"" A-101 REMODELED RESTROOM PLANS ";f~ · '.{~~ ~. ~ /; g A-102 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS ~ POROUS FILL ~ STEEL SENIOR CENTER "~------"'----/~ ..,.. ....o--\!S ~~; ~''''''''''''',r t ~ A-401 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ~ I "F'~\ -""'-" ~~....".., FIl I~ ~~.. g, S' PROJECT A-402 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS , ADA RESTROOM //~. J--- Ii.: ; I;; ~~ A-501 WALL TYPES, SCHEDULES, & DETAILS ~ BRICK I, " 'J PLYWOOD ------;/ -----------------------------.' IJ ~ ~ ~ ~./ LOCATION ! A-502 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS , ;::::::..~.---------- ---------------~ "'"'"- ~ ~:-/ OOOGEST'" , :101 INTERIOR FINISH PATTERNS RENOVATION ~~ .. ..:' .....i~/ 28 SOUTH LINN STREET ~ CONCRETEMASONRYUNIT 1><1 ROUGHWOOD ~ \ ,( / 3 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ~ ~ . ~// ~)( I;; 0 ~ 5 (1\\ . MD-101 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANS . '" .... . PROJECT ~~ __.... \. /; I I ~ \~ G ~ J ! M-101 MECHANICAL PLANS I.' .'~. .1 CONCRETE _ GROUT ~WWl~~' ~ _ ? r ./;l~ / iii : I ~~I'\" *' '/ i -~ / ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS '''' J ~ ~ ~ i PAA< FIl , . " \ ~ I-- ~__/~/ ED-101 RESTROOM ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANS REFERENCE INDICATIONS ~ _ ST A / ...- ST € k,,'MXD OR : E-101 RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLANS l ~ ~ ~ 'it / ! f E-102 RESTROOM LIGHTING PLANS Owner: ~.' ST' ~~~ ~. I ~ ST ~\ }~O /J:'. '.. ; E-103 GROUND FLOOR SECURITY PLAN ~ SECTION IDENTIFICATION OPEN ~ ROOM NAME Cit f I City Ii i I ~ ~ ~ / I;;!, \\\' "'.<""," //j \ /,p . OFFICE Y 0 owa ij ~ ~ i / // CHLK:H Sf E ~~ \~O'- 5 -i; x ST iJ~ h / I;; 1;;. I;; I;; I;; . i ? m . ~ /'!..~~"'(' · PLUMBING DRAWINGS SHEET SHEET WHERE SHOWN ~ ROOM NUMBER ~. ~ /7~ '''"''''' ST ffi I;; c.... ST t .#/5-- ~ ~, !(_/ "L ~......"" PD-101 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT DEMOLITION PLANS B . ; ST"~ ""~ ~ ST J ~ ~ I, ~ ~..!l1(6 / """" '" ~~' cc"'- """~~~~~~~: PD-102 PLUMBING SUPPLY DEMOLITION PLANS BUILDING SECTION ROOM IDENTIFICATION B . ',::.1 ~ sr / ~! ~ ~ ~ZJ ""..",,'J ~ a 5 .r-DRl ".~. P-100 PLUMBINGSCHEDULES,NOTESANDDETAILS ~SECTIONIDENTIFICATION s'-O"$- Project No.: Ob.oc:l6 ~ / """,.nuN ST """"""'" '" ffi I ~ ~!; HAS11,"" ,... z ~ . . P-101 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT PLANS AN.FLR. I SHE SHEET WHERE SHOWN Drawn by: ~ """'" ST ' I;; ~;I~ ~ ~ RJCH<S18O CT -c . .'~ N CONe"" ~ . ~~~ '" ~ CO P-102 PLUMBING SUPPLY PLANS ELEVATIONS Checked by: Jr""'~ '" ~ I;; 5 HOlZ''''!.~ ........., '" ~ HfA.... H~-:; ~ l i ",," CRE'....~ ,@ip-103PLUMBINGISOMETRICSWALLSECTION " JEfs,.o. ST ~ ~ ~,,~ ~ V~ -;.... """"'J ~ ~ ... ~ I;; F, ~ - - ~ . , ---:;:- ,""n<," ~ '" G2 I,ssue: -......:" ' 1;;; ~ --------=:: ()o ~"" to. ':l ...-. FIl ~ ""'- -,~ SECTION IDENTIFICATION '----_______. " ! I <>v. ~ DNA J -#Y I >/0 i61J Il~l H...............".. ST . ~ ~ swm"'" ,... I;; i 1;;1' ~ WALL TYPE Date Description "" ~ -- ~ R ~ ~ ~ I;; z ~ , . HE SHEET WHERE SHOWN u / ""w,,",,"""'" "'""""'~ ., l! ffi """"""", ~ ~. " s e'-21-2001 BID DOc.UMENTS DETAIL 8 (', ~ """'" ST c"~' n ~iL_ ~ ...-" . FIl ~~.. .I'LIlDENFIl ~ COIlNlli_~_ ~ o~:1 ~'5' DOOR NUMBER ", -:....~ ST \ ------- ~ m~ ~ ~ ~~ ca.tfT i JJ~ ~ cw"' '2-~- ---j-' z' ,,1~ ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION ~ I I i n \~ \ \ I;; I;; · · J. · · · .. -,. - I ' I_#,' \' - -"-. j'., _ ,'8 ~''''',,"'",SHOM< -€> '~~ L -I; u . ~ ,\\ h ..:~.: ST II ~ ~~ ~ i . I;; '"'" ST ~~ ~~ If I~: ~, ST i. ~~ ~:~--.:~. .~y = 'il<:~. "'. 'I.~~.".'~.' SEALS INTERIOR ELEVATION WINDOW TAG . !l o,~, ~ .,....) \ !.I ~ ~ ~ ! ~ s ~ ! ~. \. 1;;'" ~l -=d.ll if. / c~ <\/ l' ' 1 0------,.. P_ ~ _ ",CT \ """"" ~ ST I ! """" ST _ SEtMCLO .} """'........ ~ ST :.-:.. /... . '41'.~~ ,~~,"'~P%f' Note: ~ \. / "" w w w ,,~ ...,,'" ~, "" submission desc bed herein was =red by me or under DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. GONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND i;j . a: ~ ~ ~ l -- b- ".llt I'", . OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAMNGS. ~-E'--o 5 'MXXlSII:E -$' (fo ~ ~J LAFAfmE u __, SHERI~ AVE EC Sf CT ~ CT b; \,\\ I", my direct supervla~n and respon ble cha e. I am 0 LAY OUT AND COORDINAl[ ALL WORK PRIOR TO ! -<-/ e.0\~\ ~ pi 1---:::t.. . .1 I;; I l~~~ Y ~ ~ i ~'" ,"..\\~ W. MOlt"" duly registered Architect under the laws of~e State of@ATFTGFOOTlNG'NSTALLAllONFORACCURACYANDNON_INTERFERENCE ~~~ I;; < o~ \ g I;; ~~ ST' ~_ I ~ '-. / _______ 'll ~ _C~ I ~ ,"<<;' "':{AT'f", <PO'-- Iowa. KEVlNW MONSON ALT ALTERNATIVE GA GAGE IIITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL ~ I/" '1"9 ~~ 1 ~ BENTON V- I;; · """" .... ," ST.; FIl ~ ~ ~~...S O,{!,. ~-.. h ' . AF.F ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD ~ ~y hiS! 9' z ~ -. w...... ST " / ~ """,,_ ,'~ "",-"",om f :" '. ':: .., ~ .,,(Zc~"'" B.C. BUILDING CONTRACTOR H.D. HAND DRYER @COPYRIGHT BENl':N ::I ::I ~ ST Q:; ~ / G sr ,0I..Ri0'.M I!J ~O~CT HAMyTCl'l - . ~: ~ ~. ~,' - --. \ ! ~ ~ i I ~ ~ --= ! I ~.... ~~ . I;; I, ~ (I'" 5 ~> Iml .- . =. 2101 . : s...'~ "'"" BEJ BRICK EXPANSION JOINT H.M. HOLLOW METAL UNAUTHORIZED COPYING. DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCllON ~ ~ 1;; ~ "/~ > . L " J, '- ~ j ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~,I;; ..~, l;,~., .,"'", ~;;;: : !:-- .' J 30 BNT BENT JT JOINT MTHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON "'"c,"" ~ I ~ ~ COOUGW>ST \, / .. .., c." "'" H ST. ii r \io-... ___..<), . --r- " '0. :.r-O~ .. ,~-:' R"'llotrallon ..pl.... un. ,2009 B 0 BOTTOM OF MAX M,vIMUM PC IS PROHIBITED. \~ C( '< __ Ii FL -P;4 l<IRKWOClD ~ II <: t; ~" f()' '-..,. .,:z._' .. . . -......; , . . /"'\A "''''6 - '" /' ~ ,01, I;; """",. ..... , 1 i \",en ., ""~'" ......~~ AD-l01THRUA-502,1-101 CJ CONTROL JOINT OC ON CENTER ::l ~.' 2N)ST "'Q~:v t; Ii;"""'<:::::: ' ffi 'OCT "v..... .\J" . . C" . ~ \ \ - ./.. '" _ · "''''''', · 1;;.... I;; '< J ST i ~ I;; .iL- I; <), ",:::CONAl \\~,\,,' 't CENTERLINE O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER ,)heet Title: ~:::::. \ "" ST " :c>-~ i i . ~"'- :: "'~. ...,1>""", '.'....11111'" Dale IAued: AuGuol 21. 2007 CLG CEILING P PAINT ~ ~ 'I i( ..... """"""'.... I~....... i # \"'......-/ CLR CLEAR PREF PREFINISHED COVER SHEET ERNEST ST V I;; ~ sr I;; · · 1;;.... Ii ~ ,:--------- "~ /} 'tl", CONC CONCRETE PT' PORCELAIN TILE A A /Y ------------ ~ \\~"': ~ _ i i ~ ~ ~ ~ ;, ,I I hereby certify that the portion of thie technical CONT. CONTINUOUS REF REFERENCE / " --...::~.;;;::., I~ """""".ve ~ " ,8 .Jf3 #. """"""'" submission described herein was prepared by me or under CPT CARPET REINF REINFORCEMENT ~ ---.:. 'L<t,ll'I '" ~ I;; . ". . J / ",I' Of~S.~~~","'" my direct supervision and responsible chaf'\le. I am a CT CERAMIC TILE SIM SIMILAR jD~./ """"'''' ~~.~ ~ ~ S~ """" l:l ~ 'tl ,S'" """, ,"q,~., .<'f<,.., ;~ellcenl~a.Prof"'ional Engineer uncler the laws of the DIA DIAMETER S.S. STAINLESS STEEL \~\ I ~ ~ ---<----- .. ~-Ci---q '....... ':-Q.' "~ ~ f~NDKURKA DO AUTO DOOR OPERATOR SID STANDARD -----:7) . 01."'''' -----=....... """"""'" '" "'"I' : ~.' K E V I NO. ': Cl: ;l::.' EA EACH SUS SUSPENDED r~V ~ " ~ --OCT " 1:: ~ : K U R K A : z= ,. J~ J'L~? EJ. EXPANSION JOINT T.O. TOP OF t:'--.... .________---:::1 / :.n-,.....,; '----- """''''''''' "'" .... : u.l ' 1 6 9 50 :",: EL ELEVATION T.O.M. TOP OF MASONRY ...,,_____... __' __/-" , . 6 '" ..."'<b "'.. :. ~ ". .: ",~ My Ik:en.. ronewol - 10 Docombor 31. 2007 EQ EQUAL TYP TYPICAL <: C CROSS_"" ~ '""" WE HlL''''''''' ~ -.,> ". .,' ~,~ P_o","..~,.,,,,..... EXP EXPANSION VERT VERTiCAl ~------':'-... I I~ "\ ~ i 1;;\ ~l____ ,,,_ -u -\eo."""" " .# "",*'iciw'~ ~.,~' MD-101THRUP-103 FE FLOORELEVAllON VWC VINYL WALL COVERING """"11""- F.F.E. FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION WI WITH "h t N b' <1f CITY OF lOW A CITY Dal. ..oed: Au_I 21. 2007 FLR FLOOR WD WOOD .) ee urn er. is -- 0-101 1 2 3 4 5 r I. 'IHlr--- . , .... " . n' I I ' h~11 Ii LlI ( 234 5 1 ___ I I .-- NEUMANN MONSON I~RCHITECTS A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 ~'~ i- ,~,. -~ ~J I ~ h .i>'~j . J1' . j kOt;n;"".w'u;,~-' 4> I :"'l- @., Ll .Jlj.;.J.- 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX l\t......'. 9L 'N - I-~_ ~ ----._ ..__~.,- - r-_, _~ - ~- .) D D I r_ ---:~...-.... .-- - - I. !'ii'.u- " - -""J. 7:::-1, I F '/': Il.J j \ 'I Q ,'",' 'L~ -! ~._:, i '-y' :,'~j.., i~' !t!f1 I. Ii' >: ir.'-','ff'jD . . , ,/ Ii I I I '''11' 'V','" -,.J. .j " -t..I..:' 'l,-, f' I ,I 4" --; J' '~j.J(.Al LorT _ - ':'," ., l ",J . .'~;, _0, - ______..1 ~ \ ' ~. mo:. 'k;'4:o"'-""jO),HA',"_ \','" J ~Ff;'''- n ~ r------ -l 1, . I ~j ,".""_" _J J>'-1 ~ ..'~-~JI4R'~l)~Ji,w"'\.t.. i ..-.. 9~0J!iillJ::m;- - _ i. . c._' F~II'1.DCR.7'C1~ _ f, !.~ ."I' ," ' " ""'~.... "'~ . 'I'.... 10:'" . 'It'y I , '.' ,-,..,.......... ,,~'<' -', ,.....- ~_ l" ' % - f ' t.w... 1"&.0-+ ~10~' Q )fI;C" . ..i-ft!.1,. ""'-~!"> I . I ~ ~ - "-.. ~ I ~iZ!L ,: '.. q(LI~I . ~ ,1 ! 1" 'II 'I . I I \.1 'II ,iT-" ~ ,i~:;':"- ::~i' _ -- --_:~:,-=:_ nr---..:.-r==:t1---c-r-- >,,~ I.i,'. ::. ; r-- cc'=r'-,. HH____ -~"/ ~ GESSNER GROUP INC. t ce,,,' ''\ / CONSl..l.lINC ENetERS .~, !'1 . . ''...-o'/ '~"-~ I 12.3 NCRrH UNN Sll<tJ:.l ~""0""'~ I~l ,J .. , _ _ +.'",-3' , ,/ '\ . I IOWA CtlY, IOWA mZ-ffl q.,lo'io ~"""""''''''" .' .' . ./.... i"""K 319-M1-1J.4.9 , -- ---------4j------ :ii,~ fAX 319-351-1389 I "0' , di'l"e. . '. ' , /' I -I Bail. , II it, i ' , !'1 'i "ALL . " , l'Z'll 'I ~ ' ~ -- ' ,: 2EflC.f_ HII I - ~ _ _ ! - ,. ! !.I .., 1,' r-~,~.{1"A'::..,l.,"" \If , " ,-', I: &1'bE:IJ'l.l;.';"o(,-' ., I . . C . L,; ~ ~ '. \T. ; 'y ~ l ,y,. , - " 1,._ '.' . . I ..~-- -f- -~;;;"-..11 j. ~ ~'::. . L , __', _ __ _"'1 - . I . I .:i. 'I . :rT-" _1 - L_____ - '11 ~~, :. I' I --- toy. I . . - , .- ----- "" - '9. . -~ . 0 11 '-.-....f~. ". ":'''' '\'. <. Z (") -. .... '''Ie-- :;iI. - ~. . . ''; A I :P' :2 ~.' . .'.' <. .~.. . i ,.' \'t' 0 r .,'- , 1".1" , i I' c::::\o C I ~~ .--t I " --':..j, " ~""l"'.e,. '"" '~ :<t:;:, I ... - :4;. T^-Ik {a ", oiL + ~ I' .",. VI' (j f"~ "Fl."""'" ..,- _v I- "": "'...F''--'-'' ... I - 1~1; -r'l r,----. '--""i'-OW -',. "M"<'''''' st./'- , ",,,,', ~, I". ... " , L; , ')>1 ' 1 . t 1 f t ~ -i-j J',. . , . I ..... ( '"' \ ' !,. j' 'I ~. '.+@. , ". I .I, . . "'~" i' r~ L.- I, I~ L f'n\,,-U---.--'-'--l--'---h-'~ f:'-' ~ I , I \.0 j _._ ..--1----- . _ \ , ----.- L_________.~ , j ,Y :~.,.f---.. " - -'Jj.--~~~--.-~I .... . ,------.. _H. I 0 .,,~ . .'-"::---r:rr::=_- . ~--' ~_. .~.,. p . t T.tl --~-_.-._------ '. ._nor- k"_~ _.__H ,~';' ""i.."r"- \ ~ -,- rOJec Ie: ~~~'(-_:' . ~I~~I- \, ." "._~-- . ~ ...",-<Q."""'. ~.ri-~-' rATO""'_'JC","~'. SENIOR CENTER -- T.,..-,c.4<..) l!~~l. (~~r'"~4 ~A~,~~j ,__~ ~~:.~~~~; FLOOR PLAN ~~~~l~~=~;OOR PLAN AD A RESTROOM /^-.... / ~ <;"If< RENOVATION .. --, -- .-.. PROJECT . ? " ~. _!-';.: ~ , " .-' -: ' .)<....r - ,m. ....- ~t!J :,;,., '.<"1' - ' - \~~y . ! r;'~I.j\_~~ot~""';'f ,I r f ~ 'fL~~_ - .;(1' ~,,-,"r:NG.- ",';r~;;. '*"J :e'~.'~~r' eiTA.'1l: tt-1.--~~---=-- - ,," -~. --: J .~ ~...., I\Bo__1>' ~,Nlr \1" r"- ....---l / \-!..:.1.l I ,"- -"TI--l ;--:-.---- . -- J--"' H- '.. --. --'--=-'/ , .. ['(-::;,1 '; ~~:.. '.ff) . Owner: ',""'_F'..'''. '--1!1~... , . . ",y.?)., ..'~L - Cit f I City t):'"""",,-..,u.- D._ =-~ = - y 0 owa L.rYr~...t~.w...J.-l.h . _ ~(, 11. ;h I)f'~:." -~-.--~ l!J'. -on. __.'-"~'.-" !' [!II .-.-___ j- .. ~' " '" ~ " 'l\: !__.., _1' .' ,.. '.' . "-+ f 25'+ ~~.~ ! .,," ~ -.' ,,;,-' : ! '--_~ I . P'. ,,' __. rJ i -., '~ B B . ---- I~ .1 ' ' . 1.; " ~ ~i :_;1~~~~::.~~10I Project No.: 06.oq6 ...,.:. ,....r::-~- , Vf''''T , . ITiII .. (~Ii'3;:..~<" -.:::--.~.t;?erxi..po; ,.if" 7 _;..~ ' i I /1'['." wll 't- .f'i' ..i ~ am Drawn by: \ ~'U'i:,;....prr--/ ~. .1 I--'fl ----"- I -- I - ~..... . , 1 ,,_,. __~_ _.J.\1'!o--J ~. ~~ -___ --p~. _;;. 2:-0' Checked by: ~J . . r ~.,-t ~!i r';~~~~e.m.'.'.' / .l + I .~. -... .\=.~~.. IIIOW . CONTRACTOR i ;': . ,_J . ^ .~!!:.l>'l'.'l"\J;l;iL~~ ^ Issue: ..: I'~. "\t7 Tf1lS~.-:!......-__.,~ .JJ'"'....~':O:,~ LAYOUT AREA" ""..1 '.1 ,'"" M,.,,1>t'~c~'.r. -* Date Description I1"li.X ~ iJ """" ,",c. '+.' ~'l'W""",,"""'-. 8-21-2001 BID DOGUMENT5 IJ'=<;' .' --"'~, """k~ I .jl ".,.1. ".. ,..,~..'>.it1,,, " '-'r( ~~ ~ " ' w__ . -_~ '-" -0 r~ -'-c- 6L m ..- 4!! ~~I . . \~t) <:t i--_Ihl'~~~ ". ",-J,;!!_ I" ..~.- . ~ . - -.., I.i"H:l I / I'" I -,...-...-- ~i -~., _PUf.J~" i 'll /'If' ~.' 01 ~. "mf--l' ..' . . I ".""" ......... t! - ,I ? 2:~:L- 1: ;~:i~. -- ;,~I.AI,i~~_ j. _, ~ lj!IJ . co,. .' A2 A2 . "" \ t tor.- -~; _ ~ _ ___ _ Jl I ',; A-101 AD-101 "l.' t I~: \, ,fa\ I ;:'1 - ';", ~",_:'pJ 1 :', illl, ~ > 4- Note: ,,;.-' )-~ . --1 FIELD VERIFY ALl DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. -----l " ?-1i!fJl.: DO NOT SCAlE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND .". . ..... I' OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAI'I1NGS. ~- '. .:.-.;-.-....- C ',J,..,t,- _-Ii:. I,r,,,.:.- /oi'-llI LAY OUT AND COORDtNAlE ALL WORK PRIOR TO J . , II'. D. .1 I . "-: .. ~~T I INSTALLA110N rDR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERrERENCE . II j i II i I \ i!fl.....\.5 .," 'MTH OTHER TRADES- READ PROJECT lIANUAL -- 1"'1111'- IJ<j,."- -- --1 I I , ' . -';;7 , :," -- T' ' ~ ~(>5 m.iK: @COPYRIGHT '" _" -,;.;.J ~ ~, . C':""~J-.'-" ~:rl." -l'~'. C{l W . 1It UNAUTHORIZED COPYlNG. DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUC11ON --' ------ 1-- ''''''', i' - LlI ) 1 WITHOUT WRITlEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON -- f Ii :. ~ ;l' J PC IS PROHIBITED. ~ T.IP. LCA,l~'( ..._ ~I:~-.--i .~,i'~~~.__ ,,_ _" _ [1t1.~ . - ~ 1. i ~':' UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. 1 .~, QI.f.' (~. ." ~~.. "'~"","" "'rrm'" . """'"_',,"l ~.!'. . 1 <'h t T.tl . f"-ooI'" 7'. ,~. IlI!lJ l""'t ., ee I e. If \~ J ";I:~!~ QiJ(. . , I . './Yf,:'T. ,_ _ -;f' ';@.Il' {}J~~l,' . , , '-@] I c"Jff,'~' -., I" ~ em"~' J.LL' . ". I . /- "--]A" ''f . ,!nID::1'i\ ,oe '7' '-.1--- . FIl ' " RESTROOlj I ~.' ,', ,If! . :-'A~<1tx~ 1_ ("..__:il,-_7~_:_____ - -- - ",,~, ~'_'~:riiJ ,...), IVI l___ _ _ _ \':,,'r- " . iAfl' fU< _\$V ~r -b.;.<{H,C H- --~~"~t' H..:-c:H____::::.-. ~~_~~_~=)t tF A A ALF4I't "''''L-,--WJW'Jo(o.o.,l"J~D- / 1oI.M...F . -ua"t I : ~.." _""At:..~~W.wH. n"'I,,!~!:..... .' 'M8TaP.~_ 1~~~~."IO~A;I~j' :----:- , .. I ~A"("', - ~.:oL-. r~ I' ~.~ /wn-" I e;:~>'t~~..~.?' 1..",._."""., ....-,...-,... "'~"""""'-"M""'",n", I rr= LOCATION PLANS GROUND FLOOR PLAN FIRST FLOOR PLAN APPROX.1/18'=1'-()" APPROX.1/18'=1'.0" Sheet Number: G-102 I I 1 2 3 4 5 I. II "'1"1 J I [ nli!, .'. I 1 2 3 4 5 I I --- GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: NEUMANN MONSON 1. PROTECT ALL EXISTING AREAS TO REMAIN <2) REMOVE WALL -- 2. PROTECT&MAINTAINEXISTINGFINISHES@AREAS r::\ REMOVETILE&WALLBO OST DS ARC HIT E C T S OF PARTIAL DEMOLITION 0 ARD T U 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUST PARTITION r:\ REMOVE COUNTERTOP @ INDICATED LOCATIONS 0 4. CLEAN ALL SURFACES OF DEMOLITION DUST & DEBRIS r:\ A PRO F E S S ION A l COR P 0 RAT ION 5. SEE SHEET PD-102 FOR REMOVAL OF FIXTURES ~ REMOVE SUSPENDED CEILING __ 6. PROTECT & MAINTAIN SPRINKLER SYSTEM AT ALL TIMES r:\ REMOVE, PROTECT & REUSE FRAME, DOOR & 7. PATCH & MATCH DAMAGED AREAS \.:.J HARDWARE;SEESCHEDULE 22'1 E. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 f6\ PROTECT EXISTING FRAME, DOOR & HARDWARE TO REMAIN; \J SEE SCHEDULE o REMOVE TOILET PARTITIONS 319 -338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D r:\ D_ ~ REMOVE ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES r;:\ REMOVE PAPER TOWEL AND SOAP DISPENSERS; \ ~ PATCH WALL AS REQUIRED Consultants: ~ REMOVE FLOOR TILE; ~ CLEAN CONCRETE & PREPARE FOR NEW TILE ' o REMOVE CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS o MOVE REFRIGERATORS TO LOCATION DESIGNATED BY OWNER ~- u .---- f13\ REMOVE MOVABLE WALL PARTITION & FRAMING; \J REMOVE GYPSUM SOFFIT AROUND FRAMING fM\ REMOVE CARPET & FLOORING AS REQ'D FOR NEW WALLS; Y:.J CLEAN CONCRETE & PREPARE FOR NEW TILE ~ REMOVE, PROTECT, STORE, & RE-INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED ~ SMOKE DETECTORS & SPEAKERS; SEE SHEET A-102 FOR LOCATIONS G E CSN ER GR au PIN C G REMOVE WALL COVERING AT AREAS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION -.J CONSUl..lINC ENCtEERS r:;\, REMOVE WINDOW GLAZING & FRAMING; 123 NORTH UNN S1Fct.t:. r -~---, 0 VERIFY OPENING CONDITION FOR NEW WINDOW IOWA CITY. IOWA tu2.+5 / : G) 0 REMOVE DRINKING FOUNTAIN 319-M1-1J.4.9 .~ 1 0 fAX 319-351-1 ':3 r / / I G REMOVE WINDOW SILL, PROTECT WINDOW - ~ ~ ~ I I ~ REMOVE SIDELlTE GLAZING' :,: ~ ~ .... ~~,~ '~'~~I f3\----.-J--: ~ REPLACEW/LAMINATEDsAFETYGLASS 7 -"-. ~ \, ~ I ~ J:::\ REMOVE DOOR & HARDWARE; <;} C . CI // ~~~1~N 1 I \J) ~ PROTECTFRAMETOREMAIN ~~:-~/\ ~. ~- ~, ~ ~- .... ")7 ... (2)~X0(8) ~ <~~>0NV ,. C --=----- I C [ , \~- =-1 ,-= ------, I I I ' NOT r?:'\ I \ ( ~ )I.---/"' I / I r;;:.... I IN \&II \" ~ ~ /1 1\2) _._ __ _ RELOCATE~ CONTRACT 0 I ~ = _.JL L == --- I ......." '-- PROVIDE TEMPORARY 17:'\ : MEN lL = = = = = = = = = /f WOMEN : ~ Project Title: CORRIDOR tNj:G\. '\ "C""MITmaN '1&1, @D C' <' I 'llel ,V) ~ ~J ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~) 0---b . SENIOR CENTER (D~ c, Z <'>1G) ADA RESTROOM (1) (1) RENOVATION ( 18 ~ CORRIDOR 6 PROJECT ry:::::l 11031 o Lise .:J -- C2 ~~NGSECONDFLOORRESTROOMS ~ C4 ~~~~NGFIRSTFLOORRESTROOMS t Ow,,, City of Iowa City J^ PROVIDE TEMPORARY B - - , DUST PARTITION B -\/'--~-- . 1_ - PrOject No.: 06.0<16 1"-.0------- OFFICE Drawn by. \ CD WINDOW TO REMAIN; EXERCISE ROOM 009 TO BE USED AS 1 D051 Checked by. \ 1A52 WOMEN ~4 8 MAINTAIN & PROTECT CONTRACTOR'S LAYOUT AREA; , 21 PROTECT WALLS & CElLI NG TILE REMOVE D OR & FRAME, " '-- -y-G 11521 9 10 15 SYSTEM WI PLASTIC SHEETING. REU~E HARDWARE ~ ___ --;1 Issue: REPLACE CARPET, MATCH EXISTING. ~ ,/ II D t D EXCERCISE ROOM 1 II NI~T a e escrlptlon _ ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I 10091 3 ~~! (!) ~ = CONTRACT 8-21-2001 BID DOCUMENTS 1 I ~ fC\1 -.JI : ~V- L.J1\..:.J ~ I RR. _______________+L_____ 10041 (~ I ,,^v _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...L- _ _ __ _ _ _ _ ~ I I > I NOT ,...----- = - --, r-"1 il - = - - --; I - - - - - - - - - -=--=- - - I IN I \ ,Ii I II' - - I I . - U fJ("\ -1 I I ese, CONTRACT CD I \ ~II II~ / I G) Note. II ~ ( ~'1 I I . , 0 I \ ( ~ II II) 1 I 0 FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. I ( '\ '(] I ..... / DO NOT SCAlE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND ~ ~ ~ ___ OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. _ _ ~ I _.J I == -.Jlj I I bJL == I LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL 'MlRK PRIOR TO 2 4 8 _ _ ..J I I lL = = = = = =j I I F = = = = = S I INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE ~ I 20 CD I I .J G) I>1TH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT UANUAL . \ MEN 9 10 15 0 I I II / I 0 (!1 \ CV I J:>REMOVESATC I MEN ra:J I II<~) (" I @COPYRIGHT - " A ~ I,......-~ ABOVE @AREAOF I @@ ,.j I I L ~~ WOMEN I UNAUTHORIZED COP'f1NG. DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION '-- I NEW CONSTRUCTIO 002 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I'.1THOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUUANN MONSON CORRIDOR ~ I' t7:"'\ I d I II / ~ I ~ PC IS PROHIBITED. 11541 NOT L - - - - - - 'F = =rt - ,= i 'W I II II C I // 001 I \J) UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAI>1NGS IS PROHIBITED IN rr l r ., I I I I II ~ I Sheet Title: CONTRACT I I II ~ I -=I L---------1L-lL-----l---, t::- LJLJ L.JJ, J - -----,--C------------=--'O]--.------' - A l::: == ----- 1 2 3 4 ~ ---7 ~--- CV 1 2 3 4 A EXISTING NOT 7 8 9 10 15 A /' ~/ \ '-- A 7 8 9 10 15 RESTROOM IN - - CONTRACT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 ~ -=- -=- -=- -=- -=- - -=- -=- -=- -=- -=- -=- -=- DEMOLmON CORRIDOR REMOVE, STORE, 7 PROTECT & RELOCATE PROVIDE TEMPORARY _ _ _ 10031 OWNER'S DISPLAY CASE L DUST PARTITION PLANS A 1 EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS t A2 EXISTING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM 0r A4 EXISTINGGRO~ND FLOO~~~~OOMS ~ "hoot N,m'o" 1/4' = 1'-()' 1/4' = 1'-()' 1/4' = 1'-()" Il!I AD-101 I I ..___ ___n_._ 1 2 3 4 5 I :] I illIn' I f ~.- . -'"'- .",. ,-".,. -'" -.. --. ' ._~-,- 1 2 3 4 5 - I I - NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D D Consultants: ^--- i ., 4' G7 G7 ., 4 .., 7 5'0' /oL+1_ GESSNER GROUP INC. / .-- - -, ~ - CONSlI..lINC ENGIEERS ~/ ~ "I() 0 _ 123 NORTH UNN SIRt:l:. I A ...... \ ~'II 5' IOWA ellY, IOWA ~40 I \~,..r I() 'f 319-M1-1J.4.9 \ 08.7100; I '-- Co . <0 G4 SIM fAX 319-351-1389 ADA / H.D. ;:. WOMEN ry..1 . ',BUTTY~/ ~ 12011 \2Y i 5'-()' ,. (:..r _ + 1U '-- ~ .---- MEN. ... , i ! ~. / i 202 ... \ i G7 G7 , " _ ::; ~ 7'-01/2' I 4'-3" 2'-0" " ' ~ 0 =: -- ~. ; , \ I I ~O ".. <,> j e>I.C. Ir:-------- >- ---, <= - . ------ -, C'> Il . . . -~ ~ rIDl\ / G7 H. 5'-0" 5'-0" HD. ~ 0 ~ I I() ~) NOT r?::"\ ~ :< h =-- m C . IN ---J ~ 'f G1 \2) C --::0 ::J: 0 ~ g -IO,5100;3NEW CONTRACT 0 Co '" ~A '!? METAL LOCKERS t?::'\ cD .__ - - r:.i\ )> ~ 7 08.7 100; ADA. .>~-x'Y5 ~ // ~1 " ~1 \J) BUTTON .~~. / A...., \ A...., ~ ~ \ CORRIDOR 0 '- \ I ~O~~~RS Project Title: 12031 J \ I [-~~ = ELE~OR ITill" -'/ // --, 3 10.5100; 4 NEW SENIOR CENTER I \ 4'-6" \ METAL LOCKERS ~~~~~; --- ..-- - - "\ 08.7100; G3 3 WOMEN ADA RESTROOM ADA \ 11021 I ". BUTTON ' / RENOVATION /(1-7, /,,-- ......... _/ .~ /~ L '10.5100; 4 NEW . STOP GWB 08.7100, ADA METAL LOCKERS 6'-3" BUTTON 1'-6"ABOVECLN PROJECT VERIFY EXISTING G7 SIM. il .__.~_.__.__._.__________._.__ ___ C 2 ~~~eDELED SECOND FlOOR RESTROOMS t C4 ~~~eDELED FIRST FLOOR RESlROOMS ~ ~ o~~ City of Iowa City .'-- '-'--'-'-'."-'.- " - --------- - -- - ----- -- - -------T....r / '-------....- .-- ------ , I"; B-- --.- : OFFICE G4 I B .--, :;-;l :::XERCISE ROOM 009 TO BE 'i 10051 7'-4" . ;/ " ~ @USEDASCONTRACTOR'SI'12'_O'1'_6"3'_4'6PrOJectNo.:06.o<16 08.7100;-- ~1 I WOMEN MD. Y LAYOUT AREA I Drawn by: A.DA ...... I ~ \ , EXERCISE ROOM t'lf\ Checked by: BUTTC'N \ ~ J 12-(), '__1 @@ 1.-- W I I 009 ,/ , \ ' 1'6' 4'-()' ;;J I i I 1'-6 / 1'-6' - G~ I ' d ssue: "./ I I W - - 10.5100.4 NEW I ' Date Description G1 METAL LOCKERS xv:_ J ~ d f';-21-2001 BID DOGUHENTS _ w ~ ~ ' , ~. ;}, f""/"^"'" G7 " /. /. /1:x,' co ~ ~ -, ~. ~ O -./ -----JG4I "f' i>~ ~ I...' - .. .. - -,'/ ", '-'? H.D. ur ur H.D. /' ~ .do I:r ';:"";-;... / , <:\' ~. ~ .---- / ~ MEN \ en "? 0 -----..-. c;> c;>' Note: I 01 \ -' Co> .. C4 "'"' Co FIELD VERIFY ALL Dlt.tENSlONS AND CLEARANCES. \ ...... ITEI, ~,,~ MEN cD DO NOT SCAlE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND ~ t- ~ OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. ~ -' G1 G1 -' LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL I'ltJRK PRIOR TO \ / ~ .__ I 08.8000, REPLACE 10021 I() I() INSTAl1.ATlON FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE '" ./ A2 /'._ . N GLAZING 'WI .__ - WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT t.tANUAL CORRIDOR '::--- - - H.D. / \ ~ l '9. . ,/' SIMG2~1 \ LAMINATEDSAFET'f "" /"@COPYRIGHT 11541 .l.C. lip 10.2800; B1 WOMEN \ GLASS I C1 \ UNAUTHORIZED COP\'1NG DIsa.OSURE OR CONSTRUCTION e> "' GRAB BARS ..." , \ I 0071 ~'V 4'-0" I ~ \ _ 4'-()' 10.5100; 4 NEW WITHOUT WIlITTEN PERt.tISSlON BY NEUt.tANN t.tONSON T JANITOR OJ] ~ I ~ METAL LOCKERS PC IS PROHIBITED. NION 7 0 \ , ,\ ELE,'{ATOR "ADA BUTTON / '" UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. 11531 ..,), / G3 CONTRACT = - - ,/ , , ./ / Sheet Title: ~ - - '9 EXISTING e> .... _n ... VE~~NG REMODELED A 1'-6' 4'-0" GTI G6 G6 REMAIN A 4 / xY'LL::L~~' .... tOO2\ g:&~SCASE. fOO1\ RESTROOM ---- . ~ 10,5100; 4 NEW \U RELOCATED \U PLANS METAL LOCKERS 3'-4" 9' 11 '-6" 3'-4" 08.7100; ADA CORRIDOR BUTTON 10031 A 1 ~~~~DELED MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS ~ A2 ~~:ROUND FLOOR SHOWER ROOMS ~ A4 ~4~~~DELED GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS ~ ~ ~ ~ Sheet Number: A-101 1 234 5 I HI !.1Il i 1 2 3 4 5 I I -_.- -- SYMBOL KEY NEUMANN MONSON GENERAL NOTES: 1. RELOCATE SMOKE DETECTORS & A R C H I T E C T S SPEAKERS AS INDICATED. [2J 2. PROTECT ALL EXISTING SOFFITS & EXHAUST GRILL ITEMS TO REMAIN. PATCH & MATCH AS REQUIRED. A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION [g] SUPPLY GRILL 221 E. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 -- \ ~ LIGHT FIXTURE - WALL MOUNTED 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D D __ I () I LIGHT FIXTURE - LINEAR Consultants: - IT] LIGHT FIXTURE - RECESSED TROUFFER PROTECT EXISTING SOFFIT PANELS <<} LIGHT FIXTURE - RECESSED CAN 09.9000; PAINT @ SMOKE DETECTOR GESSNER GROUP INC. MEN @ SPEAKER CONSl.l.lING ENGtEERS 12021 12.3 NORTH UNN 8TREET 0 IOWA CllY, IOWA a22. 46 0 --"-- 0 OSH SPRINKLER HEAD 319-M1-1 J49 <SH Os Os fAX 319-351-1389 ~ CEILING HEIGHT AF.F. - @ @ ..-- ----.--.-. 8'-0" I@ .... j ..-- EXISTING 0 I@ EXHAUST GRILLES 8'-0" -..-- -'-~. 0 'SH SHo 0 "" 0 = = ~o -.. ------ --.--- MEN '"'" Os )>- c:: [ill] ~ G") 11 C 0 N - C --10 r- - , _-<, m m 3>0 Os -:n ::It 0 0 0 0 OA -- ---- 0 ~ W w w CORRIDOR @ @ @ Project Title: 12031 ----.. -'-.---- -...-.---. SENIOR CENTER I Os o~ 0 0 ADA RESTROOM RENOV A TION PROJECT -=j C 2 ~47~~DELED SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS C4 ~47~~DELED FIRST FLOOR RESTROOMS Owner: City of Iowa City B OFFICE B 1051 Pro ject No.: 06.0<16 EXERCISE: ROOM Drawn by: IDOl.!.! Checked by: Issue: @ Date Description e-21-2001 BID DOCUMENTS -- . @ 0 @] EXISTING EXHAUST GRILLES [Z] - BULKHEAD " '7'~4il" . oSH @ -tJ.' .... ..... LEXISTING CEILING 0 0 0 0 Note: ......~..... . . . as FIELD VERIFY AlL DI~ENSlONS AND CLEARANCES. TO REMAIN; asH @ PROVIDE' NEW DO NOT SCAlE DRAWNGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND . . OTHER APPROPRIAlt DRAWINGS LIGHTING AS SHOWN 7 @ @ LAYOUT AND COOROINAlt ALL WORK PRIOR TO oSH Os INSTALLAllON FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INltRFERENCE CORRIDOR BULKHEAD [Z] @ Vt1TH OTHER TRADES. READ PRMCT MANUAL 11541 .- @] @ 7'-6" 7'-6" @ @COPYRIGHT @ 0 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING. DISClOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION Os WITHOUT \lftITlEN PERhllSSlON BY NEU~ANN ~ONSON JANITOR .-.. PC IS PROHIBllED. I 0 0 0 0 11531 UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING or DRAWINGS IS PROHIBlltD. oSH ...-.---.-. D Sheet Title: MEN asH 10021 Os REFLECTED A -- -..- A CEILING PLANS -tJMA TCH EXISTING CORRIDOR 1031 A1 REMODELED MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS A2 ~~:ROUNDFLOORSHOWERROOMS A4 ~4~~~DELED GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0" Sheet Number: A-102 - I I ,-- 1 2 3 4 5 .~~ IP'! i ~ . I ~-;:1 i lldl ~< ! "i 1 2 3 4 5 I I GENERAL NOTES: . 1. CONTRACTORTOPATCH&MATCH ELEVATION KEYNOTES: NEUMANN MONSON DISTURBED AREAS & FINISHES ;-;\ 2. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL D 05.4000; METAL STUD WALL WALL-ANCHORED ITEMS [j] 102800; MIRR)R r:;\ 3. SEE SHEET 1-101 FOR TILE PATTERNS III 102800;GRA8BAR 0 08.1113; HOLLOW METAL FRAME ARC HIT E C T S 4. MOUNT SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL rn 102800;TPDlSl'ENSER r:;\ TO PARTITION OPP. TPDISPENSER \2.; 08.1416; WOOD DOOR o . ~ 4'-6" MIN. < < 3'-O'MIN. < e1.. o 08.5113; ALUMINUM WINDOW A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION -0 '\ [' 2'-6' 6" 2'-8" 1'-11" 3'-0" 4, / '--/ DISPLAY CASE, 0 09.3000; CERAMIC TILE NORTH SOUTH EAST \ WEST!" - ---- / RELOCATED 0:\ 221 E. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 i'o , N ~ 09.3000; PORCElAIN TILE '" ~z,'i: --%l ~" 0 09.6500; RESIUENTBASE 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D VENDOR . If/ /1/ t') DISABLED ACCESSIBLE r;;\ D ~ 2'-0" ~ I/f I/f S' I;; . ~ w.C. ~ 09.7200; VINYL WALL COVERING . .. ... C\l _ ;-;:\ ~ . ~,..+L,.,." ._J,~i ~ ~ ;::>:= ~ ~ ""'.lAV. ~ 09.9000; PAINT C It t L.I"-"T-'-'rr-"~-" . ", I G onsu an s: ...,' .. ,I, , " / '<.t F-.. ~::;:g:E;'.T}"':~.l~[,~i = / ~ 1 10 10.2113; METAL TOILET PARTITIONS :1' ,,;:cr '."~;:"2~1, 1 g.. "?::;; '8' 0 10.2800 ADA SHOWER SEAT CO') ">._JJ:i'~\~'l~ ~_ C\I ~-'-d." N ~ULATE '9 ~ I -~ ----, - 2'i ~:=& '" ,r;;\ 10.2800; GRAB BARS ~ 1'-7" 1'-9" 1'-8" TYPICAL ~ 5'-0' _ 5'-0' -i """ DISABLED DISABLED ~ 10.2800; HAND DRYER ACCESSIBlE ACCESSIBLE \:.J URINAL LAVATORY 0 10.2800; MIRROR D 1 WOMEN'S 001 D4 CORRIDOR 003 ALCOVE D5 ADA FIXTURE CLEARANCES G 10.2800; SHOWER ROD & CURTAIN 1/4'=1'-{)' 1/4'=1'-()" NOTTOSCAlE @ 10.28oo;SOAPDISPENSER GESSNER GROUP INC. /:;\ CONSUL lINC ENc:tI:l:.tei - \!!..J 10.5100; METAL LOCKERS 123 NORTH UNN S1REET 1;8\ 12.3600 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP IOWA an, IOWA 02l-45 ~ ' 319-351-1349 o TRENCH DRAIN, SEE DETAIL B1/A-501 fAX 319-351-1389 @ DRINKINGFOUNTAIN,SEESHEETP-101 11Y.P~'-\ - -.. 14 ) ;' ! N i J ~ NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST WEST SOUTH 0 ~ LO ".. . , " , , :z:. c:-n M + . -y-:::::4 ~ .~~ en ~ " , ~ n-Z. ~ r I 4' 3'-()" 1'-9" 1'-6' 3'- 1'-6' c.....J.....FJ..." LJ .' ~ .... +,.., .. , ~C2 In C ~ ._,_. = ,/' x " , C .-o(r_ P' 0 - :0""": ~ - _:"""---~----.:- W 1_ , - f1 ' ~ I ~ ., -- :r; Co CO' , 0-'0 _ ^ ----, - b ---.:. - "' '., . -... ,:. ~ ' ~/" 'Z., '7' , . ====== Q[ J 'rl ::;; '7 c..:> J" ~ S5 :::;. ",,/ ,;;0 , , .. cYJ .,- ......__."c., u.. co '" r-<' / ; _ ';' . [ -' J..' a: M M \. ,----', '. w ~ ~ ., -l- ... 1 --' - . > f- -! < ,-, I '--.-- j. .;. f + .0- -, -~ ~~ ~~ - \5J -+""+ .@ '" '4' N' H SENIOR CENTER C1 ~.~,~002 C4 ~~~~ISEROOMOO9 ADA RESTROOM - RENOVATION PROJECT JERIFY SIZE OF 1:l<ISTING OPENING 1:XISTING SOFFIT I'ANEL TO REMAIN 10.2800; Owner: .. NORTH SOUTH ~~~OR & NORTH EAST WEST City of Iowa City , N o . .. L5 ' Cl5I Ii b 4'1" 8 5' ~ 1'-0'/f'.. 1'-6" i--' - OPEN 8 OPEN ""::J TO CD,/.. TYP TO .. Project No.: 06.oc:l6 b (t /,., ~ ~ ~ ~ cD ffi.. SHOWER '- 3'-0' = BEYOND Drawn by. > Cl5 Co Checked by. ~ M OJ> M N Issue: ROBE 1:~ FLOOR ~LO~E TO FLOOR SLO~E TO Date Description HOOK' DRAIN - 1/41FT DRAIN ~ 1/41FT 8--21-2001 BID DOCUMENTS \ 8 1 :~~:N 007 84 ~,~~;N 007 - TYPICAL SHOWER ELEVATIONS - MEN 008 SIMILAR Note: FIELD VERIFY AlL DIMENSlDNS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRA'MNGS. CONSULT SHOP ORA'MNGS AND OTHER APPROPRIAlE DRAWINGS. LAYOUT AND COOROlNA lE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLAllON FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE 'MTH OTHER 'TRADES. READ PRo..ECT ~ANUAL @COPYRIGHT 8 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING. DISQ.OSURE OR CONSTRUCTION 102800' 9 WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON . I PC IS PROHIBtlED. MIRROR & :::t ORTH SO NORTH SHELF ;;; SOUTH EAST WEST N UTH EAST WEST UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBllED. Sheet Title: ~ A 5' co 0 A INTERIOR .. OPEN .. L5 _ ~ ~ TO 9 --~ ~ ---" - ELEVATIONS . co SHOWER i'- ~ e= =:II _ , , .. CD J ::t Cl5 . M ~ ~ 6G1-'.' ~ M .~ ~ M , ~ ~~TO ~ ~ A2 DRAIN = 1/4"1FT U A-501 A A ~~ MEN 008 RESTROOM 004 1 'M"-"" 4 'M"-"" A -401 I I 1 2 3 4 5 ! I ! Ii I .1 n i i I , ! , --,,"- _...-_. ,- .._-~- ..--'-- ---.,,----.'.. ----..----.- .- ---'--"- ----_...-~~.-.._._._-_....- _._.'-~ -.----'- -"...-...--.."....!'"'-'-.-.' 1 2 3 4 5 I I GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH & MATCH ELEVATION KEY NOTES: NEUMANN MONSON DISTURBED AREAS & FINISHES (0 05.4000; METAL STUD WALL 2. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL EI WALL-ANCHORED ITEMS 10 2800; MIRROR o 08.1113; HOLLOW METAL FRAME A R C H I T E C T S 3. SEE SHEET 1-101 FOR TILE PATTERNS m 102900; GRAB BAR 4. MOUNT SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL ~ 102800; TP DISPENSER o 08.1416;WOODDooR TO PARTITION OPP. TP DISPENSER 4'-Il"MIN, t t 3'-a'MIN, t f; o 08.5113; ALUMINUM WINDOW A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION IV<, NORTH WEST SOUTH EAST o 09.3000; CERAMIC TILE 221 E, COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 !:. o 09.3000; PORCELAIN TILE .. , / o 09.6500; RESIUENT BASE 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D er I / DISABLED ACCESSIBLE o 09.7200; VINYL WALL COVERING D / w,e .. / . b o 09.9000; PAINT , - --- ~ Co CHANGING 0 Consultants: .. '\ , ~ 1 G 10.2113; METAL TOllETPARTITlONS ~ / ... ~ '1' Co , '" ~ULATE o 10.2800; ADA SHOWER SEAT M , / '" , / HDT WATER & '" @ 10.2800; GRAB BARS DRAIN PIPES TYPICAL EXISTING EXISTING DISABLED DISABlED @ 10.2800; HAND DRYER DOOR & FRAME DOOR & FRAME ACCESSIBlE ACCESSIBLE TO REMAIN TO REMAIN URINAL LAVATORY 8 10.2800; MIRROR 01 MEN 151 05 ADA FIXTURE CLEARANCES G 10.2800; SHOWER ROD & CURTAIN 1/4' = 1'-()" '~~_C""-"-'_d__.___ _n_________'. Ii 'I! I 1 2 3 4 5 I I , " ~EXISTINGDECK ..~- NEUMANN MONSON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE L_.c~EJaSTINGDECK 07.9005; SEALANT, BOTH SIDES ARC HIT E C T S . 09.2116; 4" MTL STUD FRAMING WALLS 09.2116; 4' MTL STUD FRAMING OR MATCH EXISTING TYPE ROOM CEILING OR MATCH EXISTING TYPE FLR Base NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST NOTES 09.2116;5/8'GWBTODECK 09.2116;2LAYERS,5/8'GWB A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION - 09.5100; SUSPENDED NO. NAME MAT, FIN, MAT. FIN, MAT, FIN, MAT, FIN, MATL HT. ._.______09.5100; SUSPENDED ACOUSTICCEIUNG - -""I ACOUSTICCEIUNG 221 E. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 001 WOMEII PT CT CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl SATC 7'-6" u ~--- 09.2116;BATTlNSULATION 002 MEN PT CT CT/GWB CT1 ,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl SATC 7' -6" u 09.7200; VINYL WALL COVERING 319- 3 3 8 -7 87 8 319 _ 338-7 87 9 FAX D 003 CORRIDOR CPT RESILIENT VWCl MATCH EXISTING u u VWCl MATCH EXISTING VWCl MATCH EXISTING SATC MAT:H EXISTING -- 3'-9314" D 09.7200; VINYL WALL T TILE 004 RR. PT CT CT/GWB 1'1 CT/GWB 1'1 CT/GWB 1'1 CT/GWB 1'1 SATC. 7'-6" u COVERING 0~.;116;5/8"GLASSMATBACKER Consultants: 005 OFFIC[ -- RESILIENT u -- GWB 1'1 GWB 1'1 -- -- -- u u _ 1 09.3000; TILE -- 007 WOMEN PT CT CT /GWB CT1,CT2/P2 CT /GWB CT1,CT2/P2 CT /GWB CT1,CT2/P2 CT /GWB CT1,CT2/P2 GWB 7' -4" - - 092116 5/8' GWB - 09.6500; RESIUENT BASE . , 008 MEN PT CT CT/GWB CT1,CT3/P2 CT/GWB CT1,CT3/P2 CT/GWB CT1,CT3/P2 CT/GWB CT1.C13/P2 GWB 7'-4" u 09.3000; TILE BASE 009 EXERCISE fWOM -- RESILIENT -- -- I/WC2 MATCH EXISTING -- -- VWC2 MATCH EXISTING -- -- u 07.9005; SEALANT 101 MEN PT CT CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl SATC 8'-0" -- , EJaSTING FLOOR SYSTEM , EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM 102 WOMUI PT CT CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl SATC 8'-0" u WALL TYPE-G5 WALL TYPE-G4 ACOUSTIC GESSNER GROUP INC 151 MEN PT CT CT/GWB CT1,CT3/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT3/Pl CT/GWB CT1,C13/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT3/Pl SATC 8'-0" u 3" l'N' 3' 1'0" ' . ; -u ; - CONSUlllNC ENetHRS - 152 WOME~I PT CT CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT2/P1 SATC 8'-0" u 12.3 NORTH UNN S1Fa:.t:.l 201 WOMEN PT CT CT/GWB CT1,CT2/P1 CT/GWB CT1,CT2/P1 CT/GWB CT1,CT2/P1 CT/GWB CT1,CT2/Pl SATC 8'-0" -- , ~n IOWA CIT1'3~~151~ 202 MEN PT CT CT/GWB CT1,C13/P1 CT/GWB CT1,CT3/P1 CT/GWB CT1,CT3/Pl CT/GWB CT1,CT3/Pl SATC '8'-0" -- ~ EXISTINGDECK-- ~ EJaSTINGDECK fAX 319-351-1389 09.2116; 4' MTL STUD FRAMING OR 09.2116; 4" MTL STUD FRAMING MATCH EXISTING TYPE OR MATCH EXISTING TYPE 09.2116; 5/8" GWB TO DECK 09.2116; 5/8" GWB, BOTH SIDES ABBREVIATION KEY _ . __ _ 09.5100; SUSPENDED " CPT CARPET ]-L~ ACOUSTIC CEIUNG 09.5100; SUSPENDED CT CERAMIC TILE ACOUSTIC CEIUNG _ :;:5 GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD Q =:l PT PORCELAIN TILE l._ 09.7200; VINYL WALL COVERING ~ 0 E:: P PAINT ::? en 11 C SATC SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TILE CEIUNG 3'-9 3/4" ~ C 0 _ _ ~ , VWC VINYL WALL COVERING T.O.TILE $ , " ;:;:1 t~ :z>o '11 09.2116; 5/8' GLASS MAT BACKER t~:ttE $ 0 jj :x 0 -s:-^' I.D 09.3000; TILE 09.2116; 5/8' GLASS MAT BACKER. s:; ,. BOTH SIDES ~ 09.3000; TILE BASE Pro ject Title: 07.9005; SEALANT, BOTH SIDES 09.3000; TILE, BOTH SIDES . EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM . EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM SENIOR CENTER -1 WALL TYPE-G6 WALL TYPE-G3 ADA RESTROOM - i "'. '"-"<" ,,"<" RENOVATION ---EXISTINGDECK ~ PROJECT 09.3000; BULLNOSED TILE - 3/4" 12 GA S.S. ANGlE @ TRENCH 07.9005; SEALANT, BOTH SIDES EXISTING DECK @TRENCH EA. SIDE PERIMETER; NOTE ORIENTATION OF ANGLE EXISTING MTL STUD FRAMING; 09.2116; 4" MTL STUD FRAMING 07.9005; SEALANT- 12 GA S.S. COVER PLT. I REMOVE EXISTING GWB & DEBRIS OR MATCH EXISTING TYPE WI 1/8' DIA.HOLES STAGGERED , ON 3/16' CENTERS I 09.2116; 5/8 GWB 09.2116; 5/8' WATER RESISTANT SHOWER RESTROOM! G 'GA WALL SIDES ~________ 09.5100; SUSPENDED WB ON 2 112 18 MTL SIDE "'- ANCHOR COVER PLT. W/S.S. SCREWS , .....-- ACOUSTIC CEIUNG STUD CEIUNG Owner: 079005' SEALANT Cit f I City '-I . , ____ - 10.2800; MIRROR i I. l__. 7'-4" $ Y 0 owa l__' 07.9005; SEALANT " // CIl ,;. 3'-9 314" 09.2116; 5/8' GLASS MAT B , ~ ;... T.O.TILE $ BOARD BACKER B ~ 09.2116; 5/8" GLASS MAT BACKER Project No.: 06.0<16 'l 09.3000; TILE Drawn by. : -------- 09.3000; TILE . \ Checked by. 09.3000; TILE BASE Issue: 07.9005; SEALANT, BOTH SIDES Date Description - SAWCUT36'X4'Xl" DEEP TRENCH -12.3600; INTEGRAL , EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM e-21-2oo1 BID DOaJMENT5 BACKSPLASH (SSl) - 18 GA S.S. PAN SLOPED 1/4'/FT TO CENTER DRAIN . EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM B 1 12.3600; SIDESPLASH SHOWER TRENCH DETAIL DISPENSER SHOWN BEYOND (SS1) WALL TYPE _ G7 WALL TYPE _ G 6'; 1'-()" _ 12.3600; SOUD SURFACE 2 - - --- - - COUNTERTOP WI 3' ; 1'-()" 3' ; 1'-()" IINTEGRAL SINK (SS1) ----- /' --~ REMOVE EXISTING WOOD SILL 112 3600 INTEGRAL, _____ . , '. '. ----- EXISTING DECK Nt. VERIFY EXISTING FRAMING; SKIRT (SS1) ___ ., __~__'m' 0 e. REPLACE DAMAGED ITEMS I / " . 079005' SEALANT FIELD VERIFY AlL DIMENSIONS AND ClEARANCES. \ ,,/ l() .. ~----- - --- ---- . , DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRA\'i1NGS AND "'- - OTHER APPROPRIATE DRA'MNGS. 09.3000; WRAP TILE INTO 2 -- ..::.::--------, 09.2116; 4" MTL. STUD FRAMING LAY OUT AND COORDINATE All WORK PRIOR TO WINDOW WELL' STOP TILE ,- - - - 061000' DOUBLE2X4 OR MATCH EXISTING TYPE INSTALLATlON FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE ' I .. . , \\HH OTHER lRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAl. 1/4' FROM WINDOW , & SEAL AT PERIMETER A TRENCH DETAIL I.. 0)61000 2X4FRAMING 09.2116; 2 LAYERS 5/8 GWB @ . , TYPEXTODECK C COPYRIGHT EXISTING WINDOW & TRIM TO 09.3000; CERAMIC TILE ,ANCHORED TO SIDE SEE CLNG. PLAN $ UNAUTHORIZED COP"r1NG, DISClOSURE OR CONSlRUCTlON O I 8. REAR WALLS "'THOUT IIf<ITTEN PERlAISSlON BY NEU~ANN MONSON 9" REMAIN; VERIFY C NDmONS I PC IS PROHIBITED. 03.5400; CEMENTITIOUS I r' ---+ MAINTAIN ADA i VERIFY 07.9005; ROD & SEALANT UNDERLAYMENT ., . - . CLEARANCES UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING or DRA"'NGS IS PROHIBITED. 061000' 314" PLYWOOD ,.0' I 1'-6" Sheet Title: . , EJaSTING CONC. FLOOR _ 1__ 12.3600;SQUDSURFACESILL I ~ WALL TYPES & VERTICAL TRIM (SS2) 3'-O'X4'Xl' DEEP SAWCUT I ~ ; 3'-9 314' , A TRENCH DRAIN \ I C\J 10.5100; METAL LOCKERS TO TILE $ A 3'-0' 4' L-, I 1- 061000; PROVIDE 09.2116; 5/8' GLASS MAT BACKER SCHEDULES, K - - - " ~. "'OC"," " """ I I\\SREQUIRED 06.1000; 1/2'PLYWOOD 09.3000; TILE AND DETAILS 09.2116; 1/2" GLASS MAT I n7.9005; SEAL ALL 06.1000; 2X6 CURB FRAME BACKER BOARD I WALL PENETRATIONS 09.3000; CERAMIC TILE " 09.3000; TILE BASE 09.3000; PORCELAIN TILE 1 09.3000; PORCELAIN TILE 07,9005; SEALANT, BOTH SIDES EXISTING WALL SYSTEM , f\.---. 18 GA S.S. PAN SLOPED ~ EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM ' 1/4'/FT TO CENTER DRAIN A 1 WINDOW SILL DETAIL A2 SHOWER FLOOR DETAIL A3 COUNTERTOP DETAIL A4 LOCKER CURB DETAIL Sheet Number: 1112'; 1'-()' 111'Z'; 1'-()" 1 11'Z'; 1'-0' 1112'; 1'-()" WALL TYPE - G1 A - 501 3'; 1'.0' I I 1 234 5 I ." I\;~", ~ It" i ,II rit; i '~~ Hi! -,~~ :, 1 2 3 4 5 I I NEUMANN MONSON DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE -- A R C H I T E C T S FRAME DOOR DETAIL FIRE A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION NO. ROOM SIZE-PR WxH TYPE MAT. FIN. GLAZ. TYPE MAT. FIN. HEAD JAMB THRESH. RTNG. HARDWARE NOTES 001A WOMEN 3'-0" x 7'-0" EXISTING WO REFINISH - HM1 H.M. P3 - - - - #01 A,B,O 221 E. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 .' 002A MEN 3' -0" x 7' -0" EXISTING WO REFINISH - HM1 H,M. P3, - - - - #01 A,C,O,F 004A RR. 3' -0" x 7' -0" W011 WO MATCH EXISTING HM1 H.M. P3 B2/A-502 B2/A-502 A2/A-502 #02 A 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX - - D D 007A WOMEN 3'-0" x 7'-0" W011 WO MATCH EXISTING - HMl H.M. P3 B2/A-502 B2/A-502 A2/A-502 - #03 G 008A MEN 3' -0" x 7' -0" W011 WO MATCH EXISTING - HMl H.M. P3 B2/A-502 B2/A-502 A2/A-502 - #03 G Consultants: - 101A MEN 3' -0" x 7' -0" EXISTING WD REFINISH - EXISTING - P3 - - - - #04 A,O,F 102A WOMEN 3'-0" x 7'-0" EXISTING WO REFINISH - EXISTING - P3 - - - - #04 A,O,F . 151A MEN 3' -0" x 7' -0" WO~ WO MATCH EXISTING - EXISTING - P3 B2/A-502 B2/A-502 A2/A-502 - #05 E,G 152A WOMEN 3' -0" x 7' -0" WOI WO MATCH EXISTING - EXISTING - P3 B2/A-502 B2/A-502 A2/A-502 - #05 E,G 201A WOMEN 3'-0" x 7'-0" EXISTING WO REFINISH - EXISTING - P3 - - - - #06 E,F 202A MEN 3' -0" x 7' -0" EXISTING WO REFINISH - EXISTING - P3 - - - - #07 E,F GESSNER GROUP INC. DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE NOTES: DEFINITION OF TERMS: CONSUL liNG ENGtEERS - A. PROTECT EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, AND/OR HARDWARE; 1. REFINISH- 12.3 NORTH UNN 811<t.t'. (' IOWA CITf. IOWA tUZ46 RESTORE TO LIKE NEW CONDITION REMOVE DOOR FROM FRAME; 319-351-1349 B. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR & HARDWARE FROM REMOVE HARDWARE & SIGNAGE; fAX 319-351-1 J8'9 MEN'S 002A TO WOMEN'S 001 A LIGHTLY SAND DOOR 100%, WIPE & CLEAN; C. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR & HARDWARE FROM REPAIR/PATCH ALL MARS, SCRATCHES, CHIPS, ETC. WOMEN'S 001 A TO MEN'S 002A REPAIR/PATCH & SAND AGAIN & LIGHTLY WIPE DOWN; D. RESTORE EXISTING ADA POWER OPERATOR SYSTEM RESEAL W/ CLEAR SEMI GLOSS POLYURETHANE W/ TWO ACTUATORS TO LIKE NEW CONDIITION 2. RESTORE- E. PROVIDE POWER TO NEW ADA POWER OPERATOR CLEAN, REPLACE ANY BROKEN AND WORN ELEMENTS; 0 "" = = SYSTEM W/TWO ACTUATORS RESEAL, OIL, GREASE LUBRICATE, & REFINISH AS REQ'D ~o -.. ;)">. p.--c c:: F. RECLAIM AND RE-INSTALL EXISTING SIGNlAGE TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PROPER OPERATION --, C") 11 0--< N TO PROPER DOOR ;:<!C - r- . r'-' , C G. PROVIDE & INSTALL NEW SIGNAGE TO MATCH EXISTING C n', :t>- iT! ---Tl :z: CJ o-'~ ~A If? )> w w Project Title: SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM I RENOVATION --_.~_._._._"' IL--M.. t- PROJECT , EXISTING CONSTRUCTION; 4" PROTECT FROM DAMAGE 09.2116; 4' MTL STUDS 07.9005; ROD & SEALANT OR MATCH EXISTING TYPE - 06.1000; BLOCKING Owner: 09.2116; GWB, BOTI-I SIDES; SEE ROOM FINISH SCHED. City of Iowa City FOR WALL. FINISH - N 08.1113; H.M. DOOR FRAME; . ~ VERIFY WALL SIZE o - _, a: B FOR FRAME SIZE - N ~ B 07.9005; ROD & SEALANT 08.1416; WOOD DOOR, Project No.: Ot>.ocl6 SEE SCHEDULE FOR VARIES N Drawn by. FINISH REQUIREMENTS - ~ I m__. --!' 08.5113; NEW WINDOW Checked by. \ ------ -~- 09.2116; MTL EDGE TRIM WINDOW TYPE #1 GLAZING TYPES: Issue: IT . INSULATED TRANSLUCENT Date Description 09.2116; GWB, 09.9000; PAINTED 8-21-2001 61D DOCUMENTS 82 ~?l~R HEAD/JAMB DETAIL 83 ~~~~OW HEAD/JAMB DETAIL WINDOW TYPES - WOMEN'S RR 007 1(2' = 1'-()" 2' 2" 31-0" f 3'-0' {- Note: -.----.. ---- FIELD VERIFY AlL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. N DO NOT SCALE DRAWlNGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIAlE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO 08.1416; WOOD DOOR, \ I INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFl'RENCE \ I B2 WITH OTHER lRADES. READ PRO,ECT MANUAL SEE SCHEDULE FOR I M02 FINISH REQUIREMENTS - EXISTING MARBLE SILL, @COPYRIGHT PROTECT FROM DAMAGE UNAUTHORIZED COPYING. DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCnON 09.3000; TILE EIGENDS WITHOUT WRITlEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON RESTROOM 08.5113; NEWWlNDOW PC IS PROI-HBllED. INSIDE DOOR JAMB - SIDE UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBllED. 09.6500; REDUCER STRIP, 06.1000; BLOCKING Sh eet Titl e: CENTER UNDER DOOR - 07.9005; ROD & SEALANT i? B2 c;> F- M02 F- DOOR AND WINDOW A REPLACE CARPET EXISTING CONSTRUCTION; A TO MATCH EXISTING PROTECT FROM DAMAGE SCHEDULES AND AS REQUIRED - ---- -, DETAILS -. EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM ., , , -,/ / _.L__4 HM1 ------- ..--..~- ...-. Sheet Number: A2 ??1~ SILL DETAIL A3 ~~~_~OW SILL DETAIL DOOR & FRAME TYPES 1(2" = 1'-()" A-502 I I 1 2 3 4 5 I i IJ I I j i I 1 2 3 4 5 I I -. NEUMANN MONSON I --- I :-T:['L_::Tl 'T I I INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE --'--rI::[L;J.--~_-._I A R C H I T E C T S - - l~L _-)-~T [ 'T_T, .,T~j_, - T-'--rJ..-,..I.I"" '~~M!;!il~~ 3 . $"~~i;",&i~ IiLrL;Ti: ~ ~ 1:....1: T...L-L-~-:l_ r SOLID SURFACE E S"I caRlAN . COLOR "RIVIERA', (B) COUNTERTOPS - MEN'S RR 002,101, & 202: . 2 ..~ 1 2 3 4 5 I I NEUMANN MONSON - A R C H I T E C T S A "liCfESSIONAl CORPORATION 221 E COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 :319-:]38 7878 319-338-7879 FAX D D_ Consultants: ----_...~..- GESSNER GROUP INC. CONSlJL llNC ENGINEERS ,z~ NORTH UNN STREET IClWA c;lTV, IOWA c.:ZZ4:5 319-351-1 :349 FAX 319- 3051-1 3S-g Ji -,: ! , MEN \. 20;' ..... 0 = = ....... .j WOMEN t' <:\ ~O :J>o ! ! ()! 1,1 c:: '.\ ' o:::! en 11 '-'\ / J! C C 201 '<;..-,/ N - =<,0 - I _ r- rn m > O:JJ :z: 0 ( ~^ 'E ELEVATOR )> (,,) (,,) .....,. - Project Title: / //:"--~ ; /r\\ SENIOR CENTER ;J: 't'" , \_c-.~} MEN ". I 101 WOMEN (\\ ADA RESTROOM ' "~I I, CORRIDOR 102! '"ji,i 1 203 I '/P, i RENOVATION I ---------------...- ..... U I , PROJECT CORRIDOR 103 C 2 ~~~~NG SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS <1r Il:l Owner: C4 :;C~~~NG FIRST FLOOR RESTROOMS t City of Iowa City B B Project No.: 06,0<{6 Drawn by. D...... Checked by. KDK / // Issue: MEi'J ____ _"u__ Date Description it);;. DEMO EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER AND DUCT WOR~< &-21-2OOT BID ClOGUI1!!N15 , IN AREA INDICATED. , " EXCERCISE ROOM \ ii; ,',;".'0'41 ELEVATOR - --------- ------------- -------- ---- @09: . ",' -- ---------~~~- ,/ ~--- "'-/ "v 10 __ WALL PENETRATION TO BE Not.e: CAPPED FOR REUSE. WOMEN 1:): @CO"YI'IlIOI-lT DEMO EXISTING EXHAUST lIitAU1Il == .-....-,. CIIII'RIC'D HOOD. FAN AND DUCT f\llL-hI lIlIlCIUT __ I ... 1'1' --_ _ PC . ........,. WORK IN AREA INDICATED. WOMEN UNAU........., 1Q1J... . IlIA... ~...". U()~;l CORRIDOR 001 Sheet Title: 1 ~S:; - - ----------------------------- !I STORAGE l! MECHANICAL " A 153 DEMO EXISTING DUCT WORK AND! A GRILLS IN AREA INDICATED, DEMO -- -- -------------..-- INSTALL NEW DUCT AND GRILLS, USE SAME SIZE AS EXISTING, PLANS FIELD VERIFY. CORI'1IDOR 1 U03 A1 EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS t A2 ~~~~NG GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM <1r A 4 ~;~~:~NG GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS <1r Sheet Number: I>!I MD-101 1/4' = 1'-0' ~ 1 2 3 4 5 :J- I 1111 r_:_,_; , Ll II 'i " 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MC)NSON GENERAL NOTES: GRILLE REGISTER AND DIFFUSt ,~ SCH EDU 1_[ EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE A R C H I T E C T S 1- NEW SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL MATCH EXISTING HEADS \ A PROFESSIONAL CORPOR,~TION 2. WHERE POSSIBLE LOCATE NEW SPRINKLER HEADS IN CENTER OF CIELlNG TILES. MANUFACTURER 3. ALL SPRINKLER WORK TO BE PER NFPA 13 & LOCAL CODE. TAG TYPE MOUNTING FINISH MODEL # REMARKS TAG TYPE AREA SERVED CFM ESP RPM SONES DRIVE AMPS\VOLTS\PH AND MODEL NUMBER CONTROL 221 E. COllEGE ST. iOWA CiTY, I^ 52240 GROUND FLOOR DIRECT 1.3\115\1 EF-1 CENTRIFUGAL TOILET ROOMS 150 .500 1239 4.2 COOK GC-164 A KEYED SPRINKLER NOTES: S-1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEE PLAN WHITE TITUS TMSA - - - ------------ 319-338-7878 3193387879 lAX D __ - ____n__________ ________________ - - ------ NOTES: D NOTES: 1- ALL FANS SHALL BE UL 705 AND AMCA RATED FOR SOUND AND PERFORMANCE. (1) EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD TO REMAIN 1. SIZE AND CFM SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON MECHANICAL PLAN AT EACH DIFFUSER, GRILLE OR REGISTER. 2. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONECTIONS AT DUCT CONNECTIONS FOR ALL EXHAUST FANS. Consultants: 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TO DETERMINE FRAME TYPE. 3. ALLOWABLE ALTERNATES GREENHECK. JENN-FAN, CARNES. <]> RELOCATE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD 3, FLEX DUCT TRANSITIONS TO CEILING DIFFUSERS ARE ALLOWABLE, BUT ARE NOT TO NOl EXCEED 5' IN LENGTH. 4. PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED BACKDRAFT DAMPER. AND VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGING KIT. 1 234 5 I I NEUMANN MONSON i\RCHITECTS ., ;::;fESSIO~,Al CORPORA ION ;~2Il CULlEGE ST. IOWA CiTY, IA .'>2240 31'1-338 7878 319-338-7879 f'AX D D _ Consultants: GESSN ER GROUP INC. C:DNSlJL llNG [N~INE:E:RS 123 NORTH UNN STREET IOWA CITi, IOWA 511.46 31g.-oCJ1-1349 I FAX 319-551-138'9J > ~ i 4'] ,(~"-':>. , _'J,i/Y ~ ~ 02 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE WOM r':-". EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND REPLACE \.,:U WITH NEW, SEE SHEET E-102 _ ~ C 201'c~ (TYPICAL OF 6). C 0 5 ~O ~ \ ):> ==i c> 11 --< - () - N r- '~ _, -0 - I D .r",\, ~r rn . . , ". ELEVATOR \.!i __ 93 :x 0 " " "'-<..<-' 9 7' '-l) , Project TItle: ~ Z, N ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE SENIOR CENTER EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND REPLACE " WITH NEW, SEE SHEET E-102 MEN (TYPICAL OF 5). .. ", ADA RESTROOM I ..11 WOMEN (,,\\ CORRIDOR 1021 'el) . :'03 j, RENOVATION D D PROJECT COIiHlDOR ; (}{ C2 ~~~~NGSECONDFLOORRESTROOMS t C4 ~_~~NGFIRSTFLOORRESTROOMS t ~; of Iowa City 8 8 Project No.: 06,0q6 Drown by: D..JM ' ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE EXISTING Checked by: Me RECEPTACLE WITH A GFI RECEPTACLE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE- - . ; '. . ----- ELECTRICAL CO~TRACTOR TO REMOVE I EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND REPLACE, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTC~RT~ RELOCATE EXCERCISf HOC; EXISTING LIGHT: FIXTURE AND VERIFY WITH Issue: WITH NEW SEE SHEET E-102 ' EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURloS 2 TO THE .' ARCHITECT/ENclINEER IF NEEDED AT THE .. . (TYPICAL OF 2). EN NORTH (TYPICAL OF 3). UU' COMPLETION ot WORK IN THIS AREA. 20, Date Description M (TYPICAL OF 1) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING &-21-2OOT BID ~ 152 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RI:MOVE CIRCUITING FROM DRINKING FOUNTAINS TO EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND :;ONTROL ABOVE ACESSIBLE CEILING. SWITCHES AND REPLACE WITH I~EW, SEE $ SHEET E-102. 3--WAY SWITCH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE o CONTROLLING EXCERCISE ROO\4 9 t-() EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND REPLACE .. LIGHTING TO REMAIN. WITH NEW, SEE SHEET E-102" ELE"VATOR I (TYPICAL OF 7). . - . : 2. ALL POWER RECEPTACLE -CIRC(J TS ARE.- li.... . TO BE DEMO'D TO ABOVE ACCESSABLE . CEILING. " Note: -~ -16,-18 I RI~MOVE FIRE ALARM WOMEN IlILD _ AU. DlI.'.. MlllUIIAI'= 3DW' ,~'-j i .CIOILlNG MOUNT DO NOT 1:1 ""_'11 ....T... ... MIl ~8 ' -.r' 001 _ AI' .......' Olll . --' LAY lXIT MIl CD 1/1. M.L _....1V ''''-''Mc-" 48"" """, : ....M!AWl... "ClCllW'r MllIIClIlI><~_ ..cI VI." ,e:I' .... . ____...-:r-. 1 [,I >, . ... /\\ @COPYRIOI-lT t .) j ~ fXIIIl'WN& .-........ . ~ MEN ,<::/' 1IIIlOl/l'..... - -1\'--"."'" "'- PC . ~.... I' 00> -.~-- ... . ) _";",\ _.... 'ICN..II "11II'.'. . __ CORRIDOR \ /" () Y Sheet TItle: . ')4 __ . . ,,/ <: ""0-<' "STOR~GE -'6" r[]~ ( VfJfUR / .. .._____ RESTROOM A 153 Il48 _~:;,=2== _~4~m.9 r---ELECTRICALCONTRACT5R""TOREMOVE ALU CiRcuii'ltfG'TOABOVEACcrSSiBLEcEiLiNcr-1l A ELECTRICAL !- u_ .... -SO! 2 Q N . . J.J ,IIi DEUOUTlON ! I' 13 ~-i CORRIDOR Iii.. []. .-'11; PLANS I t FIRE ADA . DA FIRE t .1 L-_l._AL)L___________..Q~~____.:_____-AL::i.______J A 1 EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS t A2 EXISTING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM ~0 A4 EXISTING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS t Sheet Number: 1/4"=1'-{1" 1/4"=1'-{1" 1/4"=1'-()" ED-101 1 I 1 234 5 I ---- _'U f41- ir,l.ml --- ': '-',!~ ,-~ 0'_-- P. -;, --_c ,'~-' - , ~ .. . .' .. :5 4 5 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NEUMANN MONSON.' IlIQllE: .. .-_H-d--H~~INAI~~-;~ORW.~ION-~ LAMP INFORMATION MtSCELlMEOUS INFORMATION ARC HIT E C T S ~ '. 1.._~~,~~ _~EI=~;i~R~:O~~~~~~F~ ---=-_ WATTS VOLTS ~=~~D :=wr ~~~ERAL~~:~ A PRO F E S S ION A l COR P 0 R,A T I ON , 1. .., .... "~'..~ ~~ .VIHDIE i LITHONlA, COLOMBIA GE (2) 32W T8 35001< 2'~4' 2-LAMP RECESS IoO.INTED flUORESCENT . ~,~ NOt . ., " lO'cOIitlRGl F1 I 5PA-24-2-32-G-FA-A12-S-EBB-UNV 59 120 PHJUPS, SYlVANIA EQUIVAlENT PRlSMATIC flXTURE WITH ElI:.\;IKUl'iIC BALlAST. , . . .. . . . 221 E, COllEGE ST. iOWA CITY, 11. 52240 . 25P-G-Z-32-FW-A12-lNOLT-GEB10IS ' I. I I . ,-- i--UTHONIJ:-COLOMS"'--- - GE(2) 17W T8 35001<. 2'x2' 2-LAMP RECESseD MOONTEP flUORESCENT 319-338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX " 0 . F2 I 5PA-22-Z-17-G-FA-A12-S-EB8LH-UNV 31 120 PHIWPS, SYlVANIA EQUIVAlENT PRISMATIC RlffiJRE WITH ELECTRONIC BAlLAST. D 25P-G-2-17-FW-A 12-MVOLT -GEB101S ____n__' __.___________n____ UTHONIA GE(2} 32W T8 35001< 4' 2-LAMP WALL WOLINIED BRACKEf WITH ConllJltantlt: .1iCE'G 1IlOlU: F3 WC-2-32-A12-MVOLT-GEB101S 59 120 PHIWPS, SYlVANIA EQUIVAI...ENT ELECTRONIC IJAllAST (D ~_ K~~ F4 --~~~~I~~-:12~M~:~-GEB101S 46 120 ~fffi~7" ~QUIVAI...ENT ~~~~ ~~UNfED BRACKEf WITH ------r-UTHONI~-LITEBOX------ GE(l) 13W DIT COMPACT 6" APERTURE DOWNLlGHT wmt WALl WASH 1---- F51' IBX13~CAT-1W61WBF 13 120 FLUORESCENT LAMP REFLECTOR I LF6-13DTT-MVOLT-:-GE810-6W1 PHIWPS. SYlVANIA EQUIVALENT ~ I "' ~- UTl10NIA,-HUBBELL - 5.7 120 (2) DCT5 WEDGE BASED LAMPS E~rnGENC'y' UGHT FIXTlJRE 1 " I BWU LEAD-CALCIUM eATTEFn' ! l -- _IGSE~2_______H_____ GESSNER GROUP INC. e . --.----.--3------ ------.'--~--T : 15" APERTURE DOWNLIGHT wnw GlASS LENS-WET . . , ='__ _. . _ . "~"__'_- . , UTl10NIA. LlTEBOX 1 law OIT COMPACr i . <: t;.,_~~="~. .'. -. -~='91. un --'---'---",.' F7 : IBX18ICAT-TL64 18 120 ~ LAMP LOCATION RA1I'ED fOOUAE TO BE WOUNTED IN CONSLLllHC DlCIN&.EfP.$. '.u_' .- ___L__._..._,__._. ~ ---'-'-~----~:-,. .. . - : _ _ _ SOUD CElUNG 1.z:!i NMTH UNH S,.' . ~.'.. .' . .' .. : WOMEN LF6-18DTT lM>LT GEB10 6LF3 PHIWPS, SYlVANIA EQUIVALENT IOWA (;ITY IlJWA 62m ~L7 . . . . ~l.'~,:, 'c i~b1. ~ FAX ~::~:t=l , , -------- . -"-../ , W ii i50. -.. '''y- .--, , , . . ,_~:L.~__ __ I ,/ ' I' . I" .......~i , ~\. ); "I "--- ,! i , ,.~-t- -.,. i -_~___ ,,--'--- I ~ I - Q ~ I .. .-- 7~ ~Q ~ 11 ____ NG F2, __.-.-:-::::.'-:::~:----- ------------------------------.t~-,-- C ~:2. ;. P c -- .'. -..- .- --i.--.-- '. -~o r-n I ' . , r: \.. {>,. : i I (.'-~ ! .. IT! ,.... CJ __ . I . .. _ _ _ I I , ) , \ . i '1 I ' 0' . .""<"1 ::c ~-- '--'---1-- --.-..--'----.. \\J: ""..n ' ..- ---.-1' --c---;;-, ~~ -e . ;;: ''-, ;;: r- I ../ ;;: I ' "J c."J '" ~ _ - -~--, ~~~_., , -- : p I ~....... . '=' i N ~' . _~.._,...________,______._J ...... :" '\ . '. "- t.~-, ' '", ''L t., J ,.- . . ,'=C' =~..;;~ ___n n. ___u_ . - . -:~! Pro"-+ TItfe: ...., ' "" ' L, .~~,-- ,~- I - . , J""" '. . /f . . [ I -t. ,- ~ NOR.' ENTE'R':: COFliMIOOR -'---' --..- I --- --+ -......- SE : ..' C '. .l----.-. _J ,- I I 'I J_ " . . ,. .': . 3):;1 r-:: _/-1",) , ; ,- ------, ,re' I '" I '\ ., ,!:::;;.' . '-</- + ~....~L-m -i. -- ADA R' IE" ..$TROO'.' .'. '. W. . . ---, ._---,- -- ----'---'-'-'-._'- - ------==-=- .-=-- ! ' ,-" ~ - ~" , "E'.: ~ _'_:-"I'-'-::'C'''ce,CC:"cc.c'- I - . i. . . ". .' .. . , ,\ -f [- _~~_____m__m_u -I. EV~TC'RMEfJ- F'2 / \\ --Tn- F'2 -! :=- [ RENO. ., VATION ~ '1. - -",--' ---- ", . toll: /" I r- . .. . . .... l' . .., ' ,I , / I I. . I N', '.-r., "'. ."'j---- Arf --. [of-' -" ,1. .; . ru " PROJECT .....j.' .. IX '1\ / II ,I. I' Ii . [xi . , ,- ___n_m_'___ ~--------~ - ------ - '.. ...1 . .. .- ,j '1'1" '! ' I ,'. for((---" U J Lll' ~ 0~~ED ~~NG' r-..'-'--~=IN~....----..---- ~ k.J.--i'i . --- - - - - . ,', LIGHT POWER CORRIDOR J UGHT POWER --1.:_:::, ::::::-.:=-:::..::.:: 103 ~ Owner: ..I'l.....-...i:..I..j:...../~..:.....-:.:: .............,..:..... .......-.-......~.: ..... ..,'.... ............ C4.' . . City of Iowa City \11-. " f.' '"," .': .., ...... ..... .... .. . .... ... '.. EXISTING FIRST FlOOR RESTROOMS II .. . ~=~ B B FI Project No.: 06.D'l6 l . f.."" . . ;L, ' : Drown by. DJM . / . . . ~A-_,:.-=:.:~i~- !------=M~~--mi'-----!---- .~:--------.--. .l "/11 '! ~:C:~-==-~_-==~J Checked by. Me , . j I' . I Ii ,. f/ .\ ... _L._.-___ -t--- - nt' --- . .. .. ... 'EXCERC!... .'.SE ROOtM . . . . .. ... . USE. EXISTI.. NGi Ii . i ---- j IBllUe: \! j r-' C~UITlNG i . r .. -.--... --- - - . ..... ': . .~ TO CIRCUIT IN EX~S8 r- ,,-""- -- 1 Dote DeS..."tron USE: '-'tl.--~- -"i ~....Ulei.....~ ... ~ ~C ,A . [I:~~~ "J &-2J-2OC7f ..,.I)OCUB115 '. . I ~j ; uar-~ ...........y ...." H . fUl'C>'MICHED: I . '.. . ! RR ilJGHT POWER . I .. , . . '- ' FIXTURE TO BE I '004\ ! . ". .. ,MOUNTED ON WALL - . . . .,L~.J i 'ABOVE MIRROR . . ..-..=., I F'2 .~J". ,.. -- >--. .-- . Th':i.'::-\. J'C] '. . . '__~__~_=::__:__JI . _ . ........_ . __________ __ __ 1-- ___ d d___ ___ i- -- I _ ... . ! " .'. ';' " 1) \ .. ~ ,. , '-'~'-y "-'TJ=-f~~~-:;+ I'i I ,--- -=-- '.1 '- ! '- .--..----1-="L I.. ~ 'I '-.., ' .... I' I (~ I t ! , ,~ ,. 'i' l 0 ; . 1 ' I d' ,. ;. .~ m.,-, i ._..I-~.-- . --- -.-.- --. .' , .. . ~. I' . I '.or"" .,..- ! L ,'. I''''' ,"'- - .. '__m 1-~ ~- --"_- 'If [t ! i' I t . t: , ," . , . ,i---+- . _n__n_ , OCOPVRlGI-IT " ,,- , .., ' , ' I' I (]-. . . _ I ! < : . -, 1 ~,t 'I ", !! ~ _~.! I ~~--=, ,""_L j :<_ "-~~~~7_~ ,j : Y .. ,~) ,- 1 . i. r,~. :~j\~ !' c~;+.::- ... . -- - --, NSTAU. 'He'TO __ .111. OF" .. ~ - .-~L-- _~__ 1 -- F2 ~ EXISTING 3-WAY..,u <;:J'.' 41 ! I:~ i '-,~ lSTItlG CONTROLS, r-.~..._--Jl --- - -- - --1 SWITCH TO REMAIN, .. . i. ___~ J ' EXISIlNG ClRCumNG Sheet T1tI<< i I I CONNECT NEW H ISVAlOF, ' "F2 I.""t- = 1.. STORAGE : CORRIDOR LIGHTING . . -- / . /; i' _- . NSTAU. EXIS11NG .. .. A If.. 1'.1531 !I i . - <!f TO CIRCUIT. RElNSTA\.!. 'N.C' TO,.. _~_ . : '.-::'_.+.+__:__ E '!!Q.RNlllSfROfilE A RESTROO., .... . art , ,.-,-~ , I ! . EXISTING CONtROLS .,., , 1-' v [ I ~ .'K'Z*-;:xX'~A.R...}K:.-KX2~:+7.'. ':::,~:--::.:::I + I . U.SE EXISTING ClRCurtNp i [....-/ . i .. ..' . '--.. i '" . ! I ~. U1l'..ll I ;61' r r-) . ,., ~ I ____________----------------.-~n n__.,_.. '/ . v . ... "v 1 : jil.. , .11 . i . i.. i. i . ~ . LJ. [ ,~~~~tit~~~~(} , . -- m~_:. ~..-_::- --.-:::--t:r:t~tt--- -= - ! -- J PLANS / ' I I i I : : ki I. )' ",. 'r- -"~ , .. I .,' I". , i . , " - . , . j ',' ~" --. __...J... -..- n____ _L___.__.L_. n_~ _,:S: 21 ./ . r - < , ~ , -: ~.'" -=-~ . I Ii! i i ! ' 12l' TO LOCAL CORRIDOR TO LOCAL. . UNSWITCHED '---1 UNSMTCHED LIGHT POWER !()();!J UGHT POWER . . . . t qr CONNECT TO CKT 10 ~ . . . CO"..."^'" DI\U<<JD ...r:......'~.1.... ." ..... .......... ....i...-....'.._.....'..~<j.'.'.......'.<........ ,.. ........_..,;..d,.....~.<.. ,.... ., ....... .'.:.......:.;~.-.... '.....'.'...."..,:......... .............. ..~.."..."'.'. RESTR00M A. : 4 REMODEaiDGROONoFlOORRESmOOMS Sheet Number: ".' :_'-., . .... ."". <..... . . 'i> ,._' .. . ~".... .... ..' . IiilI .. III . '. . ."" ',. -'-.'... ". ."- '..... '"' ..c.... . ..' .,.. .-..... '.'. 1/4" 1.... E 10.... 2 1 }>~~ :__0, '_ .- _ ~'" ,', " -' .,-', _-':'-"'~;. ' _:' < ,-, : ~ ~_' '__j"-' "J:;!l;' , C,_ _ = .,., '; - . ,'" .-, - - " - 1 2 :5 4 \ 5 .,......_...I..T.~II. ' '_"-~T'~~_".'---." .'.., .. ''''''IIH. ......~_,....., ...>.......~~...~ ... . ....1'11'..-... ro.,... . ""'!Ii"". "~I'" _-. .'.'..'I-..'..i..l~".,II..'... "'-''''1''. .~...... ,"', l'I1liI'I" II.." ."".x ."-'11. ""'11' =1"11' :. rl;"~:>~..'.;., '. .. ,~I!f~i,l~~' ~'Z w ,. ',.'.: "'t.'. .:~:I..'~'..'" -" .... ....'...,~:: ...."JJt:, ..~".'f..~.:~~:"m. ;'..~ij~:,,)". ... ..:"';~:li~~l?> ~~i, ~~";:.;~" !~'.;, 'I :; . : ',: .1, Bfl" ,_, '"'X.lII""",,,"'3' . ,_ ,-.%" _ _, '^ ~" ,'~ M_ ,< ,if!i,,~~, ,:"._3~~k ~,_ ',' ,b;L., <' ",,~Im-~,~, ,..,~. ",,' IllKj~~" II L ~ I, "<,,, ~:d - ~ ., ~ _" J " .'( 1 234 5 if!f,.'i!f//~./-~/.>/i/....ji- //;//}/ /:;'}.:: // NEUMANN MONSON / " /." // / // /J' ." "/ _c" / / //" . . / /' " / c~ . '/ ,. __ __L L_._ _ '" /_ _ ._1__~_-,L_ < "'//./..... / - - - /L. U ~~/ ARC HIT E C T S /' , / I / ;:;J , .,>: / ,\ I' R 0 F E S S ION Ale 0 RI'O R AT ION ~ <// . I ~/ ,/' / /1 .. .. //;; / // 221 E COLLEGE ST IOWA CITY, IA 52240 :3193387878 319338-7879 FAX D D '/ / , Consultants: //// <</ / ' / /! (Z) 18/6 CABLES RUN TO (E) CONTROL I GESSNER GROUP INC, (/~/; PANELS LOCATION IN BOILER ROOM, *(1) 20A/125 CIRCUIT TO POWER NEW i CONSlJLllNC ENGINEERS k;/j< COIL AND TAPE 12 FT, LENGTH, ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND (3) 20VA i 12:3 NORTH UNN STREET V/ TRANSFORMERS, DISCONNECT AND I IOWA CITY, IOWA 5:.zZ4e *PANEl 'LA l' REMOVE ESIXTING 2P50A RANGE L 319'-351-1349 BREAKER AND REPLACE WITH (2) 20Al P FAX 319-351-13199 PANEL 'LA' BREAKERS, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE .. KEYED NOTES: NEW TYPED DIRECTORY FOR PANEL. Q) SINGLE-GANG J-BOX @ 4Z" A.F.F. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLANK ST~NLESS STEEL FACEPLATE. \ .....' ill SINGLE GANG J-BOX @ 80" AF.F. - S CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLANK u, ill # " 9 .,... STAINLESS STEEL FACEPLATE. Z ,i, 3 12, 3/4 C '~g ~ -::D C r<))! -< "" r- 03/4" CONDUIT ONLY. N < . C go - "1"\ ~ 3) "<~ yo 0 - ./ - I': ~ r<) -~ ' Qr. '-P. 2:. <..:> 0) ~ "" Project Title: / . LOCATE IN EXERCISE . I SENIOR CENTER ,(REA ^(DIRECTED) (J) 4/S DP IN .. ADA RESTROOM ~ ACCESSIBLE ~ i EXCER~~ ROOM ......J'- CEILING SPACE. RENOVATION I ! ,__"J 3 4/S DP IN ,)! j ACCESSIBLE PROJECT ./. ~. /..... )',"".07. .... ~/'.7',. ~~)0. )2'7-)~.=7'<, . CEILING SPACE. I I / "'A"'F\==or-' !~r' =- .1 Q) /' , / 'I.... "I ,\ 'l ...J I ,/'/; './ / / / _ 1.-:. I._.c=~ : / / , /, ,~. '. / ' (? ?!,I 'MEN 0 i z, . 0 !. ~r. 'I I! 008 :r.:i\ , ij"U 1 \1:..; /:;// ".[7' ".,T 7' 7 = 'C' . ., '.'. > ... ~~r Y , N Owner: ~. r/ / J~~// ) fi 0 0) 0 City of Iowa City _,~ -=-~~~o__~~L~- ~r::T~::Z~.:- ill 0 2 B ~~ B , ., i'. ,---, Project No.: O6.o<1b ! I.;!;" r=--'--J'~' i.9QLi \ . i, ( " / I,' ' Drown by. D...I'1 . //,JJc-L~,c' "J;;1",j --J;:::L..-c-' ~~V~_~":=;=;~'';:~cz ":C/ ::" " .... ~/ " ' / V / 10\ ' l/.' , \1:..; /> Dote Description V /, . ,//r. &-21-200'1 BID ~ I /1'-1\ <~> / . " WOMEN . ,/'. 001 /~ /'&/1 i , ~i /1 / ( lRF(iDOH 0('3 @)CO"'~IOHT __ :=---11I_ lI'IHllUI' __ Jo. In' ..._ _ PC . .....-..u. IJIrIMl,IIIUIWMII DJ'.. fIF ORA_. . .....-.... Sheet TItle: A A GROUND FLOOR SECURITY PLAN ~ , . Sheet Number: GRO~NDFLOORSECURI1YPLAN v~v : . ~'.;>/.'. /J~/'.'~/~- "'..71..,'..:.. ,:........ :..' .'.;:/~' '///j!'" /'-;' /',/ ~// . 3/18" a HI" : / / .)/'/ . ,~_L__~,/ /J, . // / / V/,/ /// . /1--------V~/ " . . /V// - ./I.j//,~1:~, ,@,:t:Z' //// E 103 1 234 5 , I ~-- -- .. --- I . .'/1' , .- i I, I - __ _u ~ __ _______ _____ ___ ___. __.. ..__________...._ 1 234 5 NEUMANN MONSON GENERAL NOTE: ARC HIT E C T S ALL EXISTING PIPING SHOWN BASED ON EXISTING DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ;, co R 0 F E S SIC N Ale 0 RI'O R /, T ION LOCATION, SIZING AND ROUTING OF ALL EXISTING PIPING PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 221 t. COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 338 7878 3193387879 fAX D D Consultonts: GESSN ER GROUP IN C, CON S lJL 11 N G EN c;lNEERS 1Z~ NORTH UNN STREET IClW,JI, ~Ill', IOWA 52Z.f:5 EXISTING 4" WASTE STACK DOWN ,319-3.511-1 :349 TO FIRST FLOOR TO REMAIN i fAX 319-,'3.51-1319'9 ' ,- "__T__.'_ ... 1 ~ - , , MEN /. 20;? ~ <5 ~ EXISTING 4" VENT ~O 'E II STACK TO REMAIN WOMEN FIXTURES AND PIPING IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED EXISTING 4" 'J>'3. ~ -r- U.N.O. WASTE PIPING OCCURS IN THE CEILING SPACE WASTE STACK <.2 C - (1\ C .~ ..' 201 . OF THE GROUND FLOOR REST ROOMS... TO REMAIN 2" VENT STACK. C 2.--' 'P" 0 ~. . ! ~ TO REMAIN - _ m :T- .~' I , ,--~ OJ, '!? , FIXTURES AND PIPING IN THIS AREA TO BE I II . -/~.~.:'! , . . , z c..,) "', REMOVED U.N.O. WASTE PIPING OCCURS IN !. W.'. . ;. WOMEN/;; .. 'J>' f') ELEVATOR ' THE CEILING SPACE OF THE MEZZANINE LEV~t. ,,' . . . , , EXISTING 3 FIXTURES ....0 PIPING . , 1021 I RISER TO "'-, . . . 'm ....... __...._..._..__c REMAIN IN THIS AREA TO BE ...... _~~ Project TItle. .. .. m J ~REMOVED U.N.O. FI~U .. S AND PIPING VENT STACK TO REMAIN SEE REMOVE SECTION OF IN IS AREA TO BE NOTE ON A4 SHEET P-l0l EXISTING WASTE PIPING ROVED U,N,O. . SENIOR CENTER TO MEZZANINE REST ROOMS. SEE C4 ON .'RE~M6 EXISTING ADA RESTROOM EXISTING WASTE AND SHEET P-l0l WA . STACK, " CORRIDOR VENT PIPING TO t S~ C4 ON ~~~~~N-?O 2 203 ANY HOLES IN FLOOR THAT ARE NOT MEZZANINE TO REMAIN. ___+ EXISTING 4" WASTE S.H.Im. -"P-l0l REMAIN .. TO BE REUSED SHALL BE FILLED IN. .-. ., RENOVATION CAP RELATED WASTE ANY HOLES IN FLOOR THAT ARE NOT AND VENT PIPING TO BE REUSED S~ALL BE FILLED IN. NOT TO BE REUSED PROJECT . MEN PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ., 1.)1- 101 CORRIDOR SHALL VERIFY ALL PIPING PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WORK, 1(U -- ---- C 2 ~.~~~B1NG DEMO SECOND FLOOR T Ownor. C4 ~~~~..aING DEMO FIRST FlOOR T City of Iowa City B B Project No.: 06.oc16 \ Drawn by. DJM / Checked by. KDK MEN / / / ',,2 EXISTING 4" W~STE DEMO EXISTING SINK AND PIPING. EXCERCISl:: ',,!l.,lf" / Issue: FIJ<TURES IN THIS AREA PIPING TO R~~AIN, DEMO EXISTING 2" WASTE CAP AND SEAL PIPE OOD Date Description TO'BE~EMOVED. SEE C4 THISI SHEET. .' AT 4 WASTE UNDER FLOOR IN CORRIDOR. &-21-2001 BID DOGt.H:N15 DEMO EXISTING VENT PIPING E1ACK TO STACK DEMO EXISTING DRINKING LOCATED IN MENS REST ROOMS. EXISTING WASTE FOUNTAINS, CUT AND CAP PIPING TO REMAIN WASTE AND VENT PIPING AT (--< m_ -1.--. !' SEE SHEET P-101 FLOOR. PATCH AN...D PAINT ,. -<<-'4 " WALLS TO MATCH. EL_EV,ATOR ... __ 1 ~~~+I~~ACK.I ~~~+~N~T1cK 2" VENT STACK ,~"II I: TO REMAIN . ..... '.. .'. I /. ..' ... . TO REMAIN " TO REMAI~~ . EXISTING I ~I . '!'. ., '.. Note. , 4" WASTE+j.... I MEN 'I" WOMEN DEMO '.'~ _.h VENT STACK TO REMAIN SEE 0+-.'.. EXISTING f \ \, ' . . /TO REMAIN NOTE ON A4 SHEET P-101 . . j ! u02 001 i LAVS WOMEN ! V~... 1 ICE I ' "/,,/ ~- , 151 I _ _ - __' :;- ~ ___ _..J CAP AND SEAL 'T1.(. /~ ~~~~;0 0'........ ~. CAP RELATED WASTE.... EXISTING WASTE@)cOfDYPlIIOHT I I. ". j,' AND VENT PIPING INLETS BELOW ___ := ___ III __ ' i. NOT TO BE REUSED FINISHED FLOOR lI1IIlIUl' __ I ... III' ...~~ _ I I' PC II ""'-.... r'ORRIDOR .i. \ ... .)J ___ ..ICI\J....IlM.I..-...... '" I' \. -+1' / CAP RELATED WASTE , . "i. \ Of- !./ AND VENT PIPING Sheet TItle: . "Ii STORAGE'; \ {'! . . DEMO . < .. NOT TO BE REUSED I I C' I T ~XISTING Y " ! ~I PLUl jBING A I.J.J /1 \LAVS I ~ ~ ~ -1--1 1 ~-~ ~ --j --<J A M .. -- /' ~--~C\ ...- ---- ~ -7 ~--'t--- r-- ~- WASTE AND VENT / /' \ PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ; SHALL VERIFY ALL PIPING , , PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WORK. DEMOLmON : \ ORRIDOR PLANS \ T 003 \ / I , :> e- .-- ,- --- t-- 1-- -- t----. t-- ""---1 A 1 EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS T A2 EXISTING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM t A4 PLUMBING DEMO GROUND FLOOR T Sheet Number: 1/4'=1'-{)' 1/4'=1'.()' 1/4"=1'.()' PD-101 1 234 5 -~ - -, ------ i ill i -..---=--.-....... ...------- - - ~._- ---..-.. - .-..- ---_._._-_..~--- --- ---. ....---- ___n__ . _____._____ - ---------...--- ~.__.._____..__'"___n_ __________ ,-. --'- _IIl._ I 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON A . C GENERAL NOTE: R C H I T E T S ALL EXISTING PIPING SHOWN BASED ON EXISTING /". P,UFESSIONAl CORPORA ION DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZING AND ROUTING OF ALL EXISTING PIPING PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 221 E COllEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 31e; 338.7878 319-338-7879 FAX D D Consultants: ~- ~ GESSNER GROUP INC. e:QNSlJL l1NG ENGINEERS 123 NORTH UNN STREET IOWA CITY, I DWA 5ZZ4:5 319-'}E11-134'9 L FAX 319-351-138'9 --.- ------.-------- - h . .... f 'P I ---r ,..1 MEN . / -202-! , WOMEN C , 1201 C I ---- - -.--------- ~, fQ MEN WOMEN EL8JATOR 101 /~\..- 1102i Project TItle: FIXTURES AND PIPiNG FIXTURES AND PIPING ~URES AND PIPING I SENIOR CENTER IN THIS AREA TO BE IN THIS AREA TO BE THIS AREA TO BE I I REMOVED U,N.O. .. REMOVED U.N.O. '~E~OVED U.N.O. .' % EXISTING EXISTING 2"CW UP FROM ADA RESTROOM 1 -1 /2"CW, 1 "HW GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS CORRIDOR RISERS UP TO . % TO BE REUSED. 203 MEZZANINE TO RENOVATION REMAIN. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PROJECT SHALL VERIFY ALL PIPING . .t:JAIUR CORRIDOR PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WORK. 10;> C2 EXISTING SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS <1r I/.! 1/4" = 1'-()" C4 :;a.~~NG FIRST FLOOR RESTROOMS T Owner: City of Iowa City B B Project No.: 06.0<16 Drown by: DJM Checked by. KDK FIXTURES AND U MEN , - --.-., Issue: SUPPLY PIPING IN 1 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR THIS AREA TO BE 152 I SHALL VERIFY ALL PIPING Dote Description REMOVED U.N.O. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WORK. &-21-2OO'T BID DOGl.M!:NT5 EXCERCISE I=lOOM ,909 EXISTING Z-1/2"CW EXISTING l"HW 2"HW AND 3/4"HWC RISERS TO REMAIN, TO REMAIN ii,,,, ","-"0"--111 ELE\ft\TOR ! EXISTING ;f ..:c1/Z"CW I TO REM,<\1N 1\ Note: -_Il EXISTING 1-1/2"CW, MEN ., . \i WOMEN ' ,--II 1 "HW RISERS UP TO 002 111I '} MEZZANINE TO REMAIN._ 151 ) ~" FIXTURES AND 11 SUPPLY PIPING IN @CO"~IOHT DEMO EXISTING 1 /2"HW BACK THIS AREA TO BE -_ 0lPlIlll. ___ CIl__ II TO MENS REST ROOM., FIXTURES AND PIPING REMOVED U.N.O. ....,.. ...... ~ - BY ......... ...... IN THIS AREA TO BE PC. ~-. CORRIDOR DEMO EXISTING 1/2"CW BACK REMOVED U.N.O. EXISTING 2"CW UP TO &.IWJ.....--" 1CJ1J... "IIIA_.. ~..... I TO Z-l/Z"MAIN. 1 st FLOOR RESTROOMS TO BE REUSED, Sheet Title: 164 --- -- ulr - STORAGE " , PLUMBING ,I 1 ---- 153 A EXISTING Z"CW FOR FIXTURES AND PIPING , A IN THIS AREA TO BE ! SUPPLY .~..------- GROUND FLOOR ~~~ RESTROOMS TO BE REMOVED U.N.O. . V,\ rUH REUSED. EXISTING 2-1/Z"CW DE MOLmON '~ v;:: .~%/ CORRIDOR PLANS ------..." ---- EXISTING 2-1/2"CW --- - EXISTING l/Z"CW ----{ / 003 EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS T /, T A1 A2 EXISTING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM qr' A4 EXISTING GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS Sheet Number: IiiI Ji\lI 1/4' = 1''0' 1/4" = 1'.()' 1/4" = 1'{)" PD-102 1 2 3 4 5 'Ir ---~J~IT -.--- --- 'a . ; .!t_ :; I 1 2 3 4 5 - I I I NEUMANN MONSON A R C H I T E C T s PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES :' !'RUFESSIONAl CORPORATION PLAN MANUFACTURER ALTERNATE TRIM FITTINGS AND SERVICE CONNECTION SCHEDULE MARK FIXTURE TYPE SPECIFICATION AND MODEL MANUFACTURERS ; ACCESSORIES BY P,C. WASTE VENT CW HW REMARKS 1 PLUMBING CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE IN PART DIAGRAMMATIC, COVERING THE SCOPE OF THE WORK AND GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC., AND THE APPROXIMATE SIZE OF EQUIPMENT 221 E, COllEGE ST. ! OWA CI TY, IA 52240 WC-l FLOOR MOUNT ' FLOOR MOUNT, BACK OUTLET, WHITE KOHLER ANGLESEY K-4386 AMERICAN STANDARD FLUSH VALVE-SLOAN 8110/8111, MOUNT PER ADA AND MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THESE DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT THE PLUMBING WATER CLOSET VITREOUS CHINA, ELONGATED BOWL, KOHLER LUSTRA K-4670-CA lOR ELJER OR EQUAL BY ZURN OR TOTO. 4" 2" 1" REQUIREMENTS. WORK, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT GENERAL, SPRINKLER, HEATING/VENTILATING/AIR W/OPEN FRONT SEAT, FLUSH VALVE, I CONDITIONING CONTRACT AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THAT WORK AND TO 319 .338 7878 .319-338-7879 lAX 0 i 1.6 GAL/FLUSH. I CARRIER JAY R. SMITH 0210D, OR VERIFY THE SPACES IN WHICH THE PLUMBING WORK WILL BE INSTALLED. 0 I EQUAL BY ZURN OR JOSAM. 2 BECAUSE OF THE NATURE AND SCALE OF THE DRAWINGS, CERTAIN BASIC PLUMBING ITEMS SUCH AS UNIONS, WC-2 FLOOR MOUNT FLOOR MOUNT, BOTTOM OUTLET, WHITE KOHLER HIGHCHIFF K-4368 AMERICAN STANDARD FLUSH VALVE-SLOAN 8110/8111, MOUNT PER ADA FITTINGS, ELBOWS, ETC., MAY NOT BE SHOWN. WHERE SUCH ITEMS ARE REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS OF Consultants: WATER CLOSET VITREOUS CHINA, ELONGATED BOWL, KOHLER LUSTRA K-4670-CA OR ELJER OR EQUAL BY ZURN OR TOTO, 4" 2" 1" REQUIREMENTS. THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR WHERE THEY ARE REQUIRED BY THE NATURE OF THE WORK OR BY CODES AND W/OPEN FRONT SEAT, FLUSH VALVE, REGULATIONS, THEY SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, THE I 1.6 GAL/FLUSH. DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL LOCATIONS OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND SIMILAR. THE EXACT LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO BEST FIT THE LAYOUT OF THE JOB. 3 ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TIGHTLY COVERED AND PROTECTED AGAINST DIRT, WATER, AND CHEMICAL OR U-l URINAL WALL MOUNT, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA. KOHLER DEXTER K-5016-ET AMERICAN STANDARD FLUSH VALVE -SLOAN 8186 G2, OR MOUNT PER ADA MECHANICAL INJURY OR THEFT. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE COVERED WITH HEAVY PAPER COVERINGS SIPHON JET URINAL W/FLUSHINGRIM, iOR ELJER EQUAL BY ZURN OR TOTO. 2" 1-1/2" 1" REQUIREMENTS, AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. W/FLUSH VALVE AND CONCEALED WALL CARRIER. CARRIER JAY R. SMITH 0637, OR 4 ALL MATERIALS SUCH AS VALVES, FITTINGS, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, PUMPS, COILS, ETC" SHALL BE EQUAL BY ZURN 01; JOSAM, PROPERLY PROTECTED, AND ALL PIPING OPENINGS SHALL BE TEMPORARILY CLOSED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE WORK UNDER HIS CHARGE, ON A DAILY BASIS, AT THE END OF EACH WORKING L-1 LAVATORY . WALL MOUNT LAVATORY 20"X18-1/4" . KOHLER CHESAPEAKE K-1721 AMERICAN STANDARD 3/8" ANGLE SUPPLIES WITH MOUNT PER ADA DAY, SO AS TO PREVENT OBSTRUCTION AND DAMAGE. THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS ARE MANDATORY. , WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, ADA COMPLIANT. . SLOAN OPTIMA ETF-80 OR ELJER STOPS. 17 GAUGE "-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" REQUIREMENTS. 5 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SEE THAT ALL MATERIALS, INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP IS PERFORMED IN GESSNER GROUP INC. INCLUDING SENSOR OPERATED FAUCET AND ADJUSTABLE 'p' TRAP W/CLEAN- ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS, OR ORDINANCES OF THE STATE CON SlJL 11 N G EN GINEERS CONCEALED ARM CARRIER. I OUT AND WALL FLANGE. OF IOWA, AND ALL COUNTY AND LOCAL CODES, CITY OF IOWA CITY LAWS OR ORDINANCES, INCLUDING ALL 'ZJ NORTH UNN ~[ET I STATE OR LOCAL BOARD OF HEALTH, FEDERAL AND STATE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONS, FAUCET ALTERNATES ' CARRIER JAY R. SMITH 0700, OR STATE ENERGY CODES AND UTILITY REGULATORY AGENCIES. I(JWA CITY, IOWA 0:2Z"0 DELTA OR MOEN EQUAL BY ZURN OR JOSAM. .119'-301-1349 6 ALL WORK SHALL BE FU~THER PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE FAX 319-3051-13a~ ; VERIFY WITH OWNER i 3/8" ANGLE SUPPLIES WITH UNDERWRITERS, THE UNIFORM PLUMBING AND BUILDING CODES, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, THE L-2 LAVATORY CUSTOM COUNTER TOP LAVATORY I SUPPLIED BY OWNER 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" MOUNT PER ADA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT, THE AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION, AND ALL SUCH OTHER I STOPS. 17 GAUGE '-1/4" REQUIREMENTS. SPECIFIC CODES AS MAY BE REFERRED TO IN THE INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. FAUCET ALTERNATES ; ADJUSTABLE 'p' TRAP W/CLEAN- 7 PIPE SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE THE MINIMUM SIZES ALLOWED REGARDLESS OF THE CODE SLOAN OPTIMA ETF-80 FAUCET DELTA OR MOEN OUT AND WALL FLANGE. MINIMUM, EXCEPT WHEN THE CODE MINIMUM SIZE IS LARGER THAN THAT SHOWN. FD-l FLOOR DRAIN . CAST IRON BODY W/4" BOTTOM OUTLET AND JAY R. SMITH 2010C ZURN OR WADE 4" 2" 8 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CURRENT SET OF CONTRACT PRINTS ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ADJUSTABLE COLLAR, ROUND STAINLESS STEEL AT ALL TIMES, ON WHICH HE SHALL ACCURATELY RECORD THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING ,...,. STRAINER. ; = ! WORK. AS WORK PROGRESSES, MARK CHANGES MADE WHETHER RESULTING FROM JOB CONDITIONS, 0 = ~ ADDENDA. FORMAL CHANGE ORDERS OR OTHER INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY THE ENGINEER. ~O ,.,. EWC-1 ELECTRIC WATER BI-LEVt.L ADA BARRIER FREE ELECTRIC WATER ' HALSEY TAYLOR MODEL ELKAY OR ! 3/8" ANGLE SUPPLY W/STOP, 1-1/2" 1-1(2" 1/2" MOUNT PER ADA p:::j c= \I G'> COOLER COOLER 8 GAL/HR COOLED TO 50' F. 3.7 I #HAC8FSBL -Q 22 ,HAWS 17 GAUGE 1-1/4" ADJUSTABLE REQUIREMENTS 9 THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INDICATE PROGRESS BY COLORING IN VARIOUS PIPES, FIXTURES, (J-< N - C C ,- . AMP 120 VOLT , , P TRAP W/ CLEAN- OUT. AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES EXACTLY AS THEY ARE ERECTED AND INSTALLED. :::jO - :("11 .c<~ ,.,. " SH-l SHOWER ADA COMPLIANT SHOWER SYSTEM SYMMONS C-96-300-B30-V-X AMERICAN STANDARD LEVER HANDLE, INTEGRAL SERVICE 4" 2" 3/4" 3/4" 10 MARK ALL PIPE SIZES AND LOCATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALSO, MARK LOCATIONS OF ALL VALVES -:;D :x .........; TEMPTROL COMMERCIAL SERIES lOR DELTA I STOPS AND ADJUSTABLE STOP AND VARIOUS EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES AS ERECTED WEEKLY DURING ~7' 'P. PRESSURE-BALANCING MIXING VALVE. ' SCREW TO LIMIT HANDLE TURN. CONSTRUCTION, w I ;Po , ; WALL/HAND SHOWER WITH FLEXIBLE N , 11 AT THE COMPLETION OF THE JOB THESE PRINTS, INCORPORATING CHANGES, ADDENDA AND ADDED DATA I . METAL HOSE, IN-LINE VACUUM I NOTED ON MARKED-UP PRINTS, INCLUDING DIMENSIONED LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND PIPING BEYOND I BREAKER, WALL CONNECTION AND Project TItle: FLANGE. 30" SLIDE BAR FOR HAND LIMITS OF BUILDING, SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR FINAL REVIEW AND COMMENT. THE PRINTS WILL BE RETURNED WITH APPROPRIATE COMMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. THESE CORRECTED SHOWER MOUNTING. PRINTS TOGETHER WITH CORRELATED PRINTS INDICATING ALL THE REVISIONS, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS SENIOR CENTER OF WORK, SHALL FORM THE BASIS FOR PREPARING A SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS. EWH-l ".:LECTRIC ELECTRIC 50 GALLON CAPACITY, 25 GALLON I A.O. SMITH DEL-50 BRADFORD-WHITE VALVES, ASME TEMPERATURE AND ROUTE P&T TO MOP 12 WHERE PIPING AND OTHER PLUMBING APPURTENANCES PASS THROUGH FIRE PARTITIONS, FIRE WALLS, WATER HEATER PER/HR RECOVERY, 100"F RISE, POWER 10kw. OR STATE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES, SINK OR FLOORS, INSTALL A FIRE-STOP THAT PROVIDES AN EFFECTIVE BARRIER AGAINST THE SPREAD OF ADA RESTROOM FIRE, SMOKE AND GASES. FIRE-STOP MATERIAL SHALL BE PACKED TIGHT AND COMPLETELY FILL CLEARANCES BETWEEN RACEWAYS AND OPENINGS. FLOOR, EXTERIOR WALL, AND ROOF SEALS SHALL RCP-l RECIRCULATION HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP 1/12 HP, GRUNDFOS MODEL UP26-96BF BELL & GOSSETT ALSO BE MADE WATERTIGHT. ;:>UMP 115V, 1 PHASE, 1.7A, 5 GPM@ 20' HEAD OR TACO RENOVATION 13 ARRANGE AND INSTALL PIPING APPROXIMATELY AS INDICATED, STRAIGHT, PLUMB AND AS DIRECT AS ET-l EXPANSION TANK . 7.6 GAL. EXPANSION TANK AMTROL AST 20 OR EQUAL 7.6 GAL BELL & GOSSETT POSSIBLE. FORM RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL LINES WITH BUILDING WALLS. KEEP PIPES CLOSE TO EXPANSION TANK OR TACO WALLS, PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS, OFFSETTING ONLY WHERE NECESSARY TO FOLLOW WALLS AND AVOID PROJECT INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER MECHANICAL ITEMS. LOCATE GROUPS OF PIPES PARALLEL TO EACH OTHER; SPACE THEM AT A DISTANCE TO PERMIT ACCESS FOR SERVICING VALVES. PLUMBING LEGEND 14 PIPING SHALL BE PITCHED TO POINTS OF DRAINAGE WITH CONSTANT UNIFORM SLOPE. 15 INSTALL HORIZONTAL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT SAGS OR HUMPS. -- NEW COLD WATER C.W. 16 GRADE WATER PIPING AS SPECIFIED. GRADE DRAINAGE AT UNIFORM SLOPES SHOWN ON PLANS BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT FOR 2" AND SMALLER AND 1/8" PER FOOT FOR 3" AND LARGER. Owner: EXISTING COLD WATER c,w, City of Iowa City 17 WHERE CHANGES IN PIPE SIZES OCCUR, USE ONLY REDUCING FITTINGS. -....- NEW HOT WATER H.W, 18 FOR DRAINAGE PIPING CHANGES IN DIRECTION, USE LONG SWEEP WHERE POSSIBLE, OTHERWISE, SHORT EXISTING HOT WATER H.W. SWEEP 1/4 BENDS, OR COMBINATION WYE AND 1/8 BENDS; USE SANITARY TEE BRANCHES ONLY FOR B HORIZONTAL BRANCHES DISCHARGING TO STACKS. -...- NEW HOT WATER RECIRCULATING H,W,C. B 19 NSTALL SECTIONALlZING VALVES WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS AND ON EACH BRANCH LINE TO Project No.: 06.0cf6 EXISTING HOT WATER RECIRCULATING H.W.C, MULTI-FIXTURE GROUPS. LOCATE VALVES FOR EASY ACCESS AND OPERATION; DO NOT CONCEAL. DO NOT LOCATE VALVE STEMS BELOW HORIZONTAL UNLESS INDICATED ON PLANS, Drawn by. D..M ~~R NEW SOil OR WASTE BELOW GRADE Checked by. KDK 20 WATER SUPPLY TO ALL FIXTURES AND CONTAINERS SHALL BE SO INSTALLED AS TO PREVENT POSSIBLE EXISTING SOIL OR WASTE BELOW GRADE BACK SIPHONAGE OF POLLUTED WATER. ALL SUPPLIES SHALL BE EITHER ABOVE THE FLOOD RIM OF THE FIXTURE OR SEPARATED FROM THE DRAINAGE END BY MEANS OF VACUUM BREAKERS. Issue: 1 I 11. NEW SOil OR WASTE ABOVE GRADE 21 PROVIDE PIPING AND FIXTURE TRAPS. CONNECT TO FIXTURES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT INDICATED OR Date Description SPECIFIED AS REQUIRING SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT FACILITIES. e-21-200'7 BID DOGUI-ENT5 EXISTING SOIL OR WASTE ABOVE GRADE 22 LAY ALL PIPING TRUE TO LINE AND GRADE, FIT ENDS TOGETHER, MATCH SO THAT SEWER OR DRAIN WILL ------ NEW VENT, VTR=VENT THROUGH ROOF HAVE SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INSERT. FOLLOW LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS AT SITE. AS THE PIPE LAYING EXISTING VENT, VTR=VENT THROUGH ROOF PROGRESSES, CLEAR PIPE INTERIOR OF CEMENT, DIRT, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIALS. DURING WORK STOPPAGE PERIODS, PROVIDE EFFECTIVE PLUGS OR COVERS FOR OPEN ENDS OF PIPE AND DRAINS. .. PIPE GOING DOWN 23 PROVIDE CLEANOUTS WHERE INDICATED AND AT INTERVALS OF 50' OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL PLUMBING CODE AND WHERE REQUIRED AT CHANGES OF DIRECTIONS OF SOIL AND WASTE STACKS. INSTALL 10 PIPE GOING UP CLEANOUTS SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR EASY REMOVAL AND TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR RODDING. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS PIPE SERVED EXCEPT THAT NO CLEANOUT NEED BE LARGER .I- SINGLE DIVERTING TEE THAN 4", Note: 111_ MIllUl'tllllrv 24 INCREASE ALL VENT PIPES AT LEAST TWO PIPE SIZES 12" BELOW ROOF AND EXTEND TO 12" ABOVE DO IlCn' IllMI: _ .. OllIIU.T... _ _. MIl FLOOR DRAIN F.D, ROOF. MINIMUM VENT THROUGH ROOF TO BE 4" U.N.O. - _..___.... 11111 LAY CIUT MIl Ie Po. ML laIC ... 111 IIISl'I!IIAWII _ "COl_ MIl _ t,_ _ICE 25 SANITARY VENT PIPING SHALL BE GRADED SO THAT THE AIRFLOW TO THE OUTSIDE WILL BE CONTINUOUSLY _ _ _ _1'II08l' IMIIML CLEAN OUT C.O, UPWARD AND SO THAT NO LOW POINTS WILL BE DRAINED. @)CO~~IQHT BAll VALVE OR SHUT OFF COCK 26 SEWER AND WASTE PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO EXTERIOR WALLS, OR IN -- :=--...- UNHEATED AREAS SUBJECT TO FREEZING TEMPERATURES. IIlIIOIIl' __ 1 ~ If ."'- _ PC . ""--.... GATE VALVE 1JNM1,........, 1CJlJ...I fI DItA... . ~..... 27 SEWER PIPES SHALL PASS THROUGH FOUNDATION WALLS NOT LESS THAN 3'-6" BELOW FINISHED GRADE. RECIRCULATION PUMP Sheet Title: 28 MAKE TIGHT CONNECTION BETWEEN WATER CLOSET FLANGES AND EARTHENWARE FIXTURE BY MEANS OF AN APPROVED MOLDED WAX RING OR SETTING COMPOUND AND BOLTING. PLUMBING A A SCHEDULES NOTES AND DETAILS Sheet Number: P-100 I I 1 2 3 4 5 I 11 ,Eml I -,,~. 1 234 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS NOTES: A i',OfESSIONAl CORPORATION SEE SHEEr P -1 00 FOR INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE WAS'E AND VENT SIZES, CONNECT NEW LAYS TO EXISTING 221 [ COLLEGE ST IOWA CITY, 11. 52240 WASTE AND VENT WHERE POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE FLOOR CUTTING. 319 338 7878 319-338-7879 fAX D D Consultants: I NEW 4" WASTE OCCURS IN EXISTING 4" WASTE NEW 2" WASTE OCCURS IN THE CEIUNG SPACE OF STACK DOWN TO THE CEILING SPACE OF THE MEZZANINE LEVEL - FIRST FLOOR THE MEZZANINE LEVEL , GESSN ER GROUP IN C, CONSUL llNG ENGINEERS MEN . 123 NORTH UN N STREET I [202-1 WOMEN IOWA elTi, IOWA 52Z40 -.--, 'IWC_2U1 L .319-351-134'9 , -.L--.-,r-1-172.....vrNT -_-/ NEW REROUTED 4" WASTE PIPING TO MEZZANINE REST FAX 319-3051-13S-e y.' '" '_.Y... 2" VENT I ROOM OCCURS IN THE CEILING SPACE OF THE 1 st FLOOR- V 11 . REST ROOMS. THIS WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR ',L-2 TO DEMO WORK TO ASSURE THAT THE MEZZANINE REST )WC-2 ROOMS REMAIN OPERATIONAL DURING THE REMODEL OF U-l THE GROUND FLOOR AND FIRST FLOOR REST ROOMS, COORDINATE WITH SUPPLY PIPING FOR SAME REASON. EXISTING 4" WASTE r-> SEE ISOMETRIC ON SHEET P-103 STACK DOWN TO - 5 ,.nn ~4" VENT S"ACK UP TO 6" VTR GROUND FLOOR ~O E I I CONNECT NEW 1-1/2" j; 3. G'> ":JJ !I / 2" VENT CONNECT NEW VENT , VENT TO EXISTING Q ,-- ~ \ ~ // CONNECT T,? PIPING TO EXISTING.' 2t2 :po rf\ C .... EXISTING 3 WASTE VENT STACK. :1 ,\ C ' il":' ::J: 0 WC-2 '_.' . STACK UP FROM' ,,' ~.".,J 5 JJ ..D ELEVATOR~)EE C4 THIS SHEET GROUND FLOOR NEW 4 WASTt BELOW L~2 :'Z/'- .. X ;X' x-. -riFOR CONTINUATION FLOO~. ~/lN PLUMBING '., -;; ~ " /L \.' "WALL ~OF GROUND FLOOR .1., \ REST HROOM. .('.\ ~ CONNECT NEW 1-1/2" / cc<c,~', I,' WASTE TO EXISTING NEW 1-1/2" WASTE PIPING EXISTING VENT STACK ,; L"::~ OCCURS IN THE CEILING SPACE UP FROM GROUND EXISTING FD-l ,1 P . t TItI . OF THE MEZZANINE LEVEL. FLOOR SEE NOTE ON MEN 4" WASTE i~ ,.. rOJ8c e. CORRIDOR A4 THIS SHEET ~ 10+,........ .......,...' WOMEN! -1, EXISTING 2" WASTE SENIOR CENTER 203 .. II STACK UP FROM ,_- ___ I 102, ,~! GROUND FLOOR .' ; I NE'W l"::i/:Z" WASlt PIPING DROP DqWN ~ ADA RESTROOM ,'T _. _", ,_ " . _ CONNECT NEW 4" WASTE 4" WASTE FROM MEZZANINE REST RO[OMS'I I ,..'\' '..~/'LL. x::..7V AT CEILING TO EXISTING 4" (IN FIRST FLOOR CEILING SPACE). I ", , I I 1 I I WASTE FOR MEZZANINE ' , I i II "~I d ' REST ROOMS. ,NEW 1-1/2" WASTE PIPING OCCURS ilN T~~ RENOVA]ON ! ! VOID SPACE OF THE MEZZANINE LEV$..,! I , ' c' .......... ." EWC-l CONNECT NEW i PROJECT 1-1/2" VENl UP I SEE C2 THIS SHEET TO NEW 4''V1!R -e FOR CONTINUATION C2 EXISTING SECOND FLOOR RESTROOMS t C4 REMODELED FIRST FLOOR RESTROOMS t Owner: 1/4' = NT 1/4' = 1'.0" City of Iowa City \ B B Project No.: 06,Oq6 Drawn by. D...J-1 i // C EXCERCISE ROOM " CONNECT NEW 2" INSTALL NEW FLOOR ~/ Checked by. KDK I' r WASTE TO EXISTING. DRAIN, CONNECT TO ' MEN I 009 , CONNECT NEW ' EXISTING PIPING W/ . "II 1-1/2" VENT TO P-TRAP. Issue. /,:1 t" I EXISTING, L -2 CONNECT NEW 4" Date Description /:;1 L_ , ,WASTE TO EXISTING &-21-200'1 BID DOGIH!H15 ><]1 [==J I EXISTING f 4" WASTE PIPING. '<I,' '.., I 2" WASTE ,,,,:L..-l. . W~1L ' I 'I r--; " EXISTING 4" ELEVATOR' .~."....W.'AS~.'. =G.c ~'c:::~ ~ ~~~ I ~ --c'- fm ~~Si;t S;tg~R UP ~~~~:CJo N:~S~~G , I})'?tl" {f',' \ ~1BlS SHErr,' ' (/) T I 004 4" WASTE STACK. EXISTING. 2 VE , ,'... " .'q I ~ I EXISTING 3" I STACK ~ ;, 'L-l ~t~ , ,,,, WASTE STACK UP I 11m! TO 1st F~ i, "l .q- FD-1 I It I I " !--- L ........___.:!::..._ ..-! , CONNECT NEW 2 VENT TO TO 1 st FLOOR ., CONNECT NEW 2" I /,,\ ; , WOM. Ef\j ,I . ,_u-~,iii" '(.,_, 1:'> T I EXISTING, FIELD VERIFY SIZE ~"" T iVE}JT TO EXISTING WC-l. w .: ':', ' Note: 1',; 1 ~7r>rt/ ' , OF VERTICAL VENT STACK AND L-0 I NEW 4" WASTE, 1Ii r:"2 I; EXISTING ,. II ' 1--'; 11<1/ ; REPLACE IF NECESSARY, I ----1 I ',' ". ' ABOVE FLOQR---1N ~ ' II I, 1-1/2" VENT Iii --jf{SH 1 " -- "----------" -.-- - ..J1t~J PLUMBIN~ WALL ~.. .. '.'V.' I I ,- .. I;" , , '" ICE I. .,.. ~ w .. "" <.,' .1 . ,j ,.." _ '1 / "--',, ..... A)L ED-1 WOMEN, ' ' I I FD 1 ..... ' ' ' '1 (/),' ", , " , , ' , ( , , <( "z '" / P "" I Z I I '~ 001 i=I"'" I, ' SEE SHEET ,g,COIDVJIlIIOHT ~ ~ \ I L-2 , CONNECT NEW FLOOR" .~ 1 L':'2 !Ir PD-l0l -- ----- C'ORfll[)( RI l' \ it') DRAINS TO EXISTING 4 WC-l r::; ,...: _......~ -.......~...- 1 " I WC-2 '" +---..., " WASTE UNDER FLOOR. " " '., EXISTING 2" PC IS --- ; 'J~ ) (-"I L -1 I ~OMEN, \\ ~ CONNECT NEW VENT EXIST1~ 4" ~STE ." WASTE STACK UP -- 1CftI... ".. ... ~- STORAGE!,I. .', '. o~-...1' 1007 ' f- r ~',',' TO 1 st FLOOR ~ li \ 1 FD-l 'I liT ~ . , . Sheet Title: h:3 i ,'-c in ['C; I, / 1 r::; U-1, -----' ~ EXISTING 4" WASTE ---,-I --I --I ---<1 ,,- T . _4" WASTE I ~ 1....../ '-,,'/ II WC~ 1-1/2" ViASTE PLU1JlBlNG A ------ ----- ~.-:V€NT--~__:=-------R. ~' .. --\ e-, , 'F [---- 1"- EXISTING 4" WASTE ---.." r ' ,... 1,-1/i?" VENJ: A M I~ONNECT NEW 4".. / "1 . .. ' WASTE TO EXISTING ,\1 \ _/ ~ CORRIDOR WASTE AND VENT '\ IIiJl EXISTING 6" SANITARY , ,I," \ . 00:3 EWC-l __ PLANS \ i '\ r EXISTING 6" SANITARY \ TO SANITARY MAIN '- - , I EXISTING 4" WASTE - 1---- I - ~ A ~ A2 ~ A ~ Sheet Number: 1 EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR RESTROOMS v ~ v REMODELED GROUND FLOOR RESTROOM v ~ v 4 REMODELED GROUND FLOOR RESTROOMS v ~ v 1/4' = 1'-0" ' 1/4' = 1'-(T 1/4' = 1'-0' P -1 01 12345 I ,....., -.. .-. - 1. ,.,'.,. ...1,.......'...... '......;'.-.' -. , , '1' , . :1::: 1\ r~, ; ',1'1 ! : . I ""', ,. ." ." '. ...-,.~' '-~" '-""'-".-."'~",ll" ,,-..-......AA""~'2ll.~=,,0r"-". '.. "'.".', ..d'=',,,".,..,,...,,'~".. ,.,~,.,"''"'',.,.L'.,'''..L'''+,.''. ,..,~_..,.~'''u".,...^.%,.H,'~'.,.,W.,.".."."',""I'.,".""!..."""~"'.~-'..,.!=~,,="^..."""""'l!~ I.",., "I :'1 q 111; :5 4 5 I~ NEUMANN MONSON: ~ii ~l ARCHITECTS tiH t~~ '[,$-; 'i'.'r.1, \ A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION J :H ~'" ~h 221 E COllEGE ST, IOWA CiTY, IA 52240 "'v~ ~ ' 1"1 ~ i!!i (I; 3193387878 319.338-7879 FAX .,! D 0 ~~~ ~!. ",~i '" t]': Consultants: !~j CI' f'.'..' t ii'i 1-1,; tii f,.'.'.}.', r~-i CONIlIECT 10 .E1tSnNG.., . . 'Z"CW 1"MW. ." AN'" ~J , ". . . ... d' i 3/4"HWC . ~lfP FROM GROOiND ROOR_, Vr~ 04 ! . ~ I f-rj ~lj i 3/4" CW, HW Sl " i AND HWC ~ll GESSNER GROUP INC.. ~.:!1' CONSlLllNG [N~~1. ~i' 123 NORTH LMN .', ,. ~ - ." f,'.!'.' ~.: . ~.." ICJWA em, IOWA... . .azl. Z*. '.'. . tt / -. ' 31....3&1-134.11 ~l L . W/Orv1" L-2 FAX 31...3D1-1J8f ~1f.l 1--- j\' .. . ~. , On'.' .t! -' tL' ~] "?O'~ qj - ftl - - - - , .. ;;&1 ,.,/s;zs, L-2... 1/2 CW, HW UP ""I .. ' . f~1 '\ 1 , ~ ~I 3> EXISTING 2MCW. 1"HW AND 3/4"'HWC <5 ;. . ~:l \ /. U-1 EWH-l LOCATED RISERS UP FROM GROUND FlOOR ~g ii:n ~. ~..I' *. r-'~'-~==~~== ABOVE MOP SINK -<. 1'0 ..- ~I . 12.CWHWUP 0 - \- Iii."..'.'.',' ~... -~- 1m CW.. ' SUPPLY PIPING IN THIS AijEA / 'v' , - .' ::::\,~ rn ftl c / / . OCCURS IN THE CEIUNG SPACE C :< !i 0 ~l! j/ '\ .-/ _ III Of THE MEZZANINE LEVEL. DOWN TO GROUND ,.'. .. Ii, : I' .., I ~~, .g i~i . ~. ' ,- FLOOR REST ROOMS _' (.i~......'l L-Z i;.~li: i '~i /' G> 1/2M CW, HW UP ~ ~ f", . \... ',' . SEE A4 '" 1.2 EWH, ".I ,II, , ' / FROM BELOW ~'. /, 'I . THIS SHEET. . . L- ..." WC-Z.. l~ i I It ..WC. -2 ,. / (,j; ,:~ .- . ("'~,." I_~""'- .-'_/ L-2 !i'i-o : ! \ . I, 11..".., " '.' ........'....-;;..-.----...- ,', .ET-l .. . ..'. <. ~" '.' G.2CWtUP if r. . . . . .......-. .' , , " . -..".-~~ f1I' ' I' .' ,) , - H -j I! FROM GROUND ~ 0> 1/2- CWo HW UP , ' , ./ . l Z H ..._______ .' , ~!,'. CORRIDOR ' . -y~,... , ", "....;'TC;CC';.cTj.:.....~~_ [ S FROM BELOW Project TIUc If' . " 1/Z"CW,HWUP v' ,," 1-1,2 l,: . [2Q!] FROM BELOW !).'.. ".. L-2 , SENIOR' ClIffE. ..' . Ff.' ~;: I -- ,/ i 'J ' '; """'~-=~' I . . ... .',,' .. .. ,. .~i:: I). , ".. .' I, /'" \ F- ...' .. ~~) ~-- -, r- . F="'''''-' -', - - ~,I! .. . EXI~'G ' ., )WC-2 i !;Ii . Y . IN 1I'H.' ;>,n,!. ' , I '- \' ADA l'Ii . ~,..~ISMfA' 1-1/2"qw,l"HW! . ... un .,. _!IL_.€.~~'O.::c_-_-br~o~o~_od f~- ~.'.!.', ~. WE, . co.. .SPN::E. RISERS .....; "'on"" /'.. , . ...-. . -- m.-..-. ... ~.....:-.--==-==~C1.-... m " . ~; OfM ~ LfVa.. MEZZAHI~ ,./ " ..; u:'fr~"C'Cc "_elie-mC----- n '" - .L..C i ~...Ii. ffim .'.fr---2S2S' z....".~.. .. .~....S2S,(- ",..-~--,.-- .., (.' ,M. EN . '" WOM.. . EN.' 1"___. RENO. JlON.. '. . "~" " . __'m_" "... '/ / \ II A I .. ~i . I - - -fiT "T-- -~ . :>''lQ1 .' " [102J 1____ . . I'" ...'.' . i~:. '[-';;!--' j' [I' II I r ! i r"l.1:UVAfOR '.' CORRIDOR " I %i! . ! / . I !!"j h,A X, : Ii ,--==,,-. - '."...11 "",~.m. d' I , I I I '. I., ,. '103, . E_,~~'.m-C_-m...nu.'-'.. ......___.nL..,.. L_ PfI()'-'I!CT Ii EWC-1 roT . UP II I Iii . b~ ' q . -~..: ----- -.._~==:-_::_:_-:==:nu_.J ful - ; . . . . , ; ~ j ~I.~.'.i ~.L ~~T::~T.L=TL::;,-~~~~...::;-:~ ~,....~ ;i! , , I ! ! ! [', J ~: ' , , I , , tAl iH ~~l 'I' ~" QI.",;.......~RIlESTROOMS t C4 EXISIlNG RRST FLOOR RESTROOMS t ~ 01 Iowa City p, . " ,=. 1/4" = 1'-0' , . . . ~'}l ~ B L B ~ r"i ~J-; fl' . ,~ . Project No.: 06.0f6 tl ,'.... V,j EXISTING ", 1>, )-. -- _ - - . 1>.. /'1'--"- ~---- / .. Drawn by.: D.Jof ':-1;' ~___'-'. ,________.-.._________.--. _ I",.. .,... -T"" "._..m __,u.-I~'.-"__"--' , 2 1 2CW ~!m_ d , : m-2"HW P; =~~~_~=~~ . Checked by.: ICtlK ~i! MEN:- 1- , CONNE~TIONS.. MADE TO EXISTING 3/4RHWC:/ k ,I. ! EXCERC.ISEROOM 1-1/2 CW, 1 IHW RISERS UP TO r----- _n_______ / Issue: ~. '_152' '[(JOe] MEZZANINE SHALL BE COMPLETED " ., t ,- .,.-- .un.....' . ~: I I L__n PRIOR TO DEMIO WORK IN GROUND" ,i , " l Dote DllcrfptIian .'. . ~! I ' I FLOOR AND FIIRST FLOOR REST RR.' ""--' . _ ". .. me' ~I I i ROOMS TO ASSURE THAT THE - ..,..2I-::2OOf -.. flIClIP....Ifi (.. [' tl I 1/2'tw: . MEZZANINE REST ROOMS REMAIN 004 ., ' i' ~:: -1 . .HW OPERATIONAL DURING THE REMODEL I' ~l; I MEN Of THE GROUND FLOOR AND FIRST 1/zMCW, ~j I _ FLOOR REST ROOMS, COORDINATE. HW ,. fJ 1 .~=>:. r [i:~ / :~O~ASTE PIPING FOR SAl.AE ~~1:~"" ,"'. ._.... ~ ~.... ' ... I I' 1-1/Z"CW " . .. ,.---.--, r -- IF~ iLl ~;. .-.... I' 1/2" CW HW ..~' . r I /4-....... !. "" ,__-=-~ /. 1 nft. ]' ",ft' !! ~t'~ 1 ' I "CW, UP AND DOWN____.! 1_. ~/4"'HW !: ,.... ' .. / 1"HW ......~.....~...-..-. L . J-, -"-1 ~ j'; !C,,' , . , ' =="T' --.:..,-~--:::. .- I h' > / " ---~.-----"~ If I" i'~"~= r .3 4 HWC . ' '..' ~..l i. r j. ~::L-1 ~. " - - =* /2- CWo I-IW " ,,j. , . , . ".. ""'DON I,,: - I I no WC-t '-./ , ' i'l ..... . 1. . r. 'II ' , 1il.-~.' ! V [ , /P ---- .- '_ . 1"1-IW Iii.',', I.' /' ~1 . " '1 'I ,/'l.CW 1'"HW .'1, ,-..--.-.-.,... 'I " Ji i ,(.., 3/''''~ 01, ,~i ' -./ . !:f ,.-...----..-... I UP TO EWH-l . J .. .......... 1 ' . i r " " \ , . ..- ..-........-.-.... I I. ' "" 'i ,3/4 HWC @OC)llll'ltlltIGHT ~} "" 1.-..... "" .11 '.. t"Hlt. ,,' "UP AND DOWN 1/2 CW.;_; i' ; i.. .. EXIST~ 2"CW UP il [J GO~RIDOR --"'L .....",.....1 I ~: 3/4"HWC f'-..,... "3/..MCW",. MEN U-l.:.' iWC 1 TO fit flOOR ',~_..=:! /4"CW. It "111.. 18. ft 1M! . ' .. i j" ! WC:-2 , ~ .: WOMEN I, 1:CW, \ 3/4"HW . 002 2"CW'C' ,~_./ ."_,,. ~S . r u";1 /4"'HW Sheet r. "'. i 'ST"'nAf"C : ' II ()-L-_' U"'-" I 1 HW 1 . t ' ,. u , "GT~'''L..".c''-']i WOMEN. 'I '. ' vnl'\UL: i . ~ J ~L~'t'!f.,[ . oem I .' , ,\." .' i-. j, ~ . ' ,.; ; I : . " 'l r . L- . ~ .om 3/4 HWC I ' t CW 1-1/2"cyI; . WC-X inn, ! il PLUIl~~ ~! A . .....J '.,_ .. __..,.,1_~'!_",.._" m. ...1,1 . _'!:.~Y---.: =::::::.-,......... ..., .. __mJ,.~.~~ ._ no no ') _ / U-l :~, i' . "", ,001, i_ u'i . "_He A...."'" ~,.'. !. /'.KX':r-"--.-X '-~'/'X-X'-;rX ':-.7r~~~~:~. .~~ __.. .,..,. . ., - . .. I." r . 1/2"cW"- ..." . -. .' "CW : I! I ] SUDI!JI 'Y I I>" " :X.LZ. ;"";'~r ;LLN ---:==tl..~--:-==-~---- "-:2:~,-H 2"CW.! 1" u i!~.. , f ~i II r rI- m ", "I i: ;. i ! ~~" . J' l"HW, \ --" ExiSTING Z-1/2"CW 0) ~'_.J Iii : !; .IL..---- PLANS " .. / ". , , /' "'On'" L~.. l __ ~ ., "-.' .",'" " . 3/4"~' \ ',. '"""'.. .1. I. '11 f,,,.--..---.-.--1... _il_..___....-:] '''t ~ . '- - "" '.' ! . . nW\.; __ _ 0 ~,,\,,- . ~,~..,.,! t..,..' ~ Ii' i . i.. I I Vi' 2"CW~- m._ -::::...~- EXISTING 2-1/2"CWCOR. .R. . .100. R .. -- ---. -- -~, EXI~NG 1/2.CW -~...- -.. bl ~1 . . t. ~ ~f:!.vt ,t, '003' ~ I., A.,.} ~t.~,.'.... 1....'.......;... -....... :........-....,.,...,~.....,'-.'.'.'...,'.'...~.......~..........,..~.-..;..'. ........ ,.....'.'.::'. .......... . 6...:....:,..."...,. '._........... .......-..',.....!IIM....'..,......I.fl,QQ8RESTROOM vuv A4 REMODElEDGROUNDFlOORRESTROQMS VUV Sheet N_1Mr. I..' .-"il w.,< "O~','/ .' < 'c- C''', ~W;";'f-if' ,..., '.IT. 1M 1/4"-1'.q iii p. .10' ....,.2.. I - """ I - ~ 1 234 5 1'1 ~ ll' ",~.....,., ...... 'Y~I'!'''i!l1!I'~ .i!i>>ffiI'~. .*",....,.".',...!.,""...."."'.".P-" 'F""""'."'f""'''_' , TW.IC.... .-'/",." ,. x'_'--""'-.:!!'.'-"""~"W'~TF""!""""""'v,_'" " .....""-.'.."'."'.I1l~~_.'''.l!!llI!'r!!i''.'''''.,..'.H=.r'',,''',.....''."~':I.m~-'" '."''''!I'''''' . ,'" '''! ',.-no .""H"". '.- "... ,..- ,,-, ,. . !.. ... .. . r~~ltH!~A~~I~," ie{f!.11\~,1~1j!~~'f.ii; .~filf;;i !','r.;~'f~~~ /"'lIfli" ~.:~ ""'~'!"l-{."!::f~r;." ~~~.. .. 'f..J' '" . .ii!I.'\il~"'j" ';i~i;'1l1l~~\l'imjtl~~'i[-Uli~.~.i'~rj1ji~~~J;..~I:lM;,; :1~1'~li~II,I~l;'~i'll!i~.~~ ~~!l1;~lli~lIiljj~i:i;.\'ttt~iir;;~ii1f11~~rS~Lii~ii;!'rj~it]qi~;:~:.i!ii~;T~IIJt~~~tt';i~~17ilJ:?j11]Ti:g!j!~~1lj~~:"~''111i71'~JJil~1!i'1;Fl1!;1[~~'r;lD[~!Il,ilYftt'~I.'''[f!;~ 1J!0iiIEJril._:\Bi'li ~ll~ _ 5 NEUMANN MONSO~ ARCHITECT ORA110N 4 . "'0"' " " , , f E S S I ,) N :, ",., 5 ~ 2 40 Tv I A L IOWA CI , EGE c,T. "!) II , 3 221 E ,_ ,_ . 7879 FAX 319-338- ~ "'. 38.7878 319 3 . '- I 2 D - t~ -, - """~It~ , .. -# . , -, A ~ ~~~ ....f 1 . .~~ ~ ./.~..~ .., '/' , , ~~ ~""-i>>' au PIN C, _~,o ~ ~t-# "] GESSN EcRON5~~NGN[NN G~i~~ '0" --' . '" u . "":;0 - . "] 1Z3 NOR WA olZ....... O!:;<<" " , IOWA ~1T'I'31g-3&H349 ~ FAX 319--351-1:lll9 .f,~: .... '>, , ~".,s" ~\Y' ,,'l- :7 D ',,< .F" < ~ "" , '" " . d = ' .F.". '-,J.. <5 ~ --< ,'~ ,," ) ~Q ~ ::D "'l-'~ ............d" . " "''-;J '" , ,.v ,~ _ " 0 -m -, . / I -C] , ."" <" ~ -,- .". / I C ;ifn !< 0 ' ;; , I _OJ ~ ,," ... '- I Q;;:; ., OIl " , _' ~ ~ ..S [,>~...< _,' '" _ ~., ';i [,~~> ~~ I I ~, p~jo<t llU. NTER .#' .' . ~>, !! 'l'i'" i SENIOR CE ....;;$'~ ~:' of " :: : i ! i: ADA RESTROOM """'O~, ~ " I I I , : <~ '. '!! ~" i II ////;^..........> RENOVATION III ,II I I / I ( 'I : I // I I .., ",,' /...-' '.:/ : 'I PROJECT II - I , I ,J l " I I, ... - , , . ,,', I I I . I c'Y I ,,/... I ~ ~ ' ' ." Ow"~ City ~ .-:. ~ I City of Iowa .".~... " #'. - A~ ." ')", l' ....... ~ ~o _ I, , ~~ ~o I I . < ~# < / I . 06D'l6 ;f<~/ . ./ <,;,., ,," : :1" B Project No.: D...M ' / ~, "'," I I. o~ by. _ . '- '" <F "'. _ ~# " ~'" - "'-." .F U 1 Checked by: .".' .#' _.x, , , " <F , , ,~ 0 ,;jy . ~."........, ~ I , ", , ...~...,,~~# ~-- 4k<"" "-...., /,,?- :: 7\ '~.~.." 1! ,_. 0"""'"," ". , --.....-- I I I' ,. ~-'" / _", Do"__ ..~ 4. , v #.,.__ , _. ""'~., '~ = ': :. I"...., ",JP-'" '. ,," J &-2"""" "5tJ>' ~ " I I" '<I ....<i'# ,< . ' " I I I "<<~ " ", ' , , -" I, I I I....." // I i /~ ' "" - #.:0, 'I I , ,_ I ,Y ~ ""0. 'd'l " I / """ -' I -"'-#~ I ~'I' I/,. ~ ... "" ~.~ I I _ 'l-_ .-;: ~'J, I"",,: d' I : <'-,'" ~" ... ~< I .... I 'Q "!y -" .,. .F I I _ _ _ ' 1 ' Not.. ~ _ "...:::11:. __ J' ...'~"'~ --~".!'l:Il.___. ... .F" . -"4-!t / =~;,t.1l' ~_ ":.liL-- "-" ~ / 1IlO..-.. __ -"'''''~ , "" < --- .,. ~ .,. , ~*"'" ",.. '""""..." HT _ ~A / -",,,,, '? 11>0""'.....'0 _"",,_ 8 <>-..;;p , "',~ ~ ~--,.,.L,. .,. , -", -'" ~' ---- ' -" .......~"" .~ ~._- ...u._ ' ~.W' · .u.." ' ... ~--- / - ' ~. ~ ---', , - ShNt llU. -" " .' '....., ,. , ~,~ , "'-, / ......."" (' :' '>'- <? '" <$~ < /' PLUMBINGcs I,' I~, "~. ETAI I ,I I, "'"., / 0'1;.; ... _ A IS01 j I I I I~, /~, "" M ' - , ~ I I I I ........../ J ..... ~I l I I .;>' .~ I I '/1 ~ : : "/~' Y I ~ I l , ?'/ ~, I .$'" I _ " ,... , " . . ., l"'" Y"" /' "- ". ) I I I ~",..~ / I I I ./ ..,~ :: /' Shoot ""~ 3 ~""~~'I I 10 w;.. .', ' ~ p_ .,. .,. ~ '1.- ....c/ ._- 5 ,.It~' I , - .' I' , !, , -'--t,:, : L III i ' ,...,.' Ii! . . I - i, 4 _ A I U"" U'N'O',_ _ "<>ITS " '" "-" "" . 3 _ , '.,.. ,,,,.'" " '"01"" 'OR ",om_ I _ 1. NEW 101 AND P 102 SEE SHE':TS P ,. "" ,,'cs 2 I 1 --- I ~r ~~ 3 4e( 1 Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Engineering Division, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240, (319)356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. n~-~~5 RESOLUTION SETTING A PUBLIC HEARING ON SEPTEMBER 4, 2007 ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT, AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM PRO- JECT, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH NOTICE OF SAID HEARING, AND DIRECTING THE CITY ENGINEER TO PLACE SAID PLANS ON FILE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA: That a public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-mentioned project is to be held on the 4th day of September, 2007, at 7:00 p.m. in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. 2. That the City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice of the public hearing for the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the City, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before said hearing. 3. That the copy of the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-named project is hereby ordered placed on file by the City Engineer in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection. Passed and approved this 21st day of Au ~ , 20 07 MAYOR Approved by ATTEST: 9 - ~~ CI LERK City Attorney's Office g~/y~,,7 pweng\res/srctrrestroom-setph.doc 8/07 Resolution No. 07-235 Page Z It was moved by Champion and seconded by yand rhnPf the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: ~_ Bailey g Champion x Correia g Elliott x O'Donnell x Vanderhoef x Wilburn NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Project in said City at 7:00 p.m. on the 4th day of September, 2007, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK Pweng/n ph/srctrrestroom-nph.doc 8/07 PH-1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, before 11:00 A.M. on the 25th day of September, 2007. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at its next regular meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, at 7:00 P.M. on the 2nd day of October, 2007, or at a special meeting called -for that purpose. The Project will involve the following: The renovation and remodeling of nine public restrooms for handicap accessibility in accordance with A.D.A. guidelines, and two new additional shower and restroom facilities in Senior Center located at 28 S. Linn Street. A prebid meeting will be held at 9:00 a.m. on the 13th of September, 2007, in Room G08 at the Senior Center located at 28 S. Linn Street. The prebid meeting is mandatory for prime bidders All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Neumann Monson P.C., of Iowa City, Iowa, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days until a contract is awarded, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tabula- tion of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: October 3, 2007 Specified Completion Date: February 1, 2008 The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk and at the office of Neumann Monson Architects PC located at 221 East College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, Iowa. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured by bona fide prime bidders from Technigraphics, Iowa City, located at 125 S. Dubuque St., Iowa City, IA 52244, (319-355- 5950). A $10.00 non-refundable fee and $50 refundable fee is required for each set of bidding documents secured from Technigraphics. The fee shall be in the form of separate checks, made payable to Neumann Monson Architects PC. The refundable portion will be returned upon receipt of documents in good condition returned to Technigraphics.. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the Contractor shall furnish documentation of all reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit MBE's. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242-4721. AB-1 By virtue of statutory authority, preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa Reciprocal Preference Act applies to the contract with respect to bidders who are not Iowa residents. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK Pweng\ad bids\sr dr restroom.doc AB-2 ~~ Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. 07-270 RESOLUTION APPROVING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CON- TRACT, AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATIONS PROJECT, ESTABLISHING AMOUNT OF BID SECURITY TO ACCOMPANY EACH BID, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, AND FIXING TIME AND PLACE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. WHEREAS, notice of public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project was published as required by law, and the hearing thereon held. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA THAT: The plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project are hereby approved. 2. The amount of bid security to accompany each bid for the construction of the above- named project shall be in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of bid payable to Treasurer, City of Iowa City, Iowa. 3. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice, not less than 4 and not more than 45 days before the date for filing the bids, for the receipt of bids for the construction of the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the city. 4. Sealed bids for the above-named project are to be received by the City of Iowa City, Iowa, at the Office of the City Clerk, at the City Hall, before 11:00 a.m. on the 25th day of September, 2007. At that time, the bids will be opened by the City Engineer or his designee, and thereupon referred to the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, for action upon said bids at its next regular meeting, to be held at the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, at 7:00 p.m. on the 2nd day of October, 2007, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Passed and approved this 4th day of ~ptember , 20 07 1 MAYOR ATTEST: CITY ERK Pweng/res/srctrrestroom-apps&s.doc 8/07 Approved by City Attorney's Office Resolution No. ~7_~7~ Page ~_ It was moved by Champion and seconded by O'Donnel l the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: x Bailey x Champion x Correia ~_ Elliott x O'Donnell ~_ Vanderhoef x Wilburn Printer's Fee $ ~ CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION STATE OF IOWA, JOHNSON COUNTY, SS: THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN FED. ID # 42-0330670 Dietic a, being duly sworn, say that I am the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper published in said county, and that a notice, a printed copy of which is hereto attac ed, was published in said a er ~ time(s), on the P P fo win date s): ~~ Legal Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this ~ _ day of A.D. 20 L> .~-- l~fiotary Public I~i~ne~r 792ft~ OFFICIAL PUBLICATION NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFlCATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and esti- mated cost for the construction of the Senior Center ADA Restroom Renovation Project in said City at 7:00 p .m. on the 4th day of September, 2007, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Halt in said City, or'rf said meeting is can- celled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of con- tractand estimated cost are now on file in the office of the Gity Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and com- ments coiiceming said plans, specifica- tions, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided bylaw. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK 76247 August 27, 2007 U'r~- 18 Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Engineering Division, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319)356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. 07-297 RESOLUTION AWARDING CONTRACT AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO SIGN AND THE CITY CLERK TO ATTEST A CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT. WHEREAS, McComas-Lacina Construction of Iowa City, Iowa has submitted the lowest responsible bid of $299,700 for construction of the above-named project. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT: 1. The contract for the construction of the above-named project is hereby awarded to McComas-Lacina Construction, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 2. The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign and the City Clerk to attest the contract for construction of the above-named project, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 3. The City Engineer is authorized to execute change orders as they may become necessary in the construction of the above-named project. Passed and approved this 2nd day of n r~hP,- , 20 07 MAYOR ATTEST: ~ - CIT LERK App/rgw~ed bay,/ ~Z .~~•..C~.ua J - -/c~=Q.OI~I urYazi~ City Attorney's Office 9~~~~7 It was moved by 0' Donnell and seconded by Champion the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: x X ~_ x ~- -~- x NAYS: ABSENT: Bailey Champion Correia Elliott O'Donnell Vanderhoef Wilburn Pweng/res/srctr-rr-renov. doc OFFICIAL PUBLICATION Printer's Fee $ CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION STATE OF IOWA, JOHNSON COUNTY, SS: THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN FED. ID # 42-0330670 ~~~~ I, ~~ Diair~-B~eeiEka, being duly sworn, say that I am the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper published in said county, and that a notice, a printed copy of which is hereto attached, was published in said paper time(s), on the owing date(s): J r~~~ ~~ Legal Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this ~ I ~'` day of A.D. 20~~. 'ir _ Notar Public ~ ,~ ~`'rSYttt'i'`~lQft PEcHrYt~' 7 x~x-^-,1 [a . ~„ ~ F~yCont,'~i4 ~ Ex, ~.s ,fanuzry 27 2f;:JS ADVEfiTISEMENT FOR BIDS SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, before 11:00 A.M. on the 25th day of September, 2007. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately there-after by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid' for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at its next regular meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, at 7:00 P.M. on the 2nd day of October, 2007, or at a special meeting called for .that purpose. The Project will involve the following: The renovation and remodeling of nine public restrooms for handicap accessibili- ty in accordance with A.D.A. guidelines, and two new additional shower and rest- room facilities in Senior Center located at 28 S. Linn Street. A prebid meeting will be held at 9:00 a.m. on the 13th of September, 2007, in Room G08 at the Senior Center located at 28 S. Linn Street. The prebid meeting is manda- tory for prime bidders All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifica-lions pre- pared by Neumann Monson P.C., of Iowa City, Iowa, which have hereto-fore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public exami-nation in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, sepa- ratefrom the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provi- sions of this notice and the other contract docu-meets. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calen- dar days until a contract is awarded, or until rejectidn is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tab- ulation of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a respon- sible surety approved by the City Council, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the con- tract, and shall also guarantee the main- tenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year from and after its comple- tion and formal accep-lance by the City. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: October 3, 2007 Specified Completion Date: February 1, 2008 The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk and at the office of Neumann Monson Architects PC k>cat- ed at 221 East College Street, Suite 303, Iowa City, Iowa. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured by bona fide prime bid- ders from Technigraphics, Iowa City, located at 125 S. Dubuque St., Iowa City, IA 52244, (319-355-5950). A $10.00 non- refundable fee and $50 refundable fee is required for each set of bidding docu- ments secured from Technigraphics. The fee shall be in the form of separate checks, made payable to Neumann Monson Architects PC. The refundable portion will be returned upon receipt of documents in good condition returned to Technigraphics. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minor- ity contractors and subcontractors on City projects. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontrac- tors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. If no minor- ity business enterprises (MBE) are uti- lized, the Contractor shall furnish docu- mentation of all reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit MBE's. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242- 4721. By virtue of statutory authority, pref- erence will be given to products and pro- visions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa Recipro-cal Preference Act applies to the contract with respect to bidders who are not Iowa resi- dents. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregular- ities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, bwa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK 76405 September 10, 2007 PERF~RMANC6 ANp PAYMENT' EoNc Bond Number 8903810 McComas-Lacina Construction, L. C., 1310 Highland Ct, Iowa City IA ,ag (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) FrinCipal, herelr)Sfter Galled the CantraCtOr and Fidelity and Deposit Company of {insert the legal title of the Surety} Maryland , as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, lows, as obligee, hereinafter Two Hundred Ninety-nine Thousand called the Owner, In the amauht of:'-Seven .Hunirad_and_ noLl.oQth ---------------~All~rB (~ 299, goo. oo--------------------3 far the payment for which Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. _ ^' J ~' --j ^}~ ~ ~ WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of October 2. 2QO] ,entered into a ~ _ ._ ~ -- Senior Center ADA Restroom ~;= .__~ written Agreement with Owner for Renovation Project; and ~ r ~_4 ~' ~--~ `~ WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Paymer~d, tb: be campl$ted by Contractor, in accordance with plans ar-d specifrcatians pre~red which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONpITIONS pF THIS O~LIGATI4N are such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation of this band shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. B. Whenever Contractor shell be, end is declared by Owner to be, in default under the . Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1,. Complete the Project in aoaardance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2, Obtain a bid or bids for $ubmissian to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and condtions of the Agreement; and upon determina- tion by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract ~ between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement ar subsequent contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph}, sufficient PB-1 funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance a# the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the flrst paragraph hereof, The term "balance of the Contract Price " as used in this paragraph, shall mean the tote! amount payable ray Owner to Can#ractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractors Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this band in goad repair far a period of one ( 1_ ___) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No righ! of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation ar third party other than the Owner named herein ar the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner, 17 IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS gSl.IGA71aN that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shelf pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with tho Principal, including any of ~'rinclpai's subcontrao- tors, elf claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement far whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter a73, Code of Iowa, are a part of this band to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. _ ~ ~~ ~' ' a SIGNED AND SEALED TMIS 9th DAY OF October ` ~ ~ _` ~ 20 07 . C~~t ~.~: ~ IN THE PRESENCE OF: t ``~ ° -~'- ~--, J ` .L, McComas-Latina Construction C. (Principal) w ' h ~ ~ ~ ~ll~ ,~ n~,i ~~ Witness rti~ae ~, (Title) Presidai t; . Fidelitv and Deposit Company of Maryland (Surety) ~ ~~ ~~~ Wi eSS Nancy D. Sc r (Tit e) ttor ey-in-Fact 4200 University Avenue ~~200 West Des Moines IA 50266 (Street) (City, State, Zip} ~~1 ~- ~ ~~-G~~ L~ (Phone) ~N A Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by M. P. HAMMOND, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article Vl, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said ny, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the dak~ l~~rr~~ereby nominate, constitute. and appoint F. Melvyn HRUBETZ, Joyce O. HERBERT, I~AS, )\h~~D. SCHWARZ, Patrick K. DUFF, Jeffrey R. BAKER, Greg T. LAMAIR ~~~ `~ ~ es, Iowa, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make p c~ ~n derv ~~ ` ~' ~ ehalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and under '>Ilg ,°• xec 'o '~,t?~~or undertakings in pursuance of these resents shall be as bindin u ~ , as ~ y~~a71 intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and ackno ~ th ~ r la ~ ~ ~ , t the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper persons. Thi't~gs ~'`of a ~~ d ~,u~~~yk~.a issued on behalf of F. Melvyn HRUBETZ, Joyce O. HERBERT, Mark N' n ~~~`~f~a ick K. DUFF Stacie D. HUKILL, Jeffre R. BAKER, Grea T. LAMAIR, dated E. KEAIRNES, a ~~~?~VV~,~R Y b August l6, 2006. The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 3rd day of May, A.D. 2007. ATTEST: '~V DEPOS~i ~ +cA"O~v, o _ o c J MIY~ ~ O 1~ ~' ~,.,,~ State of Maryland ss: City of Baltimore FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND Gregory E. Murrati~ Assistant Secretary M. P. Ha~nrno~ul Vice President f~ .~ ~~ II .~~ By: Ou this 3rd day of May, A.D. 2007, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came M. P. HAMMOND, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. .~ ,~ /Z ~~....... .,1~ 4'. ',till fl l\\ll\\\\ ~`~ ~ I cc`~~ Coustance A. Duun ~~ Z4lota Public My Commission Ex~q'~.-'Jul~~'1~, 2007 r,., ,; ~ ~ -~:° w POA-F 088-6895 ENGINEER'S REPORT March 26, 2009 Honorable Mayor and City Council Iowa City, Iowa Re: Senior Center ADA Restroom Remodeling Project Dear Honorable Mayor and Councilpersons: I hereby certify that McComas-Lacina Construction, LC of Iowa City, Iowa has completed the construction of the Senior Center ADA Restroom Remodeling Project in substantial accordance with the plans and specifications prepared by Neumann Monson PC of Iowa City, Iowa. The required performance and payment bond is on file in the City Clerk's office. The final contract price is $329,905.00 I recommend that the above-referenced improvements be accepted by the City of Iowa City. Sincerely, ~,~~ ~-_ Ronald Knoche, P.E. City Engineer S\ENGWRCHITECTURE FILE\Projects\Senior Center ADA restroom remodeling 2007\Engineer's Report_Senior Center ADA Restroom Remodeling Project doc ~`~ J 4e(2 Prepared by: Kumi Morris, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. o9-a7 RESOLUTION ACCEPTING THE WORK FOR THE SENIOR CENTER ADA RESTROOM REMODELING PROJECT WHEREAS, the Engineering Division has recommended that the work for construction of the Senior Center ADA Restroom Remodeling Project, as included in a contract between the City of Iowa City and McComas-Lacina Construction, LC of Iowa City, Iowa, dated October 2, 2007, be accepted; and WHEREAS, the Engineer's Report and the performance and payment bond have been filed in the City Clerk's office; and WHEREAS, the final contract price is $329,905. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT said improvements are hereby accepted by the City of Iowa City, Iowa. Passed and approved this 6th day of ATTEST: /~~i~ X - `7C,~ ii/ CITY CLERK City Attorney's Office It was moved by Hayek and seconded by Correia the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: x x x X x x x Bailey Champion Correia Hayek O'Donnell Wilburn Wright Pweng/masters/SSADA Restroom-acptwork. doc 3/09 ~~ ~~ a -~~